text:
This action might not be possible to undo. Are you sure you want to continue?
All Our Futures:
Creativity, Culture and Education
Report to the Secretary of State for Education and Employment the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport
May 1999
Terms of Reference Membership of the Committee Introduction and Summary
2 3 5
Part One: Facing the Future
1. 2. 3. 4. The Challenge for Education Creative Education Cultural Education Meeting the Challenge
17 28 44 61
Part Two: A New Balance
5. 6. 7. Developing the Curriculum Teaching and Learning Raising Standards
72 101 124
Part Three: Beyond the School
8. 9. 10. Developing Partnerships Funding and Resources Training People
138 160 174
Part Four: A National Strategy
Looking Ahead Detailed Recommendations
190 192
A. B. C. D. Patterns of Provision Abbreviations, Notes and References Acknowledgements Research and Consultations
205 221 228 229
NACCCE report
Terms of Reference
The National Advisory Committee on Creative and Cultural Education was established in February 1998 by the Secretary of State for Education and Employment, the Rt. Hon David Blunkett MP and the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport, the Rt. Hon Chris Smith MP. Our terms of reference are: To make recommendations to the Secretaries of State on the creative and cultural development of young people through formal and informal education: to take stock of current provision and to make proposals for principles, policies and practice. This report makes recommendations for provision in formal and informal education for young people to the age of 16: that is, to the end of compulsory education. Our inquiry coincides with the GovernmentÕs planned review of the National Curriculum. This report includes specific recommendations on the National Curriculum. It also includes recommendations for a wider national strategy for creative and cultural education.
Terms of Reference
NACCCE report
Membership of the Committee
Professor Ken Robinson (Chairman), University of Warwick Professor Lewis Minkin (Vice-chair), Sheffield Hallam University Professor Eric Bolton CB, Formerly Senior Chief Inspector Dawn French, Actor/Comedian Lindsey Fryer, Vice-chair, Engage The National Association of Gallery Education Professor Susan Greenfield, University of Oxford Valerie Hannon, Chief Education Officer, Derbyshire Lenny Henry CBE, Actor/Comedian Dawn Holgate, Director of Education, Phoenix Dance Company Dame Tamsyn Imison, Head, Hampstead School, London Clive Jones, Chief Executive, Carlton Television Judith Kelly OBE, Artistic Director, West Yorkshire Playhouse Professor Sir Harold Kroto Kt., FRS, University of Sussex Sir Claus Moser KCB, CBE, FBA, Chairman, Basic Skills Agency Sir Simon Rattle Kt., CBE, Conductor Lord Stone of Blackheath, Managing Director, Marks & Spencer plc Professor Helen Storey, Fashion Designer Carol Traynor, Head, St Boniface RC Primary School, Salford
Research Officer
Mathilda Joubert
Administrative Officer
Lynn Green
Membership of the Committee
NACCCE report
DCMS (to November 1998) Allan Ferries. DfEE Janet Dawson. DfEE Theresa Downing. DfEE (from August 1998) Julian Critchley. DCMS (to November 1998) David Fawcett. DCMS (from December 1998) Patrick Fallon. OFSTED Tony Knight. TTA Membership of the Committee NACCCE report 4 . DfEE (to August 1998) Tony Dyer. QCA Angela Walsh. DCMS (from December 1998) Peter Jones HMI.Observers John Connolly.
The main focus of the White Paper was on raising standards in literacy and numeracy. In 1997. Secretary of State for Culture. It argued that one of the problems in education is the low expectations of young peopleÕs abilities and that it is essential to raise morale. the balance of the school curriculum and for partnerships between schools and the wider world. the Rt. Our aim must be to create a nation where the creative talents of all the people are used to build a true enterprise economy for the twentyfirst century Ñ where we compete on brains. Introduction and Summary NACCCE report 5 . Our report develops five main themes: The Challenge for Education Education faces challenges that are without precedent. skills. Meeting these challenges calls for new priorities in education.we cannot rely on a small Žlite. We put the case for developing creative and cultural education. Secretary of State for Education and Employment We must change the concept of creativity from being something that is Ôadded onÕ to education. and significant implications for methods of teaching and assessment. flexible and motivating education that recognises the different talents of all children and delivers excellence for everyone. It emphasised the urgent need to unlock the potential of every young person and argued that BritainÕs economic prosperity and social cohesion depend on this. we look at current provision and assess the opportunities and obstacles. and the White Paper recognised this.Introduction and Summary The Purpose of this Report i. But this will not be enough to meet the challenges that face education. motivation and self esteem in schools. the Government published its White Paper Excellence in Schools. It also said: If we are to prepare successfully for the twenty-first century we will have to do more than just improve literacy and numeracy skills. Hon Chris Smith MP. and we set out a national strategy. We argue that there are important relationships between creative and cultural education. This report argues that a national strategy for creative and cultural education is essential to that process. Instead we need the creativity. We need a broad. training and management and make sure it becomes intrinsic to all of these. no matter how highly educated or highly paid. Hon David Blunkett MP.. By creative education we mean forms of education that develop young peopleÕs capacities for original ideas and action: by cultural education we mean forms of education that enable them to engage positively with the growing complexity and diversity of social values and ways of life. ii. Rt. Rt. we consider what is involved. enterprise and scholarship of all our people. not brawn. Media and Sport What is this Report About? iii.. The Prime Minister. Hon Tony Blair MP . It described education as a vital investment in Ôhuman capitalÕ for the twenty-first century.
Formally. our report is addressed to the Secretaries of State. Creative Potential Creativity is possible in all areas of human activity. But education concerns everybody: children and young people. teaching methods and assessment. Freedom and Control Creativity is not simply a matter of letting go. creative development is directly related to cultural education. Creative education involves a balance between teaching knowledge and skills. All people have creative abilities and we all have them differently. and many of our recommendations do call for Government action at various levels. it can have an enormous impact on self-esteem and on overall achievement. employers. The engine of cultural change is the human capacity for creative thought and action. A Systemic Approach Creative and cultural education are not subjects in the curriculum. including the arts. Who is this Report for? iv. parents. Cultural Understanding Young people are living in times of rapid cultural change and of increasing cultural diversity. Promoting them effectively calls for a systemic strategy: one that addresses the balance of the school curriculum. sciences. control of materials and command of ideas. Serious creative achievement relies on knowledge. Education must enable them to understand and respect different cultural values and traditions and the processes of cultural change and development. at work at play and in all other areas of daily life.including a much stronger emphasis on creative and cultural education and a new balance in teaching and in the curriculum. those in Introduction and Summary NACCCE report 6 . and encouraging innovation. they are general functions of education. In these ways. When individuals find their creative strengths. how schools connect with other people and resources and the training and development of teachers and others.
social skills and powers of communication. · Many professional and other organisations are keen to develop innovative partnerships with education. residencies and liaison schemes. out of work or in retirement. our aim is to urge the need for a national strategy which engages the energies of all of these to provide the kind of education. Above all. Consequently. who want education to offer the best opportunities for their children. in substance and in style. · New technologies are providing unprecedented access to ideas. information. to developing teamwork.work. · for business and union leaders who recognise the need for new approaches to preparing young people for the changing nature of work. · for other organisations who see themselves as partners in the education of young people and who want to find better ways of engaging with them. specialist facilities and innovation. and to enable them to face an uncertain and demanding future. There are great opportunities now to promote young peopleÕs creative and cultural education: · The Government is committed to promoting the creative abilities and cultural understanding of all young people through education. · for teachers and headteachers who see the potential range and vitality of young peopleÕs abilities. Why Now? v. · for school governors. At the same time. that all young people need now. through visits. who want their schools to be alive with energy and achievement. it is introducing new patterns of funding to support extended curricula. · The business community wants education to give a much higher priority to promoting young peopleÕs creative abilities. our report is also written for a wider audience: · for parents. people and Introduction and Summary NACCCE report 7 .
They are influenced by much more than the shape and content of the formal school curriculum. including the relationships between teachers and learners. Nevertheless. the ethos of schools. and the national priorities that underpin the education service. vi. · Many of those who have contributed to our inquiry believe that current priorities and pressures in education inhibit the creative abilities of young people and of those who teach them. not because. orchestras and others Ñ have a great deal to offer the formal education sector. Many already have education and outreach programmes. Introduction and Summary NACCCE report 8 . Many say they are poorly funded for educational programmes and that such work still has low priority. cultural exchange and understanding. personal expression. and how widespread it is. There is a particular concern about the place and status of the arts and humanities. The opportunities are considerable: and so are the difficulties. the fact of this perception. · Outside organisations Ñ museums.organisations throughout the world. is evidence of a problem in itself. of the existing climate. There is also concern that science education is losing its vitality under current pressures. theatres. This may be more a problem of perception than of fact. Our consultations suggest some tensions in current provision. There is no comprehensive evidence available either way to us nor to the Government. galleries. as well as to new modes of creativity. Issues of creativity and of cultural development concern the whole of education. · Many schools are doing exciting and demanding work but often they see themselves doing this in spite. These influences include methods of teaching. There is a compelling argument for closer working partnerships and we have found considerable enthusiasm for them. · There are concerns about the supply of teachers and the extent to which current training takes account of the importance of creative and cultural education.
in the structure and organisation of the school curriculum. in methods of teaching and assessment. we look at the implications for the school curriculum. Over a number of years. The arguments of the report are as follows: Part One: Facing the Future 1. Structure of the Report viii. and raising standards of achievement and motivation includes all of these elements. has been lost. in relationships between schools and other agencies. from national policy making to classroom teaching. the core curriculum or the broad curriculum. social. In Part Four we present a series of detailed recommendations as a framework for a national strategy. we argue for a broad base of partnerships between schools and other agencies and consider issues of resources and training. freedom or authority in teaching methods. technological. The Challenge for Education Education throughout the world faces unprecedented challenges: economic. of how to promote their motivation and self-esteem. In Part One. Policy-makers everywhere emphasise the urgent need to develop Ôhuman resourcesÕ. In Part Two. and in particular to promote creativity. as a choice between the arts or the sciences. and of the skills and aptitudes they need. Creating the right synergy and achieving the right balance in education is an urgent and complex task. between academic standards or creativity.vii. adaptability and better powers of communication. in our view. The key message of this report is the need for a new balance in education: in setting national priorities. even dichotomies: for example. There has been a tendency for the national debate on education to be expressed as a series of exclusive alternatives. Realising the potential of young people. We argue that these dichotomies are unhelpful. We argue that this means reviewing some of the basic assumptions of our education system. Creative and Introduction and Summary NACCCE report 9 . for teaching and for assessment. New approaches are needed based on broader conceptions of young peopleÕs abilities. The report is in four parts. In Part Three. and personal. we set out our definitions and framework for creative and cultural education. the balance of education.
Meeting the Challenge In this section. we relate the arts to a broader definition of social culture which includes the impact of science and technology on ways of life and the increasing interaction between cultures. Some people associate creative teaching with a lack of discipline in education. 4. There are also difficulties for creative and cultural education in the existing rationale. structure and levels of prescription. we draw together our arguments for creative and cultural education and show how in principle they contribute to meeting the challenges for education that we have identified. Creative Development meeting these There are many misconceptions about creativity. These issues need to be tackled to allow more initiative to schools within a clear framework of public accountability. Developing these capacities involves a balance between teaching skills and understanding. rather than of the many. In our view.cultural education are fundamental to objectives. 3. Part Two: A New Balance 5. Young people need to be helped to engage positively with cultural change and diversity. Cultural Development Culture too is often associated with the arts. others associate it only with the arts. In Part Two we move from principles to practice. All schools should review their Introduction and Summary NACCCE report 10 . Others see creative ability as the preserve of a gifted few. creativity is possible in all areas of human activity and all young people and adults have creative capacities. 2. The dangers of cultural intolerance make this task a particular priority. and promoting the freedom to innovate. However. We argue that creative and cultural education are dynamically related and that there are practical implications for the curriculum and for the classroom. Developing the School Curriculum There have been many benefits in the introduction of the National Curriculum. and take risks.
Teaching and Learning Creativity can be ÔtaughtÕ. The benefits of successful partnerships. Coordinated action is needed to provide these services in new Introduction and Summary NACCCE report 11 . There is a need for a new balance between different types of attainment target in the National Curriculum. The roles of teachers are to recognise young peopleÕs creative capacities. and between the different forms and criteria of assessment and inspection. 9. Raising standards should not mean standardisation. but there is an urgent need to establish better systems of funding.provision for creative and cultural education within and beyond the National Curriculum. but complementary. they can also promote the creative abilities of their pupils. There is a great deal of good practice. Developing Partnerships Schools are now able to work in partnership with a wide range of individuals and organisations to enrich provision for creative and cultural education. or the objectives of creative and cultural education will be frustrated. Teachers can be creative in their own teaching. 6. 7. and the roles of various partners in creative and cultural education are different. deepening young peopleÕs cultural knowledge and understanding. But they must support and not inhibit creative and cultural education. Developing creativity involves. and to provide the particular conditions in which they can be realised. training and quality assurance of the effectiveness of partnerships. amongst other things. Raising Standards Assessment and inspection have vital roles in raising standards of achievement in schools. This is essential both in itself and to promote forms of education which are inclusive and sensitive to cultural diversity and change. Funding and Resources Local management of schools has reduced many services and facilities that were once provided by local education authorities to support creative and cultural education. Part Three: Beyond the School 8.
All of these recommendations are addressed to three principal objectives. Urgent action is needed to ensure a continuing supply of appropriately trained teachers. This strategy should include action by the government itself and by the national agencies for the school curriculum. b. To ensure that the importance of creative and cultural education is explicitly recognised and provided for in schoolsÕ policies for the whole curriculum. 10. a. indicate how they are related and the time scale over which some of them should be implemented and by whom. Throughout this report we make a wide range of specific recommendations that provide a framework for this strategy.and imaginative ways in the short and longer term. we draw these recommendations together. Part Four: A National Strategy We welcome the governmentÕs commitment to developing the creative capacities and cultural understanding of young people. inspection and teacher training. We also see new roles for continued professional development and the need to review the priorities for funding. New training strategies are needed for specialists other than teachers. There are also many new sources of funding available to schools and organisations through a wide range of schemes and initiatives. To ensure that teachers and other professionals are encouraged and trained to use methods and materials that facilitate the development of young Introduction and Summary NACCCE report 12 . New patterns of partnership are needed between government departments and funding agencies to make more effective use of resources. It should also include action by local education authorities and schools and by other national and regional organisations. In Part Four. We recommend that it should now co-ordinate a national strategy to promote higher standards of provision and achievement. Training People The new provisions in initial teacher training present serious difficulties to the future of creative and cultural education. Action is needed to improve the quality of training for youth workers to promote the creative and cultural development of young people. and in government policy for the National Curriculum.
the very theme of this report may seem a distraction from the main business of raising standards. and schools and the education sector in general are already deluged with reports. They can also enhance creative abilities: equally creative teaching and learning can enhance literacy and numeracy. not opposing objectives. How important is this one? For some people. How are creative and cultural education relevant to raising academic standards? Ability comes in many forms and should not be defined only by traditional academic criteria. There is intense concern with raising standards in education. abilities and cultural c. Academic ability alone will no longer guarantee success or personal achievement. 1. 2. Every Introduction and Summary NACCCE report 13 . The Government and the vast majority of people in education recognise this.peopleÕs creative understanding. If these objectives were achieved the benefits would be felt by all young people. These are important in themselves. IsnÕt an emphasis on creativity and culture a distraction from the core concerns with literacy and numeracy? We are not advocating creative and cultural education as alternatives to literacy and numeracy. How important is this? ix. the education sector and by society as a whole. How can education enable our children to make the most of themselves and take the best advantage of the opportunities and uncertainties that they face in a fast changing world? Let us anticipate some of the legitimate questions that might be asked of this report. To promote the development of partnerships between schools and outside agencies which are now essential to provide the kinds of creative and cultural education that young people need and deserve. We support the need for high standards of literacy and numeracy. These are complementary abilities. Our concerns are the same as everyone elseÕs. but as equally relevant to the needs of this and of future generations. We do not think so.
Is this committee a lobby group for the arts? This report does not represent a particular lobby. Self confidence and self esteem then tend to rise and overall performance improve. It expresses concerns across a wide range of public and professional interests about the balance and priorities of education as we move into the twenty-first century. Equally. The new knowledge-based economies in particular will increasingly depend on these abilities. Introduction and Summary NACCCE report 14 . the arts. 3. see connections. This is true in many areas of work. What has this got to do with helping young people get jobs? We live in a fast moving world.child has capabilities beyond the traditionally academic. to teach the skills and attitudes that are now essential for economic success but which our education system is not designed to promote. creative and cultural education of the sort we propose can also help to raise academic standards. The key is to find what children are good at. they also now want more. communicate and work with others. 5. Creative achievement is obvious in the arts but it is essential to achievement in all other fields including the sciences and business. Children with high academic ability may have other strengths that are often neglected. 4. High standards in creative achievement require just as much rigour as traditional academic work. education and business. While employers continue to demand high academic standards. Many businesses are paying for courses to promote creative abilities. Is this a return to the progressive teaching ideas of the 1960s? No. They want people who can adapt. We are advocating a new balance between learning knowledge and skills and having the freedom to innovate and experiment Ñ a system of education that fosters and channels the diverse abilities of young people and which gives everyone the opportunity to achieve on their own merits. innovate. Children who struggle with academic work can have outstanding abilities in other areas. Our members come from different professions and backgrounds: including science.
Teachers are already under enormous pressures. In his introduction to Excellence in Schools (DfEE 1997). We have found our own debates as a group exciting and enlightening. Too often. They are also difficult in terms of definition. We continually found that ideas and values that we thought particular to our own fields are common to us all. Looking Forward x. our own education had taught us otherwise. Are these recommendations going to add to the burden? Good teachers and many high performing schools are already doing what we are recommending. The issues we are dealing with in this report are essential to the overall quality and standards of education. We want teachers to have more freedom to use their own creative and professional skills. the Secretary of State for Education and Employment relates the GovernmentÕs aims for education to five priorities: xi. Greater freedom for teachers in the classroom will help to promote creative teaching and this is essential to promote creative learning. we have tried to say as directly and clearly as we can what we are concerned with and what we are concerned about. policy and practice. Introduction and Summary NACCCE report 15 . that the tasks we identify are urgent and the arguments compelling. that the benefits of success are enormous and the costs of inaction profound. 6. We have tried to balance a discussion of definitions and principles with recommendations that are practical and feasible.This is why we link creative education with cultural education. In publishing this report we believe with even more strength than we did at the outset. We have had an opportunity which is all too rare to meet across specialisms and to talk from a wide range of different backgrounds. In what follows. We have not dealt in detail with all of the issues we raise: we have not done justice to every subtlety of argument on the way. theory with practice and detail with brevity. The curriculum is already over-full and we think it should be thinned out. Our task has been to balance depth with breadth. We want to emphasise the importance of their work and to establish national priorities for creative and cultural education in all schools.
Introduction and Summary NACCCE report 16 . but they are of a different character. in management and leadership and without linking this to promoting knowledge and understanding of cultural change and diversity. They were designed to meet the needs of a world that was being transformed by industrialisation. The foundations of the present education system were laid at the end of the nineteenth century. We are publishing this report at the dawn of a new century. to promote parity of provision between the arts. overcome economic and social · the creation of greater fairness within the education system.· the need to disadvantages. We see all of these as essential to realising the potential of young people. · the encouragement of aspiration. methods and scale of education in our new circumstances. The challenges we face now are of the same magnitude. The arguments and proposals that follow are to help set a course for the next century while addressing the urgent demands of the present. humanities. xii. The task is not to do better now what we set out to do then: it is to rethink the purposes. We believe that these are the right priorities for education. to promote higher standards in creative and cultural education in all disciplines. Professor Ken Robinson. Our aims are to show how these priorities can be realised through a systematic approach to creative and cultural education. This report argues that no education system can be world-class without valuing and integrating creativity in teaching and learning. Chairman xiii. · unlocking the potential of each individual. and to stimulate a broad base of partnerships between schools and outside agencies. sciences and other major areas of education. and to promoting the quality of national life and of individual achievement that are the ultimate purposes of education. and that they are all related. · economic competitiveness. in the curriculum.
Part One Facing the Future NACCCE report 17 .
I have always recognised that creativity. We expect education to prepare young people for the world of work and for economic independence. for everyone involved.1. More than fifty years on. Rt. One of the most basic expectations of general education is that it will enable young people to get a job when they leave school. in the workforce of the future. is how is this to be done? What kind of education is needed? In our view the answers involve much more than increasing the amount of education that goes on: and more than doing better what we have always done. Everywhere. The Act was planned. Secretary of State for Education and Employment The Challenge for Education NACCCE report 18 . Hon Tony Blair MP The Economic Challenge 2. Our top priorities must continue to be literacy and numeracy. they are engulfed in rapid economic and social change. adaptability. because the challenges we all face are unprecedented. The Challenge for Education Educating for the Future Countries throughout the world are re-organising their education systems. We need new approaches. in part. Without these basic skills. To develop in young people the skills. The burning question. education is seen as the main way of enabling individuals and nations alike to meet these changes. Schools have a complex task. What are these challenges? A successful creative economy is one of the governmentÕs priorities. and a key source of jobs of the future. The only way that we will compete in these new sectors is through the talents of our people. This is because of the radical transformations world-wide in both the nature and the patterns of work. to enable them to live constructively in responsible communities. The Prime Minister. no child can gain maximum benefit from the rest of the curriculum. However. 1. Hon David Blunkett MP. knowledge and personal qualities they need for a world where work is undergoing rapid and long-term change. we expect education to help young people to build lives that have meaning and purpose in a future we can scarcely predict. We must enable young people to develop their creative potential and to meet the fundamental challenges that face our country. The modern system of education in England was introduced by the 1944 Education Act. Like us. It was estimated that this would consist of roughly 80 per cent manual workers and 20 per cent clerical and professional staff. the economic context has changed completely: in some fields of employment this ratio is being reversed. and to enable them to live in a tolerant. to provide a workforce for the post-war industrial economy. and increasingly that is everyone. They involve reviewing some of the basic assumptions on which education so far has been based. Perhaps above all. the Rt. and communication skills will also be vital. culturally diverse and rapidly changing society.
performing arts. the Ôintellectual propertyÕ sectors. Ideas are the building blocks of innovation and innovation builds industries. Whereas the dominant global companies used to be concerned with industry and manufacturing. the growing demand in businesses world-wide is for forms of education and training that develop Ôhuman resourcesÕ and in particular the powers of communication. all derive support and enlightenment and life from each other. design. arts and antiques. Corporate Affairs. software and computer services. Creative abilities are needed in all forms of business and in all types of work including traditional manufacturing and trades. This is because of the incessant need for businesses to develop new products and services and to adapt management styles and systems of operation to keep pace with rapidly changing market conditions. Media and Sport 5. television and radio. New Work for Old 4. Secretary of State for Culture. They are growing at twice the rate of the economy as a whole and generating jobs at three times the underlying rate. British Gas plc The arts. the balance has been changing between traditional forms of industrial and manual work and jobs that are based on information technology and providing services of various kinds. high-skills industries. As a result. information. electronics. The Department of Culture. In the United States. The Nature of Work 3. and information systems among others.1. those whose value depends on their ability to generate new ideas rather than to manufacture commodities. innovation and creativity. designer fashion. science and technology. architecture. Chris Smith MP. A subset of the intellectual property sector are what have been called the Ôcreative industriesÕ. They are also at the centre of some of the most dynamic and rapidly expanding areas of the world economies. For a number of years. John Wybrew. entertainment. business and society all interact. making them more valuable than automobiles. The Challenge for Education NACCCE report 19 . music. crafts. The Intellectual Property Association in Washington has estimated these sectors to be worth $360 billion a year. are now the most powerful element in the US economy. film. It is the foundation of a new generation of high-tech. Executive Director. The intellectual property sector is more significant when patents from science and technology are included: in pharmaceuticals. publishing. the key corporations today are increasingly in the fields of communications. Creativity in its widest sense is at the heart of much of what we in this country are good at. These include: advertising. biotechnology. These are all based on fundamental advances in the sciences and in engineering and are creative fields of huge significance. leisure software. Media and Sport has The business world is in a turbulent process of change from the old world of steady-state mass production to one of constant innovation and the pursuit of creativity in all forms and on a global scale. agriculture or aerospace.
Young people need to have high level skills for this complex new world of global markets and competition. In Europe and America. the ability to understand all the influences at work. It is also because there are many more people with academic qualifications. self employment and entrepreneurial ability. the creative industries continue to benefit from high growth rates. Raising standards of literacy and numeracy is essential: but it is not enough. Academic Inflation 7. Trans-national companies now use workers from anywhere in the world on the basis of available skills: including facilities with information technologies and languages. good academic qualifications alone will no longer guarantee work. ItÕs breadth of vision. The Patterns of Work The Need to Adapt 6. recently estimated that these now generate annual revenues for the UK of over £57 billion and employ more than 1. Unlike many other industry sectors. the Every single person in business needs the ability to change. The specialist that cannot take a holistic view in business is no use at all. There is a growing emphasis on freelance work. The communications revolution. In a world where many traditional forms of work are ever changing. increasing bandwidth and the advent of digital networks are creating new global markets. the self confidence to learn new things and the capacity for overview. Most young people starting out can expect to change not just jobs. Nor is raising standards of academic qualifications. Employers are now looking for much more than academic ability.1. All of these are important. As the nature of work changes. This is partly because of the transience of many contemporary forms of work. in part because they continually build on and interact with innovations in science and technology. short contracts. In Britain. These are fields of significant opportunity for the creative abilities of young people. These economic shifts are operating independently of national boundaries. Sir John Harvey-Jones The Challenge for Education NACCCE report 20 . several times in their working lives. but occupations. They also need to be able to adapt to change and to new opportunities. The idea that we can win with brilliant scientists and technologists alone is nonsense. multiplying outlets and increasing consumer demand. education itself is becoming one of the worldÕs biggest industries.7 million people. but the assumptions about human resources that education made in 1944 will not meet the challenges of 2004. employment in the creative industries has grown by 34 per cent in a decade against a background of almost no growth in employment in the economy as a whole. to flex between them and not to be frightened of totally different experiences and viewpoints that holds the key.
of empathy and adaptability. To enable young people to make their way with confidence in a world that is being shaped by technologies which are evolving more quickly than at any time in history. employment and growth in the world economy that lies ahead. how we communicate. One emergent issue is academic inflation. Increasingly. We need an education system that gives our children an edge. The real long-term effects of the revolution in information technology have still to be felt. 8. they can inflate when there are too many in relation to the opportunities available. how we work and how we play. Academic qualifications alone are no longer enough. We need to equip our young people with powers of innovation and creativity they need for the rapidly-changing economies of the future. The next generation of computers may be small enough to wear on the body and be powered by the surface The Challenge for Education NACCCE report 21 . It has been estimated that education and training now account for six per cent of world GDP. employers and others emphasise the need for the qualities and aptitudes which academic qualifications are not designed to produce Ñ powers of creativity. one consequence is already clear. and social skills. The United Nations predicts that in the next thirty years more people will be looking for qualifications in education than since the beginning of civilisation. This is a structural problem for all education systems. Whatever other issues it raises. Clive Jones. communications. Information technologies are transforming how we think. A first degree once guaranteed a job: the baseline is now a masters degree or even a PhD. and it may compound as the number of people in formal education continues to increase. This has profound implications for the sorts of education people need. The new frontiers created by nanotechnology and extreme miniaturisation promise a wholly new era of information systems. Like all currencies. entertainment and education sectors are growing faster than any other area of the economy and are now outstripping many conventional areas of employment1. there will be a convergence of information and communication technologies as personal computers and television systems combine. Qualifications are a form of currency. the ability the Industrial Society has identified to survive and prosper. Chief Executive. Carlton Television The Technological Challenge 9. of communication. Two or three A-levels once secured a university place: the baseline for many courses is now much higher. The rate of technological change is quickening every day. The education system has to develop a new emphasis on creativity and discovery to give pupils the tools they will need to cope with the fast and continuing changes in the nature of work.1. Their value is related to the prevailing exchange rate for employment or higher education. In the near future. and for the value of the qualifications they receive.
The rapid growth of understanding of the brain.1. there are concerns that the use of these technologies in schools could become too pervasive. These and other possible effects have not been evaluated fully from an educational perspective. The best that can be said is that they are simply not understood. Second. the world of education is being asked to grapple with challenges and opportunities which almost boggle the imagination. New technologies offer unprecedented opportunities for young people to broaden their horizons. On the other hand. Schools have been seen traditionally as points of entry to a wider world of information and knowledge. Lord Puttnam of Queensgate 11. these different fields of innovation may converge to produce intelligent computers which can interact with human consciousness. Like it or not. In future. is matched by the speed of development of information systems. Young people now have direct access to more information than previous generations could guess of. Schools will need to think through the implications of this for their own future roles. may have harmful effects. The Challenge for Education NACCCE report 22 . the need will remain to promote other modes of learning and human contact so that the full capacities of young people are developed through and alongside the use of new technologies. In the foreseeable future. we are living in a time of immense technological change. and the processes they involve. Schools also have resources available through these technologies to transform methods of teaching and learning. One fear is that young people are not having enough direct contact with others and that this may affect their social development. There are fears that long exposure to screens. New technologies in all their variety are having profound consequences in all areas of our lives. in particular. new technologies may create divisions between those who can use them and those who cannot. 10. and of genetic systems in general. There are benefits and there are risks. and are often more expert than adults in finding their way to it. electricity of the skin. Whatever strategies schools do develop. there are emergent concerns about the possible effects on young peopleÕs emotional and imaginative development. This argues for systematic and comprehensive programmes of IT education in schools. to find new modes of creativity and to deepen their understanding of the world around them. Young people are often more alert to the possibilities of new technologies than their teachers.
there has been a particular emphasis on regeneration through the creative and cultural industries Ñ a strategy which is seen to have both economic and community benefits. ideological convictions. newspapers and magazines Ñ 14. The GovernmentÕs Social Exclusion Unit is involved in a wide range of measures to generate new work opportunities for communities and to promote the confidence and employability of those out of work. the cultural profile of Britain has widened enormously. The effects have been more than economic. the creative energies of young people themselves. Many British families have links across several continents. There have been profound changes in the food we eat. in how we speak and dress. The combined effects of economic and technological change are transforming the social landscape. Developments in genetics and fertility in particular are changing perceptions of gender roles and identity. In areas worst affected by long-term unemployment. gender. In some areas. To provide forms of education that enable young people to engage positively and confidently with far-reaching processes of social and cultural change.1. In some areas. there are mounting problems of social exclusion. Information and communication technologies and the mass media Ñ films. The Social Challenge 12. They also live in a global culture which is driven by the interplay of commercial interests. The prospects of longer lives and better healthcare have profound demographic implications for the balance of relations and responsibilities between the generations. has had cataclysmic effects on social and community life. Many young people now live in a complex web of interacting cultures and sub-cultures: of families. At the same time there is a breakdown in traditional family structures and in patterns of parenting and childcare. and the enveloping influence of information technologies. Advances in science and technology are affecting many other areas of social life. political communities and of ethnic and local traditions. Over the last three decades. The Challenge for Education NACCCE report 23 . television. peer groups. the breakdown of traditional patterns of work. and in how we see ourselves in relation to other countries and cultural communities. particularly in heavy industry and manufacturing. 13.
We have got to get this absolutely right: the issue is not technology. spiritual and emotional. The Personal Challenge 16. aptitudes and biographies. we have got it all wrong. The rising tide of drug use. To develop the unique capacities of all young people. All young people have different capacities. Why Good Schools Alone Will Never Be Enough The Challenge for Education NACCCE report 24 . The report argues that schools must find ways of enabling young people to explore and express their own emotions and feelings in positive and constructive ways. of gang culture and street violence is harsh evidence of the pressures and tensions that young people face. They are going to need even higher-level skills to perform in a democratic society.1. what kind of future we want for the human race. There needs are not only academic. The Macpherson report on the Stephen Lawrence inquiry (Macpherson 1999) documents the catastrophic consequences of the breakdown of intercultural relations. John Abbott. 15. are in the minority. Nonetheless. 17. passions and sensibilities. For some the need is acute. If we give children the idea that they need highlevel skills only for work. They are social. images and lifestyles which compete for young peopleÕs attention and sense of identity. the education sector as a whole must now look at a range of strategies to address racism wherever and however it occurs. The conventional academic curriculum is not designed nor intended to do this. though always pernicious. Young people spend their most formative and impressionable years at school. It points to the need for schools and others to go beyond a general policy of multicultural education: to combat extreme forms of cultural intolerance and racism. There is a growing awareness of the need for education to respond practically to the increasing diversity of British society. A growing number are less and less convinced of Life is more than work. This begins by helping them to discover their own strengths. One of the roles of education is to help them find their future and understand their pasts. In a recent report the Mental Health Foundation (1999) found that growing numbers of young people are experiencing emotional problems and disturbances. and to the growing interaction between world cultures. Yet the need for action is obvious. All young people need an education that helps them to find meaning and to make sense of themselves and their lives. form a torrent of ideas. and to provide a basis on which they can each build lives that are purposeful and fulfilling. They have different pasts and different futures. Racist attitudes. but what it means to be human.
Such pupils may feel that school has nothing to offer them and is a waste of time. 18. One estimate puts it at about 10% of year 6 & 7 pupils (Keys et al 1995). The problems of disaffection are particularly acute among young people who feel a conflict between their own cultural values and identities and those of the schools they attend or the areas where they live. For example. This was a rise of 15% in the three years from 1994-95. 1994) showed that up to 70% of secondary school pupils Ôcount the minutes to the end of lessons and 30 . There is an acknowledged and particular problem among African-Caribbean boys. But one of the most effective solutions is to develop active forms of learning which engage the creative energies of young people. health. Official figures (DfEE 1998b) show that in 1996-97. Truancy and disaffection still affect the minority of school pupils: but it is a significant problem. The evidence is that the majority of young people have positive attitudes towards schools and are well behaved in class. There is a worryingly consistent picture of excluded pupils. Clearly there are many factors affecting pupil motivation and interest in education. the value of education itself. research based on the Keele database of schools (Barber. Poor behaviour can lead to exclusion. There is also evidence of less positive attitudes. A small proportion of pupils can be classified as disaffected.40% thought that school was boring and would rather not go to school at all. Those excluded are likely to be (Sharp & Cato 1998): 19.700 pupils were permanently excluded from mainland schools in England. 12. Exclusion is costly in terms of arranging alternative provision for pupils as well as the ÔhiddenÕ costs of social service. Disaffection is often internalised and may be manifested in unhappiness. It has been estimated that the total cost of excluding pupils in 1996-7 amounted to £81 million (Parsons & Castle 1998). The Challenge for Education NACCCE report 25 . it has been increasing over the past few years and there is an increase in exclusions from primary schools. growing numbers of whom are excluded from school. Although permanent exclusion is relatively uncommon. lack of motivation.1. A recent report from OFSTED (1999a) has confirmed the problems of underachievement among children from ethnic minority families. police and criminal justice service involvement. truancy and disruptive behaviour.
Research evidence highlights the following individual factors associated with exclusion (Sharp & Cato 1998): · Excluded pupils may have difficulties in establishing positive relationships with teachers and other pupils. The transformational changes we have outlined here are enough to raise questions about what these basics are. · Excluded pupils may difficulties with literacy. · have low levels of academic achievement.1. A motif of educational debate over the last ten years has been the need to get back to basics. experience particular · Parents of excluded pupils are likely to have experienced difficulties in controlling their childÕs behaviour. 20. Many developed countries are now asking how education can: The Challenge for Education NACCCE report 26 . They may seek the company of other (deviant) peers. · have special educational needs. In all of these ways the tasks of education are complex and difficult. These alone will not answer the questions that education now faces. OFSTED (1996) found that the exclusion of black pupils was less likely to be associated with underachievement or trauma than was true of white pupils.African and Caribbean. Back To Basics 21. · from families of low socio-economic status. disaffection can lead to exclusion. · black . In the most extreme cases. · male. Equally there is evidence that the experience of excluded pupils from African-Caribbean backgrounds differs from that of white pupils. Many research studies have suggested that structural changes to the educational system may be contributing to the causes of exclusion. including increased competition between schools which has increased the emphasis on conventional academic attainment and fewer resources and less time to support disaffected pupils. They include raising academic standards.
Professor Ken Robinson The Challenge for Education NACCCE report 27 . motivate young people and raise their confidence and self esteem. · use of information technology. e. of the types of teaching that are needed to develop them. A central strategy is the identification of six key skills: · communication. promote inclusion and combat exclusion in a world of rapid social and economic change. · working with others. develop their skills of communication and of social interaction. 22. encourage cultural tolerance and understanding. Among them are powers and talents that will be of fundamental importance to them and to society in meeting the challenges we have described. We endorse these priorities and we want to add to them. d. · improving oneÕs own learning and performance. In our view the result has been that many areas of young peopleÕs potential Ñ of their real resources Ñ are untapped and neglected. increase their employability. Our education system has been largely shaped by the needs of an industrial economy and by particular views of ability and intelligence. Creative and cultural programmes are powerful ways of revitalising the sense of community in a school and engaging the whole school with the wider community. and of who should be involved in education. promote a sense of social responsibility and political participation. b. f. a. The Government has in hand a number of initiatives in education to address these challenges. Now more than ever.1. · problem-solving. The starting point is to say what we mean by creative and cultural education. why they are so important. A commitment to developing human resources must involve a fundamental review of what these resources are. The greatest disincentives to achievements are low self-esteem and lack of motivation. We are living in times of enormous opportunity. The strategy we propose for creative and cultural education is intended to contribute to this. · application of number. c. it is vital to encourage all areas of young peopleÕs intellectual and personal capabilities and to recognise that doing this is not at odds with their academic development. and how they are related.
health. Music. employment and industry are not dependent on the development and application of creative practical skills. literature. The problems of definition lie in its particular associations with the arts. ƒlite Definition 26. technology. But there are different views of what is involved in this process and about how common the capacity for creativity is. in politics. in the complex nature of creative activity itself. and in the variety of theories that have been developed to explain it. paintings. and the rest. which tend to be thought of as uncreative. the professional arts and associated fields are now known as the Ôcreative industriesÕ.2. It is equally fundamental to advances in the sciences. Our proposals are intended to show that creativity can be developed and how this might be done. As we said in Chapter One. Many people associate creativity primarily with the arts2. The Ôcreative artsÕ are often contrasted with the sciences. Such people. in mathematics. They see creativity as a natural capacity with limited room for improvement through education. But creativity is not unique to the arts. Crafts Council. 23. art. in different contexts. There are few areas of life where the nationÕs priorities for education. In this section we offer our definition of creativity and the implications we see for promoting the creative development of young people. It has an Ôelusive definitionÕ1. Learning through Making Creative Education NACCCE report 28 . Creativity is obviously to do with producing something original. The literature of creativity often focuses on the great men and women who have produced or made path-breaking compositions. It is sometimes thought that only very rare people are creative and that creativity involves unusual talents. Some people doubt that creativity can be taught at all. inventions or theories. Defining Creativity 24. drama. dance. One of our aims in this report is to emphasise the importance of the arts and their essential place in creative development. business and in all areas of everyday life. Sectoral Definition 25. are often called Ôthe creative artsÕ. Creative Education Introduction The word ÔcreativityÕ is used in different ways.
it is sometimes said, make their mark without special help and may even gain strength from educational failure. For both reasons it is assumed that there is limited scope and little point in trying to educate for creativity. Obviously, there are people with exceptional creative gifts. The Žlite conception of creativity is important because it focuses attention on creative achievements which are of historic originality, which push back the frontiers of human knowledge and understanding. These achievements constitute the highest levels of creativity. Education must certainly nurture young people who are capable of such achievements. But there are other considerations.
Democratic Definition
27. In our view, all people are capable of creative achievement in some area of activity, provided the conditions are right and they have acquired the relevant knowledge and skills. Moreover, a democratic society should provide opportunities for everyone to succeed according to their own strengths and abilities. Meeting the various challenges we have described, economic, technological, social, and personal, involves realising the capacities of all young people, and not only those with obviously exceptional ability. There is no doubt that some highly creative individuals do thrive in adversity Ñ we have such people on this committee. But others do not. There is no way of knowing the current scale of frustration or waste of creative capacities in our schools. In our view:
Creative Education
NACCCE report
a. creative possibilities are pervasive in the concerns of everyday life, its purposes and problems; b. creative activity is also pervasive: many people who are being creative do not recognise that this is what they are doing; c. creativity can be expressed in collaborative and collective as well as individual activities, in teamwork and in organisations, in communities and in governments. For all these reasons, we favour a democratic conception of creativity: one which recognises the potential for creative achievement in all fields of human activity; and the capacity for such achievements in the many and not the few. To justify this approach we need to say what we mean by creativity.
If you think there is only one answer, then you will only find one. Scottish Consultative Council on the Curriculum, Teaching for Effective Learning
Creativity: Our Definition
28. Defining a process that covers such a wide range of activities and personal styles is inherently difficult. Ours is a stipulative definition, but it takes account of what we understand about the nature of creative processes and of the ways in which key words are used in different contexts. It is also in a sense an indicative definition in that it points to features of creative processes that we want to encourage for educational purposes. Our starting point is to recognise four characteristics of creative processes. First, they always involve thinking or behaving imaginatively. Second, overall this imaginative activity is purposeful: that is, it is directed to achieving an objective. Third, these processes must generate something original. Fourth, the outcome must be of value in relation to the objective. We therefore define creativity as: Imaginative activity fashioned so as to produce outcomes that are both original and of value. We want to comment briefly on these four characteristics. On this basis we will develop our view that creativity is possible in all areas of human activity and that everyone has creative capacities.
I decided I was only going to do things for the fun of it and only that afternoon as I was taking lunch some kid threw up a plate in the cafeteria. There was a blue medallion on the plate Ñ the Cornell sign. As the plate came down it wobbled. It seemed to me that the blue thing went round faster than the wobble and I wondered what the relationship was between the two Ñ I was just playing; no importance at all. So I played around with the equations of motion of rotating things and I found out that if the wobble is small the blue thing goes round twice as fast as the wobble. I tried to figure out why that was, just for the fun of it, and this led me to the similar problems in the spin of an electron and that led me back into quantum electrodynamics which is the problem
Creative Education
NACCCE report
Four Features of Creativity
Using Imagination
29. Imaginative activity in our terms is not the same as fantasising or imaging, although it may involve both. It is not simply producing mental representations of things that are not present or have not been experienced. Imaginative activity is the process of generating something original: providing an alternative to the expected, the conventional, or the routine. This activity involves processes of thinking or behaving. The behaviour may include activities where thought is embodied in the movement: such as in performance and other forms where there is not necessarily a prefigurative thinking. Imaginative activity is a form of mental play Ñ serious play directed towards some creative purpose. It is a mode of thought which is essentially generative: in which we attempt to expand the possibilities of a given situation; to look at it afresh or from a new perspective, envisaging alternatives to the routine or expected in any given task. Creative insights often occur when existing ideas are combined or reinterpreted in unexpected ways or when they are applied in areas with which they are not normally associated. Often this arises by making unusual connections, seeing analogies and relationships between ideas or objects that have not previously been related.
IÕd been working on. I continued to play with it in this relaxed fashion and it was like letting a cork out of a bottle. Everything just poured out and in very short order I worked the things out for which I later won the Nobel Prize. Richard Feynmann, Nobel Prizewinning Physicist
Pursuing Purposes
30. Creativity carries with it the idea of action and purpose. It is, in a sense, applied imagination. The imaginative activity is fashioned, and often refashioned, in pursuit of an objective. To speak of somebody being creative is to suggest that they are actively engaged in making or producing something in a deliberate way. This is not to say that creative insights or breakthroughs may not occur unexpectedly along the way, for example by intuition or non-directed thought, but they occur on the way to something: to meeting the overall objective, or to solving the central problem. This can be a highly dynamic process, whose eventual outcomes can be quite different than from those anticipated at the outset. Sometimes the objective changes as new ideas and possibilities come into view: sometimes, as with inventions and discoveries, new purposes are found when an initial product or idea has emerged.
Creative ÔplayÕ Ñ seeking to see the world afresh Ñ is at times a fight against the fascination which familiar associations and directions of thought exert on us. Young people need to be encouraged to understand the importance of this kind of ÔplayÕ. Professor Lewis Minkin
Creative Education
NACCCE report
Being Original
31. Creativity always involves originality. But there are different categories of originality3. · Individual A personÕs work may be original in relation to their own previous work and output. · Relative It may be original in relation to their peer group: to other young people of the same age, for example. · Historic The work may be original in terms of anyoneÕs previous output in a particular field: that is, it may be uniquely original. There can also be degrees of originality within these categories: of greater or less originality in relation to individual or group output. Originality in creative work will often be judged to be of the first two categories. For reasons we come to, this can be of considerable importance in the general education of each individual. But in our view exceptional individual achievement - that is, of historic originality - is also more likely to emerge from a system of education which encourages the creative capacities of everyone.
Imagination is more important than knowledge. Albert Einstein The creation of something new is not accomplished by the intellect alone but by the play instinct. The creative mind plays with the objects it loves. C. G. Jung
Creative Education
NACCCE report
The outcome of imaginative activity can only be called creative if it is of value in relation to the task at hand. Judging Value 32. There is a distinction. Evaluating which ideas do work and which do not requires judgement and criticism. They may be bizarre. In any creative process there are likely to be dead-ends: ideas and designs that do not work. We described imaginative activity as a generative mode of thought. It can permeate the process of generating ideas: it can involve standing back in quiet reflection. satisfying. Originality at some level is essential in all creative work. Creative activity involves playing with ideas and trying out possibilities. creativity involves a second and reciprocal mode of thought: an evaluative mode. In science at the bench much as the potter at his wheel. 33. involve instant judgements or long-term testing. to retry or reshape the work in hand. 34. and there may be differences. tenable. fashion designer and sister of developmental biologist Dr. There follows a period of stepping back. or faulty.2. This can happen throughout the process of creativity and not only at the end. I could tell that her lab processes were not that different to my studio ones. Kate Storey. Original ideas may be irrelevant to the purpose in hand. The criteria of value vary according to the field of activity in question. what does this result say to me? How can I change the outcome? Is there anything that ÔfailureÕ can teach me? And then back again. some questions posed early on and a distinct feeling of grafting away until a result wins through. Critical evaluation involves a shift in the focus of attention and mode of thinking as we attend to what is working or not working. more questions. There are many possible judgements according to the area of activity: effective. In most creative work there are many shifts between these two modes of thought and focus of attention. We will come back to this later in discussing the links between creative and cultural development. Professor Helen Storey. As I watched my sister from a distance in her own environment. the value of something may only be recognised over time. the best ÔfitÕ is produced. There may be many failures and modifications and much refashioning of imaginative activity before the best outcomes. The quality of creative achievement is related to both. Understanding this is an important foundation for creative education. or the sculptor at his block of wood there is a process of preparation. but it is never enough. useful. A similar process may then take place in terms of the application of a creative outcome. In this way creative thinking always involves some critical thinking. Helping young people to understand and manage this interaction between generative and evaluative thinking is a pivotal task of creative education. Equally. enjoyable. It can be individual or shared. Creative Education NACCCE report 33 . valid. ÔValueÕ here is a judgement of some property of the outcome related to the purpose. between the evaluations made by the creator and those made by others.
These are particular techniques and skills which are specific to different disciplines and forms of work. 37. and the best circumstances for its success. criticism and the cold hand of realism can kill an emerging idea. utility and audience response. At the right time and in the right way. not an event. The Processes of Creativity 35. a first image or metaphor. Deferment of judgement is an invaluable element as we produce ideas and then stretch them and connect them imaginatively as far as they can go. Creative processes in all disciplines normally involve an initial phase of drafting: of giving an idea a rough shape or outline. and that is considered a pretty good record amongst scientists. unconscious as well as conscious mental processes. .preparation-incubation-illumination then verification4 . Professor Sir Harold Kroto. Nobel prize-winning chemist 36. practicability. This may be the first notes of a melody. intuitive as well as rational calculation. Although there is always a stage. are personal to the individual but often involves waking/sleeping moments. where critical appraisal is necessary. so to speak. generative thinking has to be given time to flower. The form of this withdrawal from thinking about a problem. the first sketch of a problem in mathematics. if only to assess coherence and relate ideas to evidence. The classical division of stages in creative thought . withdrawal and then breakthrough and to the key point that creativity is a process. maybe many stages. The process of development is commonly one of Ôsuccessive approximationsÕ in which the idea is shaped and clarified in the process of exploring it. non-directed as well as directed thought.is contested in various ways by different scholars but it does alert us to the common pattern of focus. rigorous critical appraisal is essential. Creative abilities are developed through practical application: by being engaged in the processes of creative thought production: making music. or a Ômoving meditationÕ as we do other things.2. Creative activity involves a complex combination of controlled and non-controlled elements. At the wrong point. A key task for teachers is to help young people to understand these processes and to gain control of them. But there are also some general features of creative processes which young people need to experience and recognise. writing stories. Creative Education NACCCE report 34 Nine out of ten of my experiments fail. The final phases are often to do with refining the detail of the expression: with producing the neat copy. conducting experiments and so on.
Creative insights and advances have driven forward human culture in the sciences. challenging and building on existing knowledge. 38. but with what count as facts. Not understanding this can make young people and adults alike conclude that they are not really creative after all. For example. This is clearly true. in philosophy. is one of continuous conjectures and of reevaluations of established ideas: of new insights or information. It can be halted or inhibited by trying to do too much too soon or at the same time. not only with observation but with explanation Ñ with interpretation and with meaning. 39. the arts and the humanities. This dialogue between initial conception and final realisation can be delicate. The processes of scientific analysis and investigation can involve the highest levels of creativity and insight. asking children to write a poem right away in their best handwriting can destroy the spontaneity they need in the initial phase of generating ideas. indeed the essential process. We have identified two modes of thought: generative and evaluative. Discovery in science is not always strictly logical. In most situations. They need to be helped to understand that creativity often develops in phases. trying to produce a finished version in one move is for most people an improbable task. in technology. The history of science. It often results from unexpected leaps of imagination: from sudden moments of illumination in which the scientist grasps the answer to a problem and then sets out to verify it by calculation. This is the source of the intellectual excitement and creative impulse of science: that it is concerned not only with facts. We said earlier that creativity is possible in all areas of human activity and not only in the arts. Creative Education NACCCE report 35 . The balance between these must be right. and to have some sense of where they are in the process and what to expect of themselves there. This can be as true for children setting out as for experienced scientists.2.
Creative Education This expression is unique. Often it is only through developing the dance. If you block it. making a dance may all be driven by powerful emotional impulses. Children were testing different materials to find out which one was waterproof. This illustrates creative thinking in science where a child does not take the obvious route and also shows real understanding of the key idea. NACCCE report 36 . sound and feel of work in the arts is inseparable not only from what it means. The creative process of the arts involves developing forms of expression which embody the artistÕs perceptions. In recent years. Whilst most children accepted that some fabrics were waterproof and some others were not. but the process is not simply one of discharging feelings Ñ though it may involve that Ñ but of giving them form and meaning. It is in these forms that we express our most human perceptions and feelings. Martha Graham 41. if we crayoned over the fabric the wax would go into the holesÓ. suddenly exclaimed. Composing and playing music. Information provided by the Association for Science Education 40. It is through shaping the individual work that the ideas and feelings are given form. The creative processes of the arts centre on the shaping and refining of a work in which its aesthetic qualities are central to its meaning. there has been a new recognition of the vital importance of what Daniel Goleman calls emotional intelligence: the ability to understand. silent for a while. But there is a difference between giving direct vent to feelings Ñ as in a cry of pain or a jump for joy Ñ and the creative processes of the arts. This is not a matter of identifying an idea and then finding a form in which to express it. Leap of the Imagination Some of the most common science activities can provide opportunities for teachers to witness a creative leap of the imagination where children suddenly make a connection and move their own learning forward. It is essential for education to provide opportunities for young people to express their own ideas. The look. They used a range of materials. Discussions about the arts in education often emphasise the value of self-expression. writing poetry. it will never exist through any other medium and will be lost. and this is an important idea. but from how it means. image or music that the perception itself is clarified. The meaning is uniquely available in the form in which it is expressed. obviously pondering on the different aspects of the activity. ÒWe need to fill the holes to make it waterproof. one child.2. express and use our feelings and intuition. values and feelings. looked at them under a microscope and made the connection that those materials with holes allowed water to flow through and that the bigger the hole the faster the water flowed through the material.
Human intelligence is not only creative. looking at the world in different ways and playing with different possibilities and alternative solutions. Creativity is a basic capacity of human intelligence. The recent report by the Mental Health Foundation (see paragraph 16) confirms these concerns. youÕre probably right. And not all creative thinking is directed to solving problems. or whether you think you canÕt. A key characteristic of human intelligence is our capacity for representing experience in various ways. More opportunities should be given to the generation of ideas. Whether you think you can. Composing poetry. but diverse and multifaceted. The Variety of Intelligence 44. as well as identifying solutions to given problems. points to the changes and the problems that can follow from difficulties in understanding and expressing our emotions. But creativity and problemsolving are not the same thing. painting pictures or ÔplayingÕ with abstract ideas in science or mathematics are not always problem-solving as normally understood. It is for this reason that we argue that all young people have creative capacities and they all have them differently. Creative education can contribute directly to problem-solving abilities in all disciplines and fields of work. in the conventional sense. but that they find problems we hadnÕt imagined and lead us on to new horizons. Not all problems call for creative solutions or original thinking. Familiarity with a wide range of problem-solving activities can lead to greater competence in seeing underlying patterns and analogies. and many before him. Some can be solved routinely and logically. Henry Ford Creativity and Intelligence 43. Problem-solving is now a key skill in education. The value of creative thinkers is not only that they solve problems we know we have. Goleman. Problem-Solving 42. More opportunities should be given to young people to sense and define problems for themselves. There are many ways in schools of enabling young people to discuss and express their feelings and emotions. Developing young peopleÕs abilities to solve problems is fundamental to preparing them for an independent life. This capacity is Creative Education If youÕre interested in the ultimate character of the physical world at the NACCCE report 37 .2. Among the most important are the arts.
Using words and numbers are among the highest achievements of human intelligence. shape. psychologists and educationalists have long recognised this diversity of human intelligence. But if physics is what weÕre talking about. Our primary perceptions of the world are through the senses: through light. a musician is thinking in sound. kinaesthetic.2. Words help us to formulate some ideas but not others: equally mathematics makes possible ideas which are otherwise inconceivable. There are ideas. then not to know mathematics is a severe limitation in understanding the world. the relationships of things Ñ without an understanding of mathematics. Our experiences are of many kinds and we use a wide variety of ways to make sense of them. But we think and communicate in other ways too. Verbal language is the most obvious example of this capacity. He or she is presenting visual ideas. As they learn a language children are not only learning how to name things: they are acquiring the patterns of ideas and understanding which are inherent in their language. Artists have discovered new aspects of space with one symbolism just as physicists had with another. texture. I donÕt think a person can appreciate much of these particular aspects of the world Ñ the great depth and character of the universality of the laws. most of personal experience would be incommunicable and most of human culture would not have happened. To understand these we turn to other modes of expression and communication. These are not substitutes for words. A recent formulation is Howard GardnerÕs theory of multiple intelligences (Gardner 1993). In learning to speak they are also learning ways to think. A painter is not producing images of ideas that could be expressed equally well in words or numbers. Young. The fact is that we not only experience the world in these different ways. Philosophers. mathematical. Philosophy and the Brain NACCCE report 38 . Conventional education tends to emphasise verbal and mathematical reasoning. feelings and perceptions that will not go into either. Most children spend most of their time in school reading. basic to how we think and communicate. In higher education. Gardner identifies seven forms of intelligence: linguistic. they illustrate the rich diversity of human intelligence and the many different modes in which we think and communicate. The worlds we live in are as rich and various as they are because our minds are so complex and diverse. Musicians are expressing ideas that can only be fully understood through music. Creative Education present time our only way to understand it is through a mathematical type of reasoning. essay writing and note taking are the principal forms of study. smell and movement. Nobel physicist 46. J. spatial. A person painting a picture is thinking visually. writing and thinking in words or numbers. DonÕt misunderstand me. sound. we think in them too. Richard Feynmann. Dancers think in space and movement. These are vital to the intellectual development of all young people but they are not the whole of intelligence. 45. There are many aspects of the world where mathematics is unnecessary Ñ such as love Ñ which are very delightful and wonderful to appreciate and to feel awed about. The creative artist is an observer whose brain works in new ways making it possible to convey information about matters that were not a subject for communication before. The discoveries of the artist and the scientist are exactly alike in this respect. Z. but if it were limited to these.
There are two important implications of this argument. This is not a fixed list. Discovering them can enormously increase self-esteem. Judging children against a single standard of ability can misrepresent their own individual strengths. But it is neither accurate nor responsible to judge childrenÕs intellectual abilities in general on the basis of these abilities alone. for dance. Uniform schooling ignores these differences. Teaching for Effective Learning The Dynamics of Intelligence 48. Children with high academic ability may be highly able in other areas too. Academic ability consists primarily a facility for propositional knowledge and linear forms of reasoning. All children have such abilities to varying degrees and it is essential that they should be developed. It would be more accurate to think of all children having a profile of abilities across a wide range of intelligences.2. musical. children who perform poorly in conventional academic tests may have strong abilities in other areas. First. 47. the corpus callosum. The arts NACCCE report 39 . We all have a unique combination of different kinds of abilities. A commitment to developing childrenÕs human resources must begin from a recognition of how wide. More recent studies Creative Education Each of us have a different mosaic of intelligences. which we all possess to a greater or lesser degree. Scottish Consultative Council on the Curriculum. Second. The left hemisphere was found to be largely concerned with logical. There are other ways of categorising types of intelligence (White 1998). A child with poor spatial abilities may have high linguistic or aural intelligence. This facilitates interaction between the two hemispheres and between different modes of activity. primarily on the basis of academic performance. which can and do change throughout our lives. Howard Gardner Intelligence is multifaceted. patterns and with spatial movement. confidence and achievement as a whole. interpersonal and intrapersonal. there can be a dramatic change in their overall motivation in education. Some children have particular capacities for mathematics. The numbers of intelligences and the exact ways in which they are classified are less important than the fact that intelligence is multifaceted. When children discover their real strengths. The two halves of the brain are joined by a shaft of nerve fibres. or for several of these. for music. for education in general and for creative education in particular. rich and diverse these resources really are. the tendency now is to think of children as ÔableÕ or Ôless ableÕ. with recognition of faces. Intelligence is multi-dimensional: it is also dynamic. analytical thought: the right hemisphere with more ÔholisticÕ modes of thinking. In the 1960s. for languages. There is no such thing as a single general intelligence. research in the USA suggested that the two hemispheres of the brain have different functions.
This happens across as well as within different modes of thinking. draw on different areas of intelligence simultaneously Ñ they are multi-modal. spiritual. Research in Europe and the United States (Fox & Gardiner 1997) has suggested for example that music education can have a direct effect on improvement in mathematical ability. as participants and as viewers. spatial orientation and so on.2. drama can be a powerful way of promoting skills in reading. moral. but can combine. for example. and most other forms of intellectual activity. writing and in speech. The composition of music is often informed by an understanding of mathematics. Some modes of thinking dominate in different types of activity Ñ the aural in music. emotions. technological and economic understanding and inquiry. political. Dance is closely related to musical understanding: visual arts draw deeply from spatial intelligence. the spatial/kinaesthetic in dance. Through this participation and study intellectual and other intelligences are extended and nurtured. Our knowledge and understanding of intellectual abilities are extended through the participation in and study of the arts. Bristol Creative Education NACCCE report 40 . 49. cultural. education officer. But these. confirm that different areas of the brain are strongly associated with different types of activity: with speech. Each of these facets can dominate at any one time. isolated compartments. and in most circumstances they act independently. Lindsey Fryer. They also show that the brain does not work in separate. Arnolfini Gallery. the patterns of brain activity are different according to whether we are speaking our mother tongue or a second language. the mathematical in physics. emotional. Mathematicians. Equally. are also multifaceted. Different areas of the brain work together during different types of activity. touch. They involve intellectual. often talk of ÔvisualisingÕ problems and solutions. During speech. but as a whole dynamic system. social. Creative insight often occurs when new connections are made between ideas or experiences that were not previously related. for example.
Gradually the games moved closer to the skill of stopping at the end of the page. As she writes. move your arm across the paper and then Òstop!Ó. · Creativity is best construed not as a single power. which you either have or do not. Susie moved with lots of Ôfree flowÕ.2. Together they played ÔflowÕ games. until she comes to the end of her reach. Information provided by Jabadao Developing Creativity 50. not her intellect. Then her teacher asked the dance-movement specialist if she could help. Susie likes writing and has a lot to say. Then she returns to the page and starts all over again. They worked with an aspect of movement called ÔflowÕ. No amount of talking about it made any difference. They played. not Ôsomething profoundly differentÕ (Boden 1990:259). Her movement seemed to go on and on. because Susie doesnÕt notice the edge of the paper. The literature and many of the practical programmes on creative thinking certainly suggest that there are general skills that can be used across many different fields. if you clapped your hands and said stop. They involve special purposes for familiar mental operations6 and the more efficient use of our ordinary abilities. skills of creative thought and production that apply in different domains of creative activity. but as multidimensional: Creative processes involve many different mental functions combinations of skills and personality attributes5. the way they hold it in). Creative Education NACCCE report 41 . move your arm against the floor and now Òstop!Ó. But her teachers can only read a portion of what she writes. They got out paper and played. she works her way across the paper. and a growing body of research into the idea of transferable skills: that is. then trying to stop it and hold it inside. The following themes are suggested by experience and research and are important in planning policies and strategies for creative education. letting the energy go. Learning through your body Susie attends a special school where she has a weekly session with a dance-movement specialist. but even then there was movement. bigger paper didnÕt help. it took her a long time to come to some sort of stillness. It is also the case that some people are creative in many areas. There is considerable debate about. It concerns the way a person allows energy to pass through and out of the body (or at the other end of the spectrum. then onto the desk. Susie returned to the classroom and never wrote off the paper again. She needed to learn this through her body.
But sustained creative achievement involves knowledge of the field in question and skills in the media concerned. knowledge and understanding. or dance. · Some creative abilities are Ôdomain specificÕ. The medium may be conceptual. It is possible to have a limited creative impact in some fields with little knowledge of them. I relish rules. Creativity in music requires increasing control in the production and dynamics of sound: creativity in mathematics or science requires increasing skills in numeracy. It may involve a physical medium: an instrument. clay. materials and forms of understanding that they involve. perhaps many people feel disaffected by education and suffer a sense of failure precisely because they have never discovered where their own unique abilities lie. as in mathematics. I just like rewriting them. Creativity is not simply a matter of Ôletting goÕ. and never experience the pleasures. But the alternative is not to disregard the teaching of skills and understanding. Managing Director. fabrics or steel. or in physics. In doing so. or mathematics. creative ability is stimulated by the ÔfeelÕ of the materials and the activity in question. to stifle it. Freedom to experiment is essential for creativity. For many people. schools need to promote a broad approach to creativity across the curriculum and a broad and balanced curriculum. Being creative in music. Look and you will find it. · The creative strengths of any one person may be specific to particular fields or types of activity: Creativity involves working in a medium. Some of the specific skills and techniques of mathematics or physics or drawing or playing the piano are specific to those activities and do not necessarily transfer to each other nor to other areas. For all of those reasons. involves knowledge and expertise in the skills.2. This is very misleading. Experience suggests that some. If a person does not find their best medium. satisfactions and achievements that follow. they may never discover what their creative potential is. Sophocles Freedom and Control 51. It is possible to teach all of these and not promote creative ability at all: indeed. It is sometimes assumed that creativity only emerges from Ôfree expressionÕ and lack of inhibitions or constraints. What is unsought will go undetected. it is important to recognise two fundamental dynamics of creative processes. But so too are skills. Lord Stone of Blackheath. I donÕt. but People assume that as an innovator. Marks and Spencer Creative Education NACCCE report 42 . I break rules.
creative development is intimately related to cultural development. The popular image of creative genius is of the lone individual producing unique insights out of the air. Creativity is sometimes seen as an entirely individual process. individual creativity is affected by dialogue with others. Just as different modes of thinking interact in a single mind. design and the rest that mark the trails of other peopleÕs creative journeys. architecture. creativity is possible in all fields of human intelligence. and for the curriculum. There is a further point which has important implications for teaching methods. and the course of history has been changed by the extraordinary creative insights of particularly gifted people. Conclusion 53. to recognise the mutual dependence of freedom and control at the heart of the creative process. In the next chapter we relate these arguments to our conception of cultural education. But for everyone. Creativity and Culture 52. music. In these ways. control and discipline combined with the freedom and confidence to experiment. Some individuals do work alone.2. In this section we have defined what we mean by creativity and said what we see as its main features. In our view. and this is diverse and multifaceted. Genuine creative achievement involves knowledge. Creative Education NACCCE report 43 . poems. creative achievement always draws from the ideas and achievements of other people: from the books. theories.
ballet. Ministries of culture throughout the world. science and technology. Z. dance. art and all the complications of culture as much as on food Ñ it would ultimately collapse without them. especially traditional music and dance. serious literature and some forms of cinema. including. It is a term with a complicated history and with a range of different. Philosophy and the Brain Sectoral Definition 56. in the Cultural Education NACCCE report 44 . Within this particular conception of culture. classical music. Human life depends upon language. ƒlite Definition 57. This process has been linked particularly with an appreciation of the arts. including music. it. fine art. culture in one sense. Since the late eighteenth century. visual art and also traditional and folk culture. cinema. Defining Culture 55. By extension. sometimes conflicting meanings. but goes beyond. This is the sense in which a person might be described as ÔculturedÕ. Like creativity. has meant a general process of intellectual or social refinement. literature. In Western European terms.3. culture is strongly associated with the arts and letters. It is this meaning of culture that is implied in describing the arts and related fields as the Ôcultural industriesÕ. The exclusive association of culture with the arts overlook many other aspects of human culture. contemporary dance. Like creativity. Cultural Education Introduction In this section we set out our definition of culture and of the roles of cultural education. a further distinction is often made between high art and popular culture. Culture. While accepting the importance of this particular sense of culture. and national cultural policies often focus specifically on the development of the arts. J. culture is a term that is used in many ways in different contexts. culture has also come to mean the general field of artistic and intellectual activity through which this process of refinement was promoted. high art normally means opera. We argue that creative education and cultural education are closely related and that there are important implications for the balance of the school curriculum and for teaching and learning. we want to adopt a more general definition which includes. not least. 54. Young.
in our view. design and popular fiction. We think that this assumption is wrong for two reasons. The interaction between different types of cultural practice. The second assumption is that there is an unbridgeable gap between high art and popular culture. then. of treating it with the respect and care it deserves. as informed and dynamic audiences and makers. the term ÔcultureÕ has also been used in a more general sense to mean a communityÕs overall way of life. Brian Eno Cultural Education NACCCE report 45 . particularly works in the classical European tradition. a strong association between the arts and culture. is significant for the conception of cultural education that we want to examine and promote. It Culture is where we live our shared mental lives. This definition of culture has been developed particularly in anthropology and sociology. including high art and popular culture. The first is that there is in practice an interaction and overlap between different cultural processes. if not wholly. television. The second is that many people enjoy and contribute to both. popular cinema. including high art and popular culture. two assumptions are sometimes made which are relevant to our argument and both of which we want to challenge. The importance of these can only be fully recognised in educational terms within a more general social definition of culture: a definition which embraces the importance of other significant fields of creative activity. Òthe best that has been known and saidÓ. go beyond an exclusive association with the arts in general and high art in particular. sense of high art fits well with Matthew ArnoldÕs famous formulation. But in this century particularly. Practising and understanding the arts in all their forms are essential elements of creative and cultural education. of teaching young people to understand and appreciate high art. Popular culture.3. 58. is taken to mean those forms of creative practice that have mass appeal. in the sense set out above. 59. ÔCultureÕ as we have said has a long association with the arts. but in relation to particular roles which we set out later. But the definition of culture must. We also think that cultural education must go much further. On this basis. We think that all cultural education should certainly include this. The first is that cultural education should consist principally. We need a way of understanding this habitat. Social Definition 60. including commercial music. There is. fashion. on the other hand.
In the fastchanging world of youth culture. styles and rhythms of speech are among the most important ways in which cultural identities are created and recreated. including climate and geography. shared dialects. by relations with. new slang.3. by the physical environment. Each has its own values and ways of doing things. and because of its inherent importance for education. beliefs. In turn they are influenced by changes in knowledge. These values underpin and shape social institutions such as the law. religious. accents and vocabularies. 63. we will Cultural Education NACCCE report 46 62. understanding and experience. at more specific levels. styles and rhythms of speech are among the most common ways that cultural groups and sub-groups define themselves in relationship to others. and the various ways in which its identity is expressed and maintained Ñ its patterns of behaviour and organisation. even within the increasingly pervasive use of English as an international language. one defining factor of cultural groups has been a shared language and. This continues to be so for cultural groupings of all sorts. At the heart of the social definition of culture is the concept of values: those things Ñ the ideas. which may be taken more or less as a constant. from styles of dress. or isolation from. through education. by science and technology. Cultural identity is also expressed in many other ways. its own distinctive culture. by religious beliefs or lack of them. The culture of a group includes its sense of identity Ñ its sense of what makes it a group. These values are shaped by many factors: by human nature itself. to understand and make their way in the increasingly challenging social and personal circumstances of the contemporary world. Our concern in this report is with ways of enabling young people. For these reasons. . Customised vocabularies. to patterns and structures of social relationships. Traditionally. and which distinguish them from others. ideological and professional. and which it holds in common as a group. by economics and by ÔeventsÕ. 61. local. recognises that different social groupings are held together by shared values. Most people now belong to many different cultural groups Ñ national. other communities. beliefs and ways of relating which are characteristic of them. ethnic. education and the family. Cultural identity is expressed and maintained in many ways. attitudes Ñ which the group considers worthy and important. and personal behaviour.
The ways of life Ñ the ÔculturesÕ Ñ of groups are often intricate in themselves and in how they relate with others that surround and intersect them. The Dynamics of Culture 65. and move among many different cultural communities. also use the term ÔcultureÕ here in this broader social sense. the cultural impact of science and technology. Social cultures can be described and analysed in terms of their different systems and elements: legal systems. second. Crafts Council Cultural Education NACCCE report 47 . or lack of it. religious. Many young people live in. cultural anthropology and in the emergent disciplines of cultural studies. the interaction between different cultural forms and traditions.3. First. technology and design. are a complex mix of ethnic. we want to point to three features of the social cultures of the late twentieth century which are significant for our proposals for creative and cultural education: they are dynamic. develop means for expression. For our purposes. A key example is the sense of multiple identity felt by young British people whose parents or grandparents were born in other countries and traditions. religious beliefs. 64. third. Most national communities. critical thought and problem-solving skills. we define culture as: The shared values and patterns of behaviour that characterise different social groups and communities. each of which might contribute more or less to their individual sense of cultural identity. generational. ideological and political cultural groupings which overlap with and affect each other. and who now live in and between several different cultural communities. Three important examples of this interaction are particularly relevant to our arguments. Creative practical engagement provides opportunities to share different cultural influences. sociology. But they can only be fully understood in terms of how all of these various elements affect each other. the dynamic relations between the arts. challenge received thinking. technologies. diverse and they are evolving. Accordingly. including our own. Understanding the complexities of cultural experience and identity is essential in many fields of study: in social history. economic activities and patterns of social relations.
and the shifts of perception they provoked are woven into the fabric of global culture and have profoundly influenced the nature and course of it. The pieces were imaginative. science and technology have changed how we think. science and technology have transformed human perceptions of how the world works and of our roles within it. developments in contraceptive techniques. and the audience was instantly engaged and encouraged to take more interest in areas of science and technology explored. entertaining. The pieces all lasted between 5-10 minutes and provided a genuine response by young people to science. For example. From time immemorial. The pupils devised and performed the pieces themselves as part of a production which was linked by the disembodied voices of a father and daughter from the future. engineering and the past. Science and technology interact with the social culture in many ways and at many levels. biology. and with increasing speed in our own time. science has also directly changed the practical circumstances of human life and culture. informative and thought-provoking. technology. Liverpool. chemistry. have revolutionised patterns of sexual morality and behaviour and deeply affected roles and Science is the dominant culture of the 20th Century and is set to become even more dominant in the 21st. From harnessing electricity to the new frontiers of bio-genetics. as we become even more dependent on scientific and engineering advances. Darwin. Newton. learning about how science was viewed by young people from the ÔpastÕ. from railways to the Internet. society appears to become less and less aware of it and how they have freed the human race from the slavery of existing merely to survive. Information provided by North West Arts Board 67. from the steam engine and motor cars to nuclear fission. using a range of styles. These pieces focus on explaining and exploring scientific themes through drama. 150 pupils participated and the themes of physics. Both the schoolsÕ matinee and the evening performance played to packed houses. what we do and what we are able to do. Galileo.has changed the conditions and possibilities of human culture. Through technology. However. As the next century approaches. computer science. notably the Pill. present and future of science were all given consideration.3. Exploring Science through the Arts Get SET is a science-theatrical showcase consisting of ten pieces by school groups ranging in age from 11 to 18 years. technology . with demand for tickets far outstripping the theatreÕs capacity. what we think about. and how these things relate to them.the design and use of tools . Their ideas. The Impact of Science 66. engineering and technology. Einstein and the rest are towering historical figures and not only in science. and were given two performances at the Everyman Theatre. from antibiotics to birth control. In the last three hundred years particularly. the need thus becomes even more urgent that everyone should have some deeper understanding of the way Cultural Education NACCCE report 48 . dance and music.
Any definition of cultural education must take account of this. scientific principles underpin their daily life. motion pictures. the House of Commons Select Committee defined the arts in this way: The term Ôthe artsÕ includes. Artists make things: new tools and materials generate new forms of creative practice. was only possible in the cultural circumstances that followed the invention of the printing press. In fact. photography and television are among the dominant art forms of the twentieth century: they did not exist in the eighteenth. graphic and craft arts. television. architecture and allied fields. creative writing. it made the idea of film possible. folk arts. Cultural Education NACCCE report 49 . execution and exhibition of such major art forms and the study and application of the arts to the human environment. photography. The technology of the moving image not only made film possible. Many of the art forms listed here in the early 1980s were inconceivable in the 1780s. drama. sculpture. There is a powerful relationship between science. need to be revealed. The current revolutions in information technology are transforming the world of work for men and women and the economic relationships between them. Science and technology offer profound evidence of the variety of human creativity and they are implicated at every level in the formation and expression of the social culture of the late twentieth century. it was probably inconceivable. radio. Shakespeare did not read nor write novels. the arts related to the presentation. Professor Sir Harold Kroto The Arts and Technology 68. There were none in the sixteenth century. In 1980. technology and the arts. industrial design. costume and fashion design. Judicious use of these advances in the future is necessary and this will only occur if some key scientific principles are understood at every level of society. but is not limited to music. performance. the intrinsic cultural nature of these principles. tape and sound recording.3. It was not only impossible to make films then. relationships between men and women. now one of the most popular art forms of our time. paintings. The evolution of the novel. Film. as well as the way they have been applied for the benefit of society. dance.
fashion shows and film. Some of the greatest classic writers are amongst the most widely-read. very early in education pupils should see these two fields. There are examples of artistic expression. the Three Tenors. because of the diversity of its population and its tradition of freedom of expression. theatre design and architecture. At one level. they create new product systems and services. In recent years. sound synthesis and digital graphics. the new technologies are making existing processes of creativity easier. and in the power and eloquence of their expression. Dr Susan O'Neill. football. The relationship between the arts and technology has always been dynamic. The fact that large audiences now enjoy Young people tend to view listening to or playing classical music as activities which create a poor impression among their peers. But this division is too neat. in the past. in all cultures. Both of these statements are true. There is. literature. Lord Stone of Blackheath. Therefore. Managing Director. one of the primary sources for this type of innovation. Some of the most adventurous developments in the arts are taking place at the boundaries of the new technologies: in multimedia and cybertechnology. Technology makes new forms of expression possible: artists drive technology to new levels of sophistication. The conventional view of Ôhigh artÕ is that there are some works in music. Keele University Cultural Education NACCCE report 50 . a traffic between different areas of cultural expression. but facets to be conjoined for the good of mankind. not as two cultures to be separated. Marks & Spencer plc. CDs. has been. There is software for musical composition. These beliefs do not necessarily stem from something that is inherent in the music itself. A further example is the interaction of design and technology and their interactions in industry and economics. creativity in industry. now as they have always done. Throughout industry designers and technologists work together. Arts and Science. painting. In the future. The fact that something is popular does not disqualify it as high art. In contrast. Much of commercial or popular culture makes no such claims. 69.3. but rather from the cultural ÔpositioningÕ of classical music relative to other forms of music which young people have come to associate with their own sub-cultures. dance and so on that are qualitatively superior to others in their depth of understanding of the human condition. Department of Psychology. Britain. opera has become hugely popular through television. elements of popular culture are thought of as ephemeral and shallow. The new technologies are providing for new languages and methods and modes of creativity in the arts. and has always been. This is happening now with digital technologies. will be the driver of national and international growth. But new technologies are also generating new forms of creative practice Ñ in computer animation. and this facilitates many existing forms of work. High Art and Popular Culture 70. for choreography. of transcendent beauty and power and which are in the highest reaches of human achievement. founded on the interaction between design and technology.
from the concert hall to the street. European. Developments in contemporary dance. themes. These processes of influence and inspiration. For example. Cultural Education NACCCE report 51 . were deeply influenced by the patterns and rhythms of ordinary human movement at work and play. 72. jazz. borrowing and conversion are at the heart of creativity in the arts in all cultures and also across them. We have defined creativity as a process with outcomes that are both original and of value. the paintings of Van Gogh. the use of new technologies and the free access to many different cultural forms they provide. just as work produced for mass audiences can be assimilated into the canons of high culture. rap and rock music Ñ have produced work of intense power and eloquence. rock and rap music were all rejected before being absorbed into the mainstream. cinema. blues. and forms of expression. even condemned or ridiculed by contemporary audiences. and Picasso. Increasingly in contemporary cultures. avant garde works of high culture can become icons of popular taste. As social and aesthetic values change. There are many examples in the arts as in the sciences of innovations that were not valued or understood at the time they were made: of discoveries whose significance was unrecognised. opera does not detract from its expressive power or its high aesthetic claims. art forms that have their deepest roots in popular culture Ñ contemporary dance. they also change within cultures over time. But just as values differ between cultures. A great deal of classical music is rooted in popular and ÔfolkÕ music. Jazz draws from the themes of classical music as much as from the rhythms of popular song.between Asian. jazz. is generating dynamic fusions of forms within and across different cultural genres and traditions .and at all levels. through Rudolf Laban and Martha Graham. Equally. This process of re-evaluation is also true in science. not outside the social culture Ñ and they draw deeply from it in their ideas. The real significance of scientific discoveries has sometimes become apparent only when social values have changed or when attitudes of other scientists have caught up or when the acceptance of new paradigms change scientific perceptions. Artists of every sort live within. African and American cultures . including Picasso were inspired and influenced in their work by African art and imagery.3. 71. some of the key figures of Modern Art. The music of Stravinsky.
are well documented: the problems of racism. Britain is also home for large numbers of communities whose cultural roots are in many different parts of Europe. with a wide range of religious beliefs. Nick Tate. of political and ideological convictions and speaking many different languages and dialects. Culture in the biological sense implies growth and transformation. and respectful without being uncritical of its own customs and traditions. Bengal. and Muslim as well as Christian. Dr. in the Middle and Far East: and to many faith communities including Jewish. QCA 74. the Cultural Education NACCCE report 52 . and the patterns of population and ways of life in our cities. Britain comprises an extraordinary variety of different cultural communities. For all the reasons we have suggested. The Evolution of Culture 76. positive and negative. In some of our large city schools there are literally dozens of languages spoken by the pupils: and in some there is a majority for whom English itself is a second language. This diversity is now central to the vitality of our national culture and a distinctive feature of it. Overlapping all of these there are strong regional traditions and identities. Hindu. ÒTimes change. aware of its own past and of the different pasts of its various communities. and often stark contrasts between rural and urban communities. Some years ago a national newspaper campaigned with the slogan. This is true of the social culture. other societies.3. as well as unites it with. Bangladesh. The patterns of race relations over the past forty years. This is not new. Pakistan. are persistent. One of the consequences of the dynamics and diversity of social cultures is an irresistible process of change. There are immense benefits in this and there are deep problems. Chief executive. where they occur. We want a society that has a sense of what distinguishes it from. Taken as a whole it includes people from many different ethnic traditions and backgrounds. The Diversity of Culture 73. It follows from our complex history of economic and political involvement in many different areas of the world and from the patterns of emigration and immigration they have involved. and of none. An approach to cultural education based on the roles we identify later will help to reap the benefits of this diversity and to mitigate the difficulties of intercultural understanding. This will be a society conscious of its own identity or identities. values donÕtÓ. and insidious. Africa the Caribbean and from other former colonies and dependencies. 75. Since the 1950s there has been a marked change in patterns of population in some cities following the settlement of families from India.
the ideas. Many of the values and patterns of behaviour in the closing moments of twentieth century are wholly different from those of the late nineteenth century: as they were from the previous century. They include a belief in the right of all individuals to fulfilment and self-realisation. But first. We do not think that this is the case in our national context. we want to comment on a view that is commonly taken when discussing cultural change and diversity: this is that there are no longer any core values to be taught in schools and that. As a matter of urgency. There clearly are some values which are at the core of our national way of life . providing the freedoms of others are not infringed.our national culture. beliefs and attitudes that groups or communities consider of worth and importance. On these commitments is built a network of legal and political principles including a wide range of democratic rights and responsibilities. this is what we mean by cultural education. education must help young people to understand these processes and to engage with and respect cultural perspectives which may differ from their own. Nonetheless. Cultural change is rarely linear and uniform. they were largely unpredicted by them and were essentially unpredictable. On this commitment is built a series of connected attitudes and beliefs. education has to prepare young people in the best ways possible to engage with these processes of change. legal and educational processes which in turn are meant to express and sustain Cultural Education NACCCE report 53 78. instead. We will return to this idea shortly. The first is a commitment to the unique value and central importance of the individual. opposite is true. These principles permeate our social.3. to freedom of personal expression and action. Contemporary ways of life are not only different from those of the Victorians. . and respect for different value systems and ways of life. In part. It results from a vortex of influences and events which is hard enough to understand with hindsight and impossible to plan in advance. young people need to be taught that all values are relative and that there is no basis for choosing between them except personal preference. We have associated the social definition of culture with the idea of values: those things . We have also described contemporary cultures as dynamic and diverse. What should this involve? Absolute and Relative Values 77. Two in particular underpin many others.
and the practices and attitudes they give rise to lie at the heart of our national culture. In some national systems this is not so. b) To enable young people to embrace and understand cultural diversity by bringing them into contact with the attitudes. our national culture is rooted in the core value we attach to the life and rights of the individual. Against this background. For all its diversity. Cultural Education NACCCE report 54 .3. Benefiting from this diversity and promoting our creative resources is precisely what is at issue on our arguing for a more systematic and sustained approach to creative and cultural education. It is this that encourages us to question current perceptions. Cultural Education 81. them. a) To enable young people to recognise. we see four central roles for education in the cultural development of young people. knowledge and practices and to believe in the virtues of openness in public and political life rather than closure and censure. c) To encourage an historical perspective by relating contemporary values to the processes and events that have shaped them. What does cultural education entail? 80. politics and philosophy. criticism. A second touchstone of our national culture is the idea of contingency: the view that things might be different from how they seem or are currently believed to be. values and traditions of other cultures.in history. It is because these are core values that our national culture is so diverse and creative. 79. This assumption is the basis of our interests in empirical enquiries and observations in science and of our modes of analysis in the humanities . d) To enable young people to understand the evolutionary nature of culture and the processes and potential for change. These two core values. explore and understand their own cultural assumptions and values. They are not negotiable if individual fulfilment and open enquiry are to continue to characterise our way of life.
street culture. Their language is precise. they are important as a means of communication of the identities they are busy creating. but how it is used is another matter. travel and holidays. the media and from commercial interests of every sort. friends. food and drink. ideas. We will come to these shortly but first let us comment briefly on each of these roles. Young people require flexibility of the things they take over. particularly during adolescence. LIPA 83. the products of commercial culture should be much less frightening to us. and the music they make. the feel of substances. drugs and cosmetics: these are the languages of commercial culture as spoken to young people An adult view sees them as an everincreasing mountain of goods and waste which require great effort to manage. Information provided by Roger Hill. the stories they tell. aspects of the other. words and images with impressive speed. They do so in relation to the groups and communities to which they belong and they express them in the clothes they wear. original and distinctive. Recorded music and images. Taken together these suggest key principles for the balance of teaching and learning in schools and for the balance of the school curriculum. But young people are Cultural Education NACCCE report 55 . Commercial culture is sometimes seen as predatory on young people and there is no doubt that the pressures they generate are intense and the markets voracious. ideas. Most young people belong simultaneously to a range of different cultural groups and communities. Anything can be sold. They experiment with sensuality. Seen in this way and the money used to buy them as a means of independence. Their great skill is in transformation. from home. broadcast and printed material. 82. To enable young people to recognise. pressures and expectations that surround them. They do not develop their ideas and values in isolation.3. The past and other contemporary cultures provide them with the material to create an individual style. consumer items mainly made mechanically. the pleasure of properties and material goods. Young people select and discard a huge range of available material. Strangeness and difference. explore and understand their own cultural assumptions and values. All young people. games and recreations. digital information. They adapt and they invent. the jokes they like. educational aids. They can make ordinary and mundane objects special with new uses and combinations. For young people. live entertainment. are faced with a complex task of constructing a sense of personal identity from what is now an accelerating traffic of images. are particularly valuable to them in establishing the unique character which will guarantee their presence in the world.
It is essential now to go beyond statements of policy to forms of practice and provision which encourage cultural understanding and promote a positive sense of cultural inclusion. Head teacher. The need for multicultural education has long been recognised in schools. other cultures by deepening young peopleÕs knowledge and experience of them. But they cultures. but if you add the dimension of other values and traditions of other cultures. 86. It involves teaching for a diverse society: an education that enables young people to live in a multi-ethnic and multicultural Britain. particularly at the level of policy. not simply passive consumers of cultural products: they appropriate and adapt them to their own urgent need for a sense of personal and group identity. 84. In doing so. For them the need to address issues of diversity was immediate and urgent. Education has key roles in giving young people the opportunities and the means to reflect on the values and ideas which surround: to explore them sensitively and critically in a range of different ways. The general aim of multicultural education is to promote understanding of. 85. Hampstead School. Schools and what goes on inside them cannot guarantee respect for other cultures nor that they will definitely deliver an end to the prejudice and discrimination of racism. Anti-racist education builds on multicultural education but it includes specific strategies to challenge racist attitudes and behaviour. Dame Tamsyn Imison. multicultural education has been a high priority for schools in culturally diverse communities. There is an important difference between multicultural and anti-racist education. Both are needed in schools. Increasingly since the 1960s. Schools in more homogeneous or even mono-ethnic areas might have felt less pressure to take up this agenda. and respect for. Cultural Education NACCCE report 56 . they also shape the commercial environment in which they live. Cultural education is a complex field with many dimensions and difficulties. But the need for multicultural education in such schools is just as pressing. If young people do not have direct day-to-day experience of other cultures Ñ of having friends from other ethnic traditions and races Ñ they will be less prepared than others for the culturally diverse societies they will eventually encounter. like seeing with one eye only. It allows you to appreciate much more.3. you become binocular and things can be seen in perspective. To enable young people to embrace and understand cultural If you only understand one culture it is diversity by bringing them into contact with the attitudes.
All in all. Cultural Education NACCCE report 57 . it must be the case that they are flying in the face of all they have been taught and have learnt there. our sense of our own identity is bound up with memory and knowledge of the past.3. To enable young people to understand the evolutionary nature of culture and the processes and potential for change. 88. for pupils to emerge from schools as racists. 87. We noted earlier that values and patterns of behaviour are shaped by many factors and that they tend to change over time. Young people need to recognise the distinctiveness of different cultural histories and experience and their roles in shaping global cultures. to a deeper understanding of how they evolved and were shaped. as we described it earlier. Helping young people to understand the processes that have influenced their own and other cultures is an essential role of education. Multicultural education. even irrational without some understanding of the contexts in which they emerged and the meanings they have acquired. and confront prejudice and discrimination in the kinds of institutions they are. and of their overall experience of the school as a community. can and must combat ignorance in what they teach and how they teach it. weakens its sense of identity. Sir Alan Bullock emphasises the necessity of historical understanding to a sense of cultural identity. Collectively as well as individually. To encourage an historical perspective by relating contemporary values to the processes and events that have shaped them. But any culture that is oriented only to the past and Ôrefuses to identify with the new elements of experience in the futureÕ will stagnate. An historical understanding of cultural development should also enable young people to grasp the many ways in which different cultures have long intersected and shaped each other. He notes that any society that turns its back on the past and falls into a Ôcultural and historical amnesiaÕ. Many cultural attitudes and practices can seem strange. Education also has to engage young 89. has to go beyond a familiarity with how other cultures look and sound now. Discussing the importance of the humanities in education. A knowledge of the past is essential to understanding the present.
Royal Institution 91. Sometimes it is a reaction against them: developing radically new ways of seeing. complexity and diversity of human creativity. University of Oxford. Sometimes the relationship between innovation and received knowledge is positive: refining and adding to what is already known or done.3. This is true in all fields of human action. History is marked by the often profound changes in consciousness. people in the possibilities of change: not only to teach them why things are as they are. Director. In our view. and is the product of. including education. Culture is shaped by. pupils that do not pursue facts for their own sake. politics and the arts.of promoting absolute values with no room for debate. between tradition and innovation. morality. How we see events is deeply affected by the ideas and values we bring to them. but make use of facts for the purposes of understanding. creative education and cultural education are intimately related. human creativity: it is generated by our different responses to the problems of meaning and practicality with which we are confronted. in ways of seeing the world which came about through the constant interaction of ideas and events: between science. become closed systems in which individuality is discouraged and even penalised. When there is too much rigidity. Creative and Cultural Education 90. It is in the balance between closure and openness. human culture is as rich.the relativity of anything goes. Artists draw from the work and inspiration of other artists. Professor Susan Greenfield. styles and traditions just as scientists build on the insights and achievements of the wider scientific community. all that has been learnt and built in the past is lost or abandoned. and between tradition and innovation. We need to demand from our education system and the curriculum that underpins it. Cultural Education NACCCE report 58 . First. When anything goes and nothing is certain. complex and diverse as it is because of the richness. but to understand what they might become and how. religion. Education must recognise these intimate relations and promote them throughout the school curriculum. To do so we need to promote three principles of balance in schools. The task is to avoid the extremes of cultural rigidity . social institutions. and laissez-faire . that creativity thrives or dies: and with it the diversity and vitality of human culture itself. Second. creative processes draw directly from the cultural contexts in which they take place.
Education also has to encourage imaginative and critical thinking. there must be a balance between the teaching of different cultural values and traditions. range and methods of a discipline. we said that creative and cultural education are essential Cultural Education NACCCE report 59 . and in the patterns of options in many secondary schools. People are not creative in a vacuum. In Chapter One. Third. there must be a balance between young people making their own work and the coming to understand the fields in which they are working. 93. and to question the way things have always been done. 94. physical education and technological education. arts. The world young people live in and will inherit is multicultural. diversity and development. Education has a duty to transmit knowledge and culture from one generation to the next: to pass on an understanding of why things are as they are.3. they are creative at something in a context. and for the reasons we give throughout this report. largely because some have been thought of as more useful or relevant to employment. This assumed hierarchy is reflected in the division in the National Curriculum between core and foundation subjects. In our view. First. It is essential that schools reflect and respond to cultural diversity. 92. The school curriculum has tended to emphasise the importance of some of these disciplines over others. each of these is essential to the balanced development of the individual. Conclusion 95. and an understanding of different cultural values and perspectives. In this chapter we have outlined our understanding of cultural education and its relations to creative education. there must be a balance in the curriculum between different fields of creative and cultural education: particularly the sciences. Schools must take account of this diversity in the forms of cultural practice they include in the curriculum and in the values that are promoted in teaching and learning. there must be a balance within the teaching of all disciplines between tradition and innovation. Second. We develop these arguments in Part Two. This means promoting respect for different cultural traditions and practices. and to the individualÕs balanced understanding of the social culture: its dynamics. Consequently. the ability to hypothesise. humanities. Being creative involves a growing understanding of the possibilities.
in helping to meet the challenges that education and young people face.3. Cultural Education NACCCE report 60 . In the next chapter we summarise some of the benefits.
marketing and distribution. 96. Promoting creative abilities and the competences and attitudes they require will be central to this process. the media. in development. For many of those in work. to work in teams. the demand for creative resources throughout business and industry will increase. showing how studying to be a concert pianist helped him to be exceedingly successful in business because he realised business entrepreneurialism is essentially creative. including in primary research. knowledge and personal qualities they need for a world where work is undergoing rapid and long-term change. or. New ideas. advertising. Many companies have now recognised the need to become Ôlearning organisationsÕ and are investing significantly in programmes of staff development to promote these qualities. Developing creative abilities is of fundamental importance in meeting the challenges of economic development. in design. Creativity is national income. production. As the patterns of work change. then into PR. all young people and adults will need to be able to adapt not only to changes in the work they do. This assumption. merchant banking. and of countries. but to the growing likelihood of changing jobs and occupations during their working lives. The process should begin in school. The New School for Social Research. When he retired at the age of 65 he was able to go back and record piano sonatas. 1996 Meeting the Challenge NACCCE report 61 . Lord Stone of Blackheath. consulting or small business rather than into mainstream corporations. will become outdated. and to adapt to new demands and new opportunities. York The post-management corporation will be more creative. Meeting the Challenge Introduction In Chapter One we identified a number of challenges to education. So too will be abilities to communicate. As the global economies continue to change. It used to be assumed that creative individuals should go into the arts. these creative abilities will be fundamental to the processes of work. Joseph Beuys.4. Koch and Goddin. because success in business gave him the confidence to create art. These will be needed at all levels. Managing without Managers. Sir Ernest Hall gave a magnificent speech recently. In what ways do creative and cultural education help to meet them? Meeting the Economic Challenge 97. To develop in young people the skills. academia. Managing Director of Marks & Spencer plc. correct even today. innovation and ingenuity in the development of products and services are increasingly important to the economic competitiveness of companies. if forced into something commercial.
One result is an increasingly intense form of specialisation in all disciplines: a tendency to know more and more about less and less. we have argued for a central place in the curriculum for the arts and humanities for those disciplines which not only use new technologies. information and people. and the pace of innovation is accelerating. Young peopleÕs command of new technologies will be enhanced by experiencing them as tools for creative achievement: rather than as ends in themselves. But the risk is that we will lose sight of the larger picture Ñ of how ideas connect. unimaginable.4. First. New technologies are transforming our lives. education must enable young people to engage positively with information technologies: to know how to use them. and can inform and contextualise each other. Meeting the Technological Challenge 98. In these circumstances young people need more than access to information and ideas: they need ways of engaging with them. of making connections. This expansion is set to accelerate. Second. and to represent their potential in creative thinking and training. difference and change. There is a third point to emphasise. but which are directly concerned with understanding cultural experience. for all earlier generations. Meeting the Challenge NACCCE report 62 . think and relate to each other: that is sensitive to their cultural implications. This specialisation is necessary. education must enable young people to explore and be sensitive to the impact of new technologies on how we live. of seeing principles and of relating them to their own experiences and emerging sense of identity. It has been estimated that the store of human knowledge is doubling every ten years. 99. To enable young people to make their way with confidence in a world that is being shaped by technologies which are evolving more quickly than at any time in history. For this reason. and. However this is estimated. Maintaining a balance between depth and breadth of learning is a major challenge for teaching and curriculum design. Creative and cultural education are essential in meeting this challenge in two ways. New technologies are providing new means for creative thinking and achievement and new forms of access to ideas. it is clear that we are witnessing an exponential growth in knowledge and information on a scale that is unprecedented. We have argued that creative processes are purposeful and that they involve growing control over tools and materials.
both in schools and beyond. and by. There are now many examples of initiatives in social regeneration which set out specifically to build on the creative strengths and cultural resources of communities through initiatives in the arts. To provide forms of education that enable young people to engage positively and confidently with far-reaching processes of social and cultural change. Young people are living through times of immense change. In any self-organising system there is an absolute mathematical necessity for creativity. Meeting the Social Challenge 100. restoring confidence and community spirit through shared creative projects. technology and the sciences. Creative and cultural education provide direct ways of engaging with issues of change: as it affects others and as it affects the life and feelings of the individual. Such initiatives can mitigate the economic problems of changing patterns of work while. through a wide network of partnerships and shared enterprise. Education must help young people to develop the intellectual and emotional resources to deal with change positively and critically. Edward de Bono Meeting the Challenge NACCCE report 63 . We noted in Chapter One the profound effects of economic change on communities and ways of life. These are the essential purposes of creative and cultural education and the need to realise them could hardly be more urgent. This can be profoundly exhilarating: it can also be disorienting and a source of deep anxiety.4. They can also be vital elements in developing a sense of community purpose and of social coherence. Creative and cultural education have particular roles in developing the skills and aptitudes which are needed for new and rapidly changing forms of work.
not just in individuals but in a whole town. which looks at cutting-edge technology and new developments on the world-wide web. Information provided by Huddersfield Creative Town Initiative 101. For all young people. how creativity might be nurtured. Schools must address these issues with passion and determination. which we endorse. Creative and cultural education can provide powerful and direct ways of achieving this. Gerry Robinson. It is believed that the creativity and prosperity of a town can grow unchecked if a system can be developed for releasing human potential. and how best they can contribute to policies alongside Government departments aimed at tackling social exclusion. Among the complex effects of economic and social change are those of exclusion: of a sense of being alienated from mainstream society by unemployment. and of raising the self-esteem and motivation The Arts Council is already working on how best the arts can play a meaningful role in taking young and long-term unemployed people off benefits as part of the GovernmentÕs New Deal programme. practical strategies must be found to connect the cultures of schools with the wider community. and to bridge the gap. the company is opening up new ways of thinking about and using computers and encouraging people to experiment with computers in their own areas of interest. Regenerating a Whole Town Huddersfield is midway through its three-year Urban Pilot Project. By introducing local people to the creative potential of new technologies. which aims to demonstrate. But where there are problems. for those who have never touched a computer. setting up platforms for delivery. on behalf of the European Commission. The GovernmentÕs view.4. Meeting the Challenge NACCCE report 64 . and the most compelling. Many reports and analyses have pointed to the positive opportunities of cultural diversity Ñ and the problems that arise when intercultural understanding breaks down. one of the most difficult tasks is to forge a sense of personal identity and belonging. culture or personal loss of motivation. Chairman of the Arts Council of England 102. Since April 1998 over 100 people have been trained in the creative uses of computing. and the majority are doing well. A starting point is to recognise and validate the cultural experience of minority groups and to engage them in the cultural life of the school. The Macpherson report is the most recent of these. to Ôweb weavingÕ. There are 25. One of the creative initiatives in this project is that of ArtimediaÕs Enter and Return training courses. The range of projects which constitute HCTI broadly follow these five stages of the cycle. and promoting and disseminating these ideas. circulating and marketing ideas.000 schools in England. with courses ranging from Ôabsolute beginnersÕ. The Huddersfield Creative Town Initiative (HCTI) is based on the Cycle of Creativity Ñ generating ideas and then turning them into reality. is that there is too often a gap between the African-Caribbean community and the schools that exist to serve them.
The occasions where their depth of confusion was no longer being disguised by tantrums or similarly where laughter broke mounting tensions. truancy and underage sex were revealed with the ÔhypeÕ. This is particularly true of those who failed the 11-plus. Many adults have negative feelings about their education. games and discussion to encourage responses that were direct and uncomplicated. or full of bravado. of young people who. their responses were generally inhibited and withdrawn. To develop the unique capacities of all young people. But many of these less-able children may have significant abilities in areas which are overlooked by schools. At the same time as raising standards in literacy and numeracy. Information obtained from the Spring 1997 edition of animated Meeting the Personal Challenge 103. when the children started to open up about their personal circumstances. Some of the brightest. by definition a majority of those who took it. I think these people could be nudged in the right direction by teachers! Lenny Henry NACCCE report 65 . and to provide a basis on which they can each build lives that are purposeful and fulfilling. Dance for Expelled Teenagers Arlette George from Greenwich Dance Agency undertook an intensive four week pilot programme with a small group of 14-year-olds who had been expelled from schools in Camden. feel marginalised and alienated. sexism. This is not a new problem. most accomplished people of our times feel this stigma. Most of their energy was spent in setting up the means to disguise identity and feelings. Against all odds the initiative affected their lives and encouraged them to go back to school. There are others who live to create Éand then there are people (most of us I think) who are creative. assault. This can be a powerful source of disaffection and under-achievement. Motivation and self-esteem are crucial factors in raising standards of achievement. even when they have had great success since leaving school. All young people tend to be considered as able or less-able in education.4. Although most of these teenagers had been expelled for violent behaviour. acted as encouraging signs of the process they had undertaken. Meeting the Challenge There are people in the world who have to create to live Ð itÕs just something they have to do. Some think of themselves as educational failures. primarily on the basis of academic performance. It may be that they failed because schools were not looking at what they really had to offer. no matter what they have achieved since. Listening became a vital aspect of the work where the realities of racism. we must provide opportunities for achievement in other equally important areas of ability. The prime objective was to use dance. A parallel process to the dance work emerged within their everyday interactions before and during session breaks. but donÕt know what to do with it Ð how to use it. for cultural and other reasons. The group met four times a week.
Research and common sense suggest four key principles: · all young people have a wide range of abilities. A wide range of topics are addressed through these poems. rolling down a bumpy hill. Thoughts wrapped like a ball of wire. and most young people never discover all of them. Information provided by Warwickshire ArtistsÕ Team The most important thing is the good questioning brain which can be developed in the arts or in maths. OFSTED lay inspector. Face crushed as a ball of paper in a bin. architect. and Vice-Chairman of Children with High Intelligence Meeting the Challenge NACCCE report 66 . also including illustrations by the children. The poems produced at the workshops have been assembled into a 150 page book.4. · these abilities are dynamically related and interactive. These principles are important for all children: they are especially important for some. he visited over 30 schools and worked with all ages from nursery to teachers. Heart beats like a drum on a march Emotions overboiling water on a stove. including serious social issues like bullying and divorce. Clare Lorenz. · all children have strengths in different areas of ability. Feelings Tears are rolling marbles. crossing the bridge of my nose. The following example by Theresa Anderson (Year 10) from North Leamington School give a flavour of the work produced. Hands shaking like a tree. Poems Addressing Social Issues The Warwickshire ArtistsÕ Team organised a year long residency by the poet Andrew Fusek Peters in Warwickshire schools. During this time. The publication of these poems has given the children a sense of pride in their abilities. The alternative is that some young people never find out what their real abilities are. · success in one area can stimulate self-esteem and encourage success in others. windscreen wiping the wind.
can provide essential channels of communication to express ideas which are inhibited by conventional forms of speaking and writing. Our belief is that every pupil must be presented with an outstanding 24-hour curriculum. OFSTED has identified Cloughwood as one of a number of good special schools across the country. Information provided by Cloughwood School We must educate the whole child Ð creatively. physically. By broadening our understanding of the capabilities of all children. Our pupils achieve outstanding GCSE examination results. the opportunity to communicate through other forms of expression. specifically in art. hearing or speech. but it is now accepted as the most effective methodology for meeting these pupilsÕ needs. It has been recognised that Òpupils live and learn in a rich and stimulating environmentÓ. 104. [. Our extended education programmes place significant emphasis on creative and cultural activities. spiritually. head teacher Meeting the Challenge NACCCE report 67 . conventional forms of communication are inherently difficult. Our pupils seek out opportunities to perform in a range of creative activities. Extending Opportunities Cloughwood is a successful residential special school for 65 boys who have emotional and behavioural difficulties. Twenty years ago. If a child has these. For others. The greatest gift you can give a child is self-esteem and confidence in their ability. in sight. Pupils on entry to the school tend to have a low self-esteem. There are regular theatre visits and cultural experiences that make an impression on them for life. Good teachers recognise this and develop the child to his/her potential. this philosophy was out of step with most other special schools. or unintelligent.. Our creative education programme is an excellent means of boosting their confidence and helping them to develop pride in themselves and their work. culturally. It does not follow that they are less able overall. but in areas which the conventional curriculum neglects. For those with impairments. including music. morally. Carol Traynor. we will reassess the potential of those who. The point is not that the arts compensate for disability: it is that present conceptions of ability are too narrow. no challenge is too great for him/her. The average points score in GCSE for our pupils is above average for comprehensive schools in the country. are thought to be less able. movement or art.] Art makes a major contribution to the life of the school. For those with obvious disabilities the conventional curriculum can pose particular disadvantages. Many young people with disabilities have profound abilities.4. The quality of work on display throughout the building is magnificentÓ. Many children have special needs. technologically as well as intellectually. The school also succeeds in ensuring that pupils appreciate the diversity and richness of other cultures. in conventional terms. Inspectors said that: Òmany opportunities exist which enable pupils to appreciate their own culture..
interdependent and increasingly complex social and cultural systems of the modern world. No nation can nowadays claim to have achieved a high quality of growth if elements of its human potential remain untapped or under-used. It is now clear that there is a delicate human ecology and that maintaining the balance and developing the breadth of these resources is vital to the individual and to the health and stability of the societies we create. In the interests of particular industrial processes and products. Developing Human Resources 105. We see an analogous argument for human resources. But in practice. Much is made of the need to develop human resources. some of the earthÕs resources have been over-used and others spoilt or discarded. politically and economically. education has focused on limited areas of those resources. If education is to make the most of human resources. We have argued that education must change as we enter the post-industrial world. we must begin with a fuller and clearer understanding of what those resources actually are. This was always so.4. Many other human resources have been discarded or ignored because there was no obvious use for them. but it is becoming ever more important in the new. without which the natural endowments of nations Ñ their financial power and fixed capital Ñ will become dwindling resources. In all parts of the world. during the industrial age. developed nations made very partial use of the earthÕs natural resources. The force of ecological argument in relation to the environment is now accepted: that there is a delicate balance in the earthÕs resources and that many resources that were once thought to be useless are now seen to have critical roles in the balance of nature. European Commission Meeting the Challenge NACCCE report 68 . that socalled intangible capital is the most valuable resource of advanced economics. It is now widely recognised that.
The arts play a vital role in raising the self-esteem and self-confidence of students. but because of the contributions the arts make to the ethos of the schools and to studentsÕ learning. after evaluating it. They begin to find out about the technologies which surround the arts and the skills which are vital to the cultural industries. Through performance. A balanced education must provide opportunities for all young people to explore and develop the different aspects of their intelligence. through a balanced curriculum and challenging processes of teaching and learning. Students learn to reflect on their work. They learn to compare experiences from different cultures and different eras. They are a vital part of the life of a school and can be central to raising achievement. If young people are to make their way in the twenty-first century they will need all their wits about them. they revise and hone it until they are satisfied.4. literally. Kidbrooke School & Thomas Tallis School 106. The problem in education is not only that standards of achievement have been too low. An education system which focuses only on one mode of intelligence or on a limited range of cultural experiences is underestimating the larger part of childrenÕs natural capacities and resources. they have also been too narrow. that of professionals and other students. head teachers. we must first recognise how rich and various these resources really are. Trisha Jaffe & Nick Williams. Outside schools. They can explore new ideas and develop their understanding of the world. The arts are not a diversion from the ÔrealÕ curriculum. They are able to look at difficult and painful situations by externalising them and putting them into the third person. This was not just because examination results in these areas were high. If education is to develop human resources. Realising Potential When the guidelines for specialist school status were published. Meeting the Challenge NACCCE report 69 . They can take risks in finding solutions to problems without it affecting their own relationships so that they can choose the best way in ÔrealÕ life. The arts allow young people to explore emotions and fears in a safe. They learn that it is safe to take risks: that by practising and repeating they are able to improve and develop an idea. to analyse strengths and weaknesses. the fertility of human intelligence is evident in the richness of human culture. they test out a version of their work and. young people gain pride in their achievements. controlled situation. both Kidbrooke and Thomas Tallis Schools considered applications. By viewing other peopleÕs work. they experience situations and visions through someone elseÕs eyes.
must surely lie at the heart not just of creativity. to helping them to understand the world that surrounds them and of which they are part. First. and respect for originality of others. Professor Susan Greenfield. In Part Two we consider the implications for the structure of the curriculum. Director. Our concerns with creative and cultural education point in two directions. We see creative and cultural education as fundamental to meeting the challenges that education now faces. but also individuality Ñ our only chance of twenty-first century escape from zombie-ness. to making the most of young peopleÕs own resources: what they have within them. Royal Institution Meeting the Challenge NACCCE report 70 . Conclusion 107. Second. Creative and cultural development are important in themselves: they are also intimately related. Original thought. for methods of teaching and learning and for methods of assessment.4.
Part Two A New Balance NACCCE report 71 .
a? The National Curriculum b? The Basic Curriculum: the National Curriculum plus Religious Education.. Our arguments have implications for all three. It is the framework for school inspection. The Design Council The National Curriculum 110. If the innovative and creative minds of tomorrow are to be nurtured and inspired. Moira Fraser Steele. The School Curriculum 109.. The current review of the National Curriculum is not intended to be comprehensive or radical. Although the National Curriculum is not the whole curriculum. Education consists of three related areas: curriculum Ñ what is to be learnt. c. teaching has to be developed in a way which appeals to the creative and emotional and which encourages conceptual thinking. A core aim of our education system must be to enable all children to develop their creativity and unlock their creative potential. In Chapter Three we suggested that effective approaches to creative and cultural education need to be based on three principles of balance: a balance in the curriculum between different fields of creative and cultural education. and it is the basis of the National Standards for Initial Teacher Training. A radical change to the current structure will need to be fully evaluated and undertaken over a proper timescale. 108. We also propose a more fundamental review after 2000 to take account of the principles of provision we have identified. accountability and quality assurance. The curriculum review is an opportunity to create a new dynamic which will allow this to happen. it is the most significant part of it. pedagogy Ñ how it is to be taught and assessment Ñ how progress and attainment are judged.5. We make proposals for the development of the National Curriculum for 2000. Developing the Curriculum Introduction In this chapter we look at the implications of our arguments for the structure and balance of the school curriculum. Director of Education & Research. we do believe that such a radical review is necessary over time and the present limited review Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 72 . a balance within the teaching of all disciplines between tradition and innovation and a balance between the teaching of different cultural values and traditions. However. The Whole Curriculum: the Basic Curriculum and any other provision the school chooses to make. The 1988 Education Reform Act defined the curriculum at three levels. It represents the national priorities for learning and assessment. We understand the reasons for this.
The centrepiece of the school system is the National Curriculum and this will drive or restrain the developments we are proposing. the effects on the broader curriculum of the literacy and numeracy strategies. should be seen as the beginning of a longer-term managed process of change. The National Curriculum has brought many benefits. In the absence of counterevidence. . This Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 73 Undoubted improvements in arts provision have been brought about by the National Curriculum. It would be helpful to the Government and to many others to have a clearer sense of existing provision in this field and also of the impact of specific policy initiatives on other areas of the curriculum. It is difficult to gather hard evidence of this. Nevertheless. The QCA does not have conclusive evidence either way and neither does OFSTED. to allow schools greater flexibility in devising appropriate programmes of work. Teachers have welcomed a national framework for content and attainment targets. The first is to make explicit provision for creative and cultural education in policy statements and priorities for the future development of the school curriculum. 113. Our consultations have suggested that the opportunities to promote creative and cultural education in schools are being increasingly restricted by the cumulative effects of successive changes in structure. The Government can help to address this situation in two ways. The consistent message was that provision for the arts and humanities in particular and for creative approaches in other areas of the curriculum. have been eroded over recent years. for example. few would argue against the principle of a National Curriculum. If the school system is to develop young peopleÕs creative abilities. Professor Eric Bolton 112. including science. The second would be to reduce existing levels of prescription. organisation and assessment since the introduction of the National Curriculum. This would send an important signal to schools that the broader curriculum matters. there are significant problems in the current National Curriculum in relation to creative and cultural education. Ten years on from the 1988 Act.5. The Government is committed to planning an education service that will meet the challenges of the twenty-first century. steps must be taken to create the conditions in which this can be done. There is more consistent provision within and between schools. we think that it is reasonable to listen to the views of the many schools and head teachers who responded to our enquiries. But they now run the risk of being lost. 111.
· promotes the spiritual. But the effect of the measures taken so far has been principally to reduce the requirements for the foundation subjects. Salford Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 74 . hierarchy. we welcome attempts to reduce the amount of detailed prescription in the National Curriculum and suggest that these should continue. 115. moral. For reasons we come to. The Act did not explain what preparation for adult life meant at the end of the twentieth century. mental and physical development of pupils at school and of society. responsibilities and experiences of adult and working life. development and prescription. I think it is still far too prescriptive and overloaded. The content of the National Curriculum was developed by ten subject working groups. I have welcomed the National Curriculum especially since the Dearing Review with level descriptions. Rationale 114. structure. both trends must be reversed. A lot of the creativity of the teacher is taken away because of this. Since 1988 there has been a succession of measures to thin out the content of the National Curriculum. each of which set out its own aims and objectives. calls for action in five areas of the National Curriculum: rationale. The 1988 Education Reform Act requires schools to provide a curriculum which: · is balanced and broadly based. For the last ten years the National Curriculum has been revised and reviewed without any further discussion or agreement on its basic rationale. and to promote young peopleÕs creative and cultural development. it is widely accepted that the National Curriculum has been too congested. cultural. We strongly support this view. The starting point is a clear and agreed rationale. The Government has to trust teachers. Boniface RC Primary School. St. Carol Traynor. However. The result has been to reduce the breadth and to tilt the balance of the National Curriculum. Head. Children learn best through a broad based curriculum. One of the original requirements of the Act was that schools should provide a curriculum that is broad and balanced. The emphasis should be more on the skills and processes of the subject and the creative teacher can decide the content. · prepares young people for the opportunities.5. nor how these objectives were met by the ten subject structure which it introduced. especially having the OFSTED inspection process and Statement of Attainment Tests at the end of Key Stages to monitor that schools do their job. If schools are to meet the challenges they face. The QCA consultation on the aims and priorities of the National Curriculum identified a widespread view that the revised National Curriculum should be based on a clear rationale.
The 1988 Education Reform Act drew from the proposals of Better Schools (DfEE 1985). · to appreciate human achievements and aspirations.5. physical education and modern foreign languages. respect for religious values. An obvious but important problem in this approach is that there are more than ten subjects in the world. dance is not normally grouped with sport. inquiring minds. 116. the new rationale must make explicit reference to the importance of creative and cultural education and help to create the conditions in which it can be realised in practice. · to use language and numbers effectively. both disciplines have Developing the Curriculum It is nonsense to say there are only 10 subjects. the ability to question and argue rationally. That White Paper set out a list of purposes of education in schools which we commend as a basis for the rationale of the revised National Curriculum. Dame Iris Murdoch. Art is not a diversion or a side issue. some subjects of the National Curriculum had to be included in others: for example. mathematics. In our view this list of objectives can only be realised through forms of teaching and learning that promote the creative abilities and cultural understanding of young people in the way we have described. music. It is the most educational of human activities and a place in which the nature of morality can be seen. history. English. · to acquire understanding. and the interdependence of individuals. and seven foundation subjects Ñ technology (information technology and design and technology). drama is not only a verbal art form. geography. Professor Tim Brighouse. In all events. In a ten subject structure. Birmingham City Council NACCCE report 75 . knowledge and skills relevant to adult life and employment in a fastchanging world. writer Structure 117. games and athletics. In terms of the knowledge and skills they promote. art. and to apply themselves to tasks and physical skills. drama in English and dance within physical education. groups and nations. science. Beyond education. · to understand the world in which they live. Chief Education Officer. and tolerance of other races. By saying this we immediately exclude 90 per cent of the Higher Education experience. · to develop personal moral values. They are to help pupils: · to develop lively. The National Curriculum in England is divided into three core subjects. religions and ways of life.
In providing the education that young people now need. The risk in this approach is in assuming that these subjects are categorically different in all respects. and essential skills for social and economic independence. Three countries teach their curricula in multidisciplinary or interdisciplinary ways: Italy. and fundamental reasons for treating them equally in schools. in subject matter. From the beginning of primary school. There is considerable overlap between different fields of knowledge. The first is the need for balance between different areas of education. the humanities and for physical education. Japan. Standards need to be as high as possible. seven countries describe the curriculum in terms of key or essential areas of learning: Australia. Singapore. Literacy and numeracy are the gateways to learning in many other disciplines. All the other countries studied define their curricula in terms of areas of learning or subject groupings.5. Germany. In terms of the primary school curriculum. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 76 . The Netherlands and Singapore. mathematics. New Zealand. and the expressive and social skills of speaking and listening. England is the only country in the archive. English should include the teaching of literature. and the national literacy and numeracy strategies have important roles in achieving this. There are continuities in the nature of the creative processes and. as strong a claim on separate status as other National Curriculum subjects. English and mathematics also include more than basic literacy and numeracy. France. sciences. which defines its curriculum in terms of ten discrete subjects from Key Stage 1-4. The Netherlands and Sweden. Spain and the USA. Korea. out of fifteen countries studied. the arts. There are many other ways of conceiving and organising curriculum content. The Netherlands. The QCA/NFER INCA archive contains information on curriculum frameworks of different countries. often. The Need for a New Balance 119. mathematics evolves into rich fields of abstraction and calculation and the 120. Once the fundamentals of numeracy have been grasped. 118. In Chapter Three we argued for three principles of balance in education. Hungary. we see equally important roles for English. Seven countries group their subjects together: Canada.
to use it to help young people develop a sense of wonder about the world. ought to have views. conceptual languages of science and technology. and third. Third. to provide an essential grounding in gathering and respecting evidence and in intellectual skills of analysis. how this knowledge is applied. second. First. Fourth. Dr. and encourage them to see its relevance to their lives and how it involves moral issues on which they. to provide access to the rich store of existing scientific understanding of the processes of nature and the laws that govern them. science education can and must promote higher standards of scientific literacy. Nick Tate. the methods and processes of scientific discovery and inquiry. QCA Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 77 . challenged or extended. both English and mathematics overlap with our concerns for creative and cultural education. to provide essential opportunities for practical and theoretical inquiry by which received knowledge can be verified. Science comprises three related areas: first. the store of existing scientific knowledge. and in particular the relations of science and technology. of the concepts. and of their significance and limitations. 121. By this we mean an understanding of how science has shaped the modern world. ideas and achievements that have driven these changes.5. as citizens in a democracy. Science education has key roles in the creative and cultural development of young people. We will need to do better than we have done in recent years to convey the excitement of science. In these ways. Chief executive. in each of these ways. A population that is uneducated in science will simply be unable in future to deal intelligently and responsibly with its proposals and consequences. Second.
by broadening and deepening young peopleÕs understanding of the world around them: its diversity. They differ in the modes of knowledge they generate and in the forms of study they use. It must be obvious to any intelligent person from the plethora of serious problems facing the world today that our very survival in the 21st century will depend on a quantum leap in real understanding of science and technology by anyone in a position of any responsibility. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 78 . is suffering as much. These include history. as well as the lure of alternative. What they have in common with the arts is a primary concern with understanding the human dimension of experience. the discipline central to our socio-economic environment. The wonderful new ÔexperienceÕ centres and science museums. Third. The sheer complexity of science and technology today. and is a perfect example of the need for urgent measures to develop in collaboration with schools and teachers. which are blossoming across Europe. The humanities are those fields of academic study that are concerned with understanding human culture. They work closely with schools and science teachers. Chemistry. traditional methods of education appear to be failing in spite of sterling efforts by our teachers. The humanities overlap in several ways with the sciences and the arts. which has been created by a consortium formed by the museums. complexity and traditions. balanced and personally tailored approaches to education. Professor Sir Harold Kroto. the chemical industry and the European Commission. are providing an important component in the solution to these problems. better interactive. by developing a critical awareness of the society and times in which they live. thereby ensuring that millions of young people are being given a real taste for science and the enthusiasm to learn more is being fostered. than others. the study of languages. is to help these centres and museums to provide the very best experience of science possible. Nobel prize-winning chemist 122. The humanities have key roles in creative and cultural education. Second. often superficially exciting. religious education and aspects of geography and social studies.5. and I am certain that the exciting ÔChemistry for LifeÕ programme will play a major role in this crucial process. if not more. by enlarging their knowledge of what they share with other human beings including those removed in time and culture from themselves. The prime purpose of this European project. areas are some of the problems. Unfortunately. Only a crash programme in science education can now help. First.
so she asked the children to write poems about the Thames. the arts are essential to intellectual development. The children were proud to perform this dance-poem. which could be used in dance. the qualities of human experiences. This can enhance all other areas of the curriculum. in this case poetry and dance. we need to engage with their music. shape. and all the currents of feeling that constitute our experience of ourselves and of others. they were mostly negative and focused on its pollution and foul smell! Through dance they were enabled to also consider its size. feelings and ideas. First. see and know. A balanced arts education has essential roles in the creative and cultural development of young people. With the Year 6 class they started the dance work with creative improvisation about the River Thames. Boniface RC Primary School. Head. Dancing the River Thames During the autumn term. The arts are concerned with understanding.5. which were performed simultaneously by the whole class to the accompaniment of their teacher speaking the poem. and expressing. dance and poem in a way that was satisfying to children and adults. verbal The arts are other ways of expressing and communicating experiences. Carol Traynor. To observe fine detail and to develop sensitivity. Information provided by Green Candle Dance Company 123. in addition. The arts illustrate this diversity and provide practical ways of promoting it in all children. There is a tendency to think of intellect and emotion as distinct and separate. belonging. To understand other cultures and ways of seeing. flow and currents. Second. produce visible learning in other subjects such as English and Geography. grief. It is through the arts in all their forms that young people experiment with and try to articulate their deepest feelings and their own sense of cultural identity and belonging. We argued in Chapter Two that intelligence is multifaceted. visual arts. The class teacher was keen to link the dance work to other areas of the curriculum topic ÔRiversÕ. dance. techniques and skills are used to express and communicate those feelings and ideas in a creative form. we try to give form to the feelings and perceptions that move us most as human beings: our experiences of love. St. but about how they connect. In the creative arts we are training children to look. drama and the rest. One of the poems was chosen as the stimulus for creating duets. visual art. Salford To communicate through the arts is to convey an experience to others in such a form that the experience is actively recreated actively lived Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 79 . tools. the arts are among the most vivid expressions of human culture. Through music. can have a profound effect on the way they view the world and in some cases cause a change in attitude. The arts engage feelings directly. Everyone involved was surprised and impressed by the content and richness of descriptive language used. Various materials. This was a clear example of the crossfertilisation of ideas between artforms and the way both forms. poem. In many important ways they are closely related. instruments. Work in the arts is not about emotions in isolation from the intellect. which remains with them forever. The creative arts develop thinking and problemsolving strategies in an enjoyable way. the arts provide the most natural processes for exploring and giving form to personal feelings and emotions. Third. When the children were questioned about their perceptions of the river. thus completing a creative cycle of dance. Green Candle Dance Company led a residency in a Newham primary school. and isolation. can be enhanced by the process and.
It recognises that we are all embodied beings and that there are intimate relations between mental. are inextricably bound up in the cultural traditions and practices. Thirdly. and some of the dangers of an uncritical approach. and indeed to employability. music. There is a hesitancy in many of the primary schools to select areas of work from the Programmes of Study which reflect the pupilsÕ cultural backgrounds . physical education contributes directly to the physical health of young people. and performing arts where in many ways the pulse of culture beats most strongly.5. Young people are growing in a cultural environment which is increasingly shaped by technology in general and by information technology in particular. First. Raymond Williams It has become clear to us how powerful is the contribution of the arts to a whole range of skills and attitudes that are vital to learning right across the curriculum. there is now evidence (Steinberg et al 1997) that physical education can also enhance creative processes by quickening concentration and mental agility.for example. Second. Dr. In Chapter One we emphasised the crucial importance of schools responding to the challenges of rapid technological change. emotional and physical processes. Information from Ofsted 1999. The Government has in hand a number of far reaching initiatives to increase young Developing the Curriculum 125. the diversity and range of physical activity and sport provides young people with many opportunities to experience different forms of physical achievement and creative expression. famous people in history. In games there are important opportunities to develop individual and team skills and to share success and failure in a controlled and safe environment. famous artists. Apart from its other benefits. Indeed. QCA 124. physical education has essential and equal roles with other key curriculum areas in a balanced approach to creative and cultural education. Chief Executive. through by those to whom it is offered. by their very nature. Nicholas Tate. physical education and sport. Physical education is central to the balanced education and development of all young people. half the primary schools take the view that responding in this way to the ethnic and cultural diversity of their pupil populations is unhelpful and patronising to the groups concerned. In these ways particularly. For many people games and sport are defining cultural activities and evoke powerful feelings and values both in relation to the games themselves and through the sense of collective activity and belonging they can generate. In dance and gymnastics there are powerful expressions of creativity and of aesthetic appreciation. NACCCE report 80 . Yet National Curriculum Programmes of Study in several subject areas require such a response and a few schools have seized these opportunities to good effect.
we are not suggesting a timetable. ICT is at the leading edge of technological change: but it interacts with many other forms of technology. Design and Technology. in leisure and in all other areas of daily life. It involves all the elements of creativity as we have identified them. We are describing an entitlement. In the rest of this chapter we suggest the 127. This brought together elements of previous subjects and areas of teaching. and to counter the imbalance we see occurring incrementally in current provision. It involves clear national policies and guidelines coupled with expert implementation in schools. nor that all subject areas should be taught every day to each child. In setting down our view of these different areas of the curriculum. and science. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 81 . Design processes are integral to the ways in which the social culture is shaped and expressed: in industrial products. We are all too aware of the pressures of time and resources on schools. Design and Technology as a school discipline is also focused on developing in young people many of the conceptual and practical capabilities that industry and commerce now look to education to develop. The heart of Design and Technology is conceiving and realising practical products and solutions. In 1988 the National Curriculum introduced a new subject. For all these reasons we see effective programmes of design technology as essential to creative and cultural education. peopleÕs access to and expertise in information technology. and on local authorities and on national government. 126. including the National Grid for Learning.5. art and design. The review of the National Curriculum provides a crucial opportunity to look at both the principles and the practicalities of this provision. Our concern is to suggest guidelines and ground rules emerging from our analysis of the importance of creative and cultural education in meeting the national agenda for education. In the last ten years. Balancing the curriculum equation is complex and difficult . in the home. from both of which it draws ideas and techniques. actions to install and connect IT equipment in all schools and a massive related programme of Continuing Professional Development for teachers. technology and home economics. a good deal of progress has been made to consolidate this new curriculum area and to explore its relations with both the arts. including craft. in fashion. new and old. and especially visual art.
which enhances every aspect of the curriculum. The science National Curriculum specifically mentions music in the teaching of sound. etc. Independent research. design. play an important role within the curriculum. The Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 82 . Information provided by Stoke Newington School 129. Empathy and cultural education in the humanities is greatly informed by the arts.5. Making Connections 128. The school is committed to a broad and balanced curriculum. critical analysis and enquiry play a fundamental role within the arts disciplines. body language. sciences and technology. All students follow an arts subject at Key Stage 4. the growth in multimedia technologies is being driven by the relationships between the arts. principles that follow and some of the ways in which they might be implemented. The essence of creativity is in making new connections. Outside schools. Cross-curricular Teaching Stoke Newington School (SNS) is a co-educational comprehensive school in the London Borough of Hackney. through the development of skills. Conventionally. Independent thought and action. alongside the development of team and group work leads to oral negotiation and discussion in the arts. The arts subjects can enhance levels of literacy in the students at SNS in a variety of unique and exciting ways. aesthetic and critical aspect. The examination results are good and the school has developed a reputation for the performing arts as an area of excellence. The arts are an essential part of every studentÕs educational experience. Aesthetic and design principles from visual art are intrinsic to the fundamental aspects of technology. some of the most dynamic developments are the result of the interaction of disciplines. often stimulated by visual images. Drama role-play is also a teaching method relevant to PSHCE as well as many other subjects. For example. selfesteem and motivation. These possibilities can be frustrated by rigid divisions in subject teaching which the current pressures tend to encourage. Discussion skills and the development of oral literacy. sound. Careers guidance in the performing and visual arts gives weight and credence to a varied range of modes of employment in the expanding arts and leisure industries. The division between the arts and the sciences has its origins in the intellectual revolutions in the seventeenth century and in the industrial and technological revolutions that followed in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. PSHCE can build upon the promotion of physical activity and healthy lifestyle begun in Dance. young people have had to choose at the age of 15 or 16 whether to follow arts or science courses in school. Almost all subjects have their own artistic.
The difference is in the kinds of understanding they are pursuing: in the questions they ask. The Romantic movement in art and literature of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries reacted by emphasising the necessity of feeling. A feel for aesthetics can be a driving force in creative processes in any field including scientific research.5. In mathematics. symmetry and colour. line. Many scientists have deep interests in the arts: a growing number of artists are engaged in science. The difference between the arts and sciences is not one of subject matter: a work of art can be about anything that interests an artist. Scientists typically speak of the beauty of ideas and experiments. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 83 . Any individual may be both artist and scientist according to their interests and activities at a given time. of the elegance of a theory or proof. just as science can concern anything that interests a scientist. intuition and individuality and the dangers of scientific detachment. Enlightenment emphasised the pre-eminence of deductive reasoning and propositional knowledge and the need to minimise the influences of feelings and emotions on rational thought. There is a good deal of science in art and in the humanities as there is art in science. tone. These resulting dichotomies between arts and sciences have deeply affected our systems of education and helped to forge popular stereotypes of artists and scientists. In aesthetic awareness we respond to the sensory or formal qualities of an experience: to such qualities as harmony. Artists and scientists are not necessarily separate beings. An important common factor is aesthetic appreciation. the kinds of answers they seek and in how they are expressed. 130. aesthetics can be an important test of validity.
There is an increasing use in the social sciences of qualitative research to compliment statistical evidence with more descriptive forms of inquiry. These provide one basis for arguing for a new balance in the curriculum. In developing the Primitive Streak project. Unchecked cell proliferation leads to cancer. now on an international tour. But the need for balance is also based on the growing interaction between various disciplines and fields. On the way. Kate Storey worked together as artist and scientist in producing a fashion collection chronicling the first 1000 hours of human embryonic life. School science. those with a life dedicated to science and almost anyone in between. New theoretical insights now interact almost immediately with possible applications and feed into applied research. has opened doors towards education. Helen Storey emphasised that: Òperhaps most notable is the diversity of people it has touched. the fashion designer Prof. chemistry and biology. Helen Storey and the developmental biologist Dr. These are accelerating most obviously in bio-genetics and in the cognitive sciences: in studies into the brain and the physical correlations of consciousness and psychological states. The work. Their work challenged the commonly held belief that science and art are unable to communicate with each other. In these and other ways the social sciences are drawing on techniques in the arts and humanities. a single cell (the fertilised egg) divides many times to produce millions of cells. Primitive Streak Between fertilisation and the appearance of the recognisable human form. but the regulation of cell production and differentiation during embryonic development ensures that the right kind of cells form in the right place at the right time. for example. young and old (aged 7-70). previously clear distinctions between pure and applied science have begun to dissolve. it is being used as a model project for both primary and secondary school students and fashion and science graduates alike. The exhibition was attended by many school groups. Exactly how this happens is one of the most important questions in biology today. has been traditionally divided into physics. Another important example is the overlap between the social sciences and the arts and humanities. There are important continuities and differences of this sort between disciplines.5. the academic and the ignorant. those with a love of the arts. As scientific knowledge continues to grow.Ó 131. Some social researchers often make use of narrative techniques in developing and presenting their findings. bio-chemistry and bio-physics. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 84 . these categories have blurred and new disciplines have emerged: for example.
is based on a partnership between the Design Council. while increasing time for science and technology. Professor Helen Storey 133.5. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 85 . there have been implications for the whole pattern of related funding. Moreover there is no clear evidence that the current distinction between core and foundation subjects has increased the number and quality of our young science students or the level of scientific awareness of the general population. to enable them to use scientific concepts and technical language and Ñ most important Ñ to allow them to gain confidence in their understanding of the natural and designed world. The message to schools is that they are less important than the core subjects. it is not clear that the present distinction between core and foundation subjects. and the implications which have followed for the allocation of time There are different routes of entry into each childÕs mind. In the revisions to the National Curriculum since 1988. the requirements for the arts and humanities have been progressively reduced. 1994) on the effects of the introduction of the National Curriculum indicates that primary schools have reduced the provision for art. It is amazing how much can be taught when subject boundaries are taken away. It appears to have reduced the status of the arts and humanities and their effective impact in the school curriculum. We accept the case for a priority to be given to the teaching of literacy and numeracy in the primary school. Since the National Curriculum is also a framework for managing resources. Information supplied by the Design Council Hierarchy 132. From the outset. the Royal Society of Chemistry and the Institute of Physics. Science and Technology STARburst is a completely new tool for primary school teachers. Heads and teachers involved in the study expressed concerns about the impact of the National Curriculum on creative activities for young children. The aim is to help children develop an imaginative and inquiring response to stories and poems. STARburst. the foundation subjects were by definition of lower status than the core subjects. Esso. Literacy. Beyond that. It helps develop literacy by using stories and poems for the teaching of Science and Technology. In the existing National Curriculum there is an explicit hierarchy of subjects. These concerns have come through clearly in our own consultations. The real effect of the existing distinction between the core and foundation subjects now needs to be carefully assessed in the light of ten yearsÕ experience. A longitudinal study (Pollard et al.
and other resources. Lord Stone of Blackheath 136. The economy needs scientists and technologists with a broad understanding of cultural and social processes. Creativity is not only an outcome of a good education. Science is continually bringing forth new technologies. A certain level of basic understanding of scientific method is properly part of basic numeracy. We have emphasised the necessity of science education as one of the key learning areas for all children. but science also brings forth new thinking. and lawyers. arts. This basic understanding provides the same building blocks for creative work in science as learning to read and write does for creative work in the arts and in the humanities. Indeed the word ÔnumeracyÕ was coined by a British Educational Committee in 1959 to include Ôsome understanding of scientific methodÕ. civil servants and others with a good understanding of science. But it will not fulfil them in isolation. A significant minority of children do need additional help with literacy and numeracy beyond this stage. Science education has vital roles in meeting the challenges of the future. The vast majority of children learn the basics of literacy and numeracy by the end of primary education.. All pupils should study English and mathematics throughout secondary school. we see no basis for distinguishing in value between sciences..5. Professor Michael Barber. In our view. This should not mean that English and mathematics are set apart from the rest of the curriculum. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 86 . humanities and physical education. Within the case we have presented for creative and cultural education. Standards and Effectiveness Unit 135. the curriculum should be restructured to raise the esteem of the non-sciences and promote cultural parity between them. This restructuring should include reconsidering the present distinctions between core and foundation subjects in the National Curriculum. Education in each of these has fundamental roles in meeting the challenges we have identified. but a means of achieving a good education. nor that their roles in the whole curriculum should be dominated by the need to establish basic skills in the primary school. 134. This argues for other key areas of the curriculum to be given equal status with science. but the needs of the few should not shape the curriculum for everybody. There is no logical nor practical reason for not treating more in-depth study of the creative and cultural aspects of science as being precisely equivalent to similar tasks of creative and cultural study in the arts and humanities. have benefited the teaching of science nor of the foundation subjects in the arts and humanities.
Lindsey Wharmby. If a balanced education is important. Teacher. if they want to. The original conception of Key Stages was to mark points of assessment between children of the same age. the message should be clear. fourteen and sixteen. to increase provision for the arts and humanities.5. 137. the message of the current National Curriculum is that the arts and humanities are lower priority. This is not the point. Second. Lawnswood School 138. One of the purposes of a National Curriculum is to identify core values and priorities in state education. and the provision consistent. Third. Either the aims or the structure of the National Curriculum should be changed so that the present contradiction can be resolved. The existing orders for the National Curriculum do allow schools to promote and maintain the non-core subjects. since science would continue to be compulsory. For reasons we develop later. First. at seven. But in the view of many of those we have consulted. would it lead to less time for science in the National Curriculum? This is a possibility. The core and foundation distinction is wrong Ñ you either have areas that you value or not. there would be opportunities for greater specialisation in science courses in Key Stage 4. would fewer pupils take science in Key Stages 1-4? We think not. There are two arguments against removing the distinction between core and foundation subjects. Clearly any change must ensure that the next generation is adequately equipped to survive in a twenty-first century that will be even more dominated by science and technology than the present. The Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 87 . Implicitly and explicitly. Our primary concern is a culturally and creatively balanced curriculum which actively promotes synergistic interaction between science and technology on the one hand and the arts and humanities on the other. In practice they have come to refer the periods between them: ie. The second argument is that there is no need to change because under the present arrangements individual schools are free. ie. would it lead to lower standards in science education? There is no reason to suppose this. We see three questions here. but the opportunities remain for individual schools to develop additional science programmes within the whole curriculum. as key phases. First. eleven. This message conflicts with the purposes that the National Curriculum is intended to promote. that it would disadvantage science teaching. the general ethos of policy militates against this. Development 139.
Hon Chris Smith MP. if not impossible to regain. social and emotional development. it is absolutely fundamental to all that we are trying to achieve. for example. So I want all children to have the opportunity to be enthused by the range of musical experiences which should be available to us all. implication is that they correspond to phases in the development of children. or a second language. Because early development provides a foundation for all subsequent learning. Learning an instrument. If these capacities are not used. If this is the purpose of Key Stages. which provide an invaluable foundation for subsequent development. In January 1998 the Secretary of State for Education and Employment announced that for two years schools would not be required to teach the full National Curriculum in the foundation subjects. Teenagers and adults often have greater difficulty than young children do in learning an instrument. is allocated to other purposes. the hard wiring of the brain. Rt. Key Stage 1 and 2 141. including. for example. will normally become competent in all the languages they use. Secretary of State for Culture. the neurological patterning. opportunities lost in the first years of life are difficult. Media and Sport Music has played a big part in my life and I want youngsters to have access to the enormous benefits it can bring. there is a case for reviewing them. There is a strong case for a more developed provision for creative and cultural education in early years education. David Blunkett MP. In our terms. singing. Consequently the nature of early years education is as important as the fact of it. music.. Children brought up in monolingual households normally master that language only. This announcement was intended to ease the pressure on schools and allow them to concentrate on raising standards in literacy and numeracy. Studies into the development of the brain suggest that the new-born and infant child have enormous latent capacities. but it is vital that this emphasis in Key Stages 1 and 2 should not marginalise other areas of intellectual and personal I want to emphasise this GovernmentÕs belief that the arts play a vitally important part in our education system. We accept the need for a sustained strategy for literacy and numeracy. or simply enjoying the music of others. Children who are involved in music making from an early age establish musical competencies. Children brought up in bilingual or multilingual households. If these capacities are not exercised. they are put to other uses. The extent to which these are encouraged in the first years of life has a crucial bearing on the development of the brain itself. time spent on the arts is not peripheral. This is not a matter of capacity but of exposure. Secretary of State for Education and Employment Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 88 . Early Years 140.5. can help develop the awareness of the spiritual dimension of life. The same applies in other areas of development. it is particularly important in the early years to encourage imaginative play and discovery learning as essential processes of intellectual..
The National Literacy Strategy Framework sets out objectives for each term in each year of primary education. The Framework for Teaching also specifies the range of texts which should be used and expects that challenging texts will be explored. found that about a fifth of the head teachers questioned intended to reduce time for music in the school year 1998-99. 142. at the levels of the word.5. National orchestras report that they have received virtually no requests from primary schools to participate in educational projects this year. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 89 . In our view. particularly at the upper end of Key Stage 2 demand a high level of both textual analysis and creative writing. There is some evidence that this is happening. A questionnaire survey carried out by the Times Educational Supplement following the Secretary of State for Education and EmploymentÕs announcement in January 1998. the requirement to teach the arts and humanities on an equal basis with the existing ÔcoreÕ curriculum should be reinstated. development. The majority of the text-level objectives refer to the reading and writing of fiction and poetry: teachers are encouraged to work with their pupils to develop a critical awareness of the techniques writers use and the effects these have on the reader. The literacy hour is a new departure in that it sets out in detail the content and suggested methods of teaching for schools. Many of the teaching objectives. which are equally important in the early years and during primary school. the sentence and the text. relaxing the requirements for the foundation subjects.
to give a taste of the work that would be done by the children. The pilot. and encouraged teachers to link the work with the literacy programme. Some schools complain that the literacy hour has a dominating effect on the school day and it is squeezing even further the opportunities for creative and cultural education.9 per cent Bengali intake and the third school has an 80 per cent Bengali intake. All the teachers want to continue to be involved. although all of them embraced the project with energy and enthusiasm. in three Tower Hamlets primary schools. There were considerable differences between the schools and the teachers in terms of their experience and attitude to music. Two of the schools have a 99. All of them participated. a ÔmagicÕ hat and mat. culminating in a performance by each class to the rest of the school. ChildrenÕs Music Workshop ran a pilot for a three-year project to explore ways of using creative class music to enhance Key Stage 2 childrenÕs understanding of the use of language. throwing themselves into the work with real enthusiasm. attentive. To ensure this it would be of value to many schools to have access to materials. often to the surprise of their teachers. To stimulate the childrenÕs imaginations. ideas and strategies in the imaginative implementation of these strategies. Similar opportunities may be generated for science and technology by the introduction of the numeracy hour.5. But there are schools and teachers who have used the literacy hour as a starting point for a wide range of creative activities in reading. drama and in the other arts. verses and stories which they developed into whole-class songs and instrumental pieces. songwriting. headteachers and musicians to have been very successful. a drawing. The children worked in small groups to create poems. The pilot began with a workshop for the class teachers. storytelling and performance. The extent of these concerns and their impact will need to be monitored both locally and nationally. There are numbers of teachers who are uneasy about what they see as an imposition of teaching methods and the consequent reduction in their own freedom and professionalism. combined composition. the projects focused on wishes. The pilot was considered by the teachers. We see great value in integrating the objectives of high standards of literacy with those of high standards of creative achievement and cultural experience. and the musicians found it exciting and stimulating. The children in each of the schools were alert. and highly motivated by the project. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 90 . Information supplied by ChildrenÕs Music Workshop 143. This was followed by eight weekly sessions with each class. the children are hugely enthusiastic. writing. Stories that Sing Over the 1998 Summer term.
they are excited at having specialist teachers. When students arrive in secondary school. Meeting the Myth-makers As part of their work in the Literacy Hour. They had become aware that most myths existed as oral retellings long before they were written down. a year 5 class explored the features of myths to inform planning for writing their own stories. This insight led their teacher to plan a Ôstorytelling workshopÕ as part of their literacy work in which they experimented with the skills of the oral storyteller. There is evidence from OFSTED and QCA that many students become bored. which covers only English. This diminishes over the next three years. Information provided by Miles Tandy. Warwickshire Advisory Services Key Stage 3 144. gaining immediate feedback from their peers about the effects of their narrative structure and language.5. Their subsequent written work was of a very high standard. boys in particular. With a three-year programme and a fairly low-key external assessment. but to the choice of language appropriate to this kind of story. disaffected and disruptive during this period. the pace of teaching and the studentsÕ sense of urgency have been further diminished. many students. only one year into their secondary education. External assessment at the end of two years instead of three would generate greater pace and accountability for students and teachers at this stage. This could increase motivation and achievement. We see a particular case for revising the structure and length of Key Stage 3. drama and music to create the Ômeeting of the myth-makersÕ at which the ÔmakersÕ decide which myths can and cannot be told. Their discussion involved serious thought on why war. the general quality of teaching observed at Key Stage 3 is lower than at Key Stage 4. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 91 . mathematics and science. According to OFSTED. Schools using base-line testing and CATS data linked to internal examination are aware of significant numbers under-achieving by year 8. have found the school curriculum boring and undemanding and an important minority has become disaffected. Rigorous teaching of literacy and genuine creativity can be mutually supportive: good literature at the heart of the primary curriculum provides an essential basis for both. They developed related work in dance. They paid close and careful attention not only to the overall structure of their work. By year 9. disruptive and truanting. disease and suffering exist in the world: the children had a clear idea that myths are Ôbig storiesÕ which seek to explain and do not relate to the mundane or trivial.
More time at Key Stage 4 would increase opportunities to consolidate basic skills. without reducing breadth and balance. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 92 . eg. but the opportunity to create bridges with other areas of the curriculum and gain fresh insights through discussion and role play is very effective. Head of Mathematics. to provide extension activities for gifted students.5. We are concerned too that children in Key Stage 4 are able to drop subjects such as arts and humanities. There would also be valuable opportunities to extend the base of creative activities. Hampstead School Key Stage 4 145. Both of the activities were targeted at Key Stage 3 and 4 pupils and featured much role-play. David Monks. and to provide time for studentsÕ choices of study areas and more integrated work experience. They are looking to include some materials produced by Personal Finance and Education Group in our lessons this year and courses for the future. but at present they specialise too much and too soon. where they were either an adult or a young person planning a bid to put on an event. There is a need to increase depth of study as young people develop. On this basis. we believe that all seven curriculum areas we have discussed should be available to all pupils throughout key stages 1-4 as a matter of entitlement. Two projects from the NatWest Face 2 Face with Finance package have been completed. and then sacrifice breadth in favour of specialisation. Pupils were invited in groups to simulate various roles. a celebratory dinner. Alternatively they are someone who is lending or borrowing money. creativity and the use and development of vocabulary. In the course of these activities a lot of basic numeracy is covered. Face 2 Face Hampstead School has been involved in the development and introduction of financial literacy and numeracy initiatives during 1997 and 1998.
we suspect. During the last ten years there have been repeated efforts to thin it out. Oldbury Wells. Information supplied by Oldbury Wells School Prescription 146. The Performing Arts programme combines dance. These problems are greatest in primary schools. partly. There are considerable extra-curricular opportunities within the arts. drawing. Consequently. the school has a long tradition of substantial dance productions. many primary schools welcomed the Secretary of State for Education and EmploymentÕs announcement in January 1998. Maximum Curriculum Choice Oldbury Wells is an 11-18 mixed comprehensive school with 1025 students on roll. a party of students from Years 11. including the arts and the humanities. drama and music. 12 and 13 is returning from a weekÕs art study tour to Barcelona: previous trips in the last three years have been to Florence and Paris. which have involved large numbers of boys and girls of every age group. and so on. having grown from 780 in the last four years. all traditional Ôoptional subjectsÕ have been under threat since the National Curriculum prescribed a large compulsory core. GCSE and A-level. particularly at GCSE. She believes that this is partly the fault of an overloaded curriculum which leaves little time for creative thought. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 93 . Revision of the Key Stage 4 curriculum. Many schools now can run only two free options.5. At Key Stage 3. Their students have only two genuine choices from a wide range of subjects. there is a strong programme in art Ñ painting. listed it as an ÔoutstandingÕ secondary school. The quality of staff has been a major factor in the success of the arts. The arts are amongst the strengths which contributed to that verdict. Lunchtime activities include two choirs and a range of dance clubs. At Key Stage 4. All the relevant subjects flourish at Key Stage 4. while only 1 per cent involved cognitive challenges where pupils worked things out for themselves. the arts are bound to suffer. At the time of writing. pottery. is urgent. Diane Montgomery found that 70 per cent of periods was taken up by the teacher talking. The OFSTED inspection in Summer 1998. Aside from the major drama production (which this term has been ÔBlood BrothersÕ).000 lessons. Governor support has also been important. In such schools. but the pressures of over-prescription remain. to make it easier for schools to preserve a wide choice. has sailed close to the wind in interpreting the legislation to preserve the maximum choice for 14-year olds. where students can obtain a second GCSE in Performing Arts. relaxing the full requirements of the National Curriculum. In her analysis of over 1. from a sense of relief.
Greater flexibility is important to allow schools more freedom to innovate within the requirements of the National Curriculum. 147. the greater the need to be explicit about creativity and not leave it to chance. The principal instruments of change have been the National Curriculum.5. and particularly on the status of the foundation subjects. but it will be counter-productive if it is seen as an encouragement to drop or neglect vital areas of childrenÕs education. · a systematic framework of inspection which supports schools in meeting targets and which ensures that they are accountable in doing so. During the past ten years these other measures have become firmly established. The more prescriptive a curriculum. The national requirement of a public education system is that there should be: · an agreed rationale and targets for the performance of schools. rather than promoting increased flexibility across the whole curriculum. and the introduction of national standards in initial teacher training. It was through this that the involvement of Government in setting and monitoring standards in other ways became accepted. We think it would be appropriate now to ease the pressure of the prescribed curriculum to allow schools more flexibility in devising their own programmes of work. But many schools are also worried about the impact on the breadth and balance of the curriculum. but to allow more freedom for them to flourish on an equal footing with the existing core subjects. · a systematic framework for comparing standards of achievement between pupils. there has been a transformation in the culture of education in schools. Design Council 148. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 94 . delegated budgets and local management of schools. the national framework for school inspection. We welcome the GovernmentÕs commitment to reduce the content of the National Curriculum and to allow schools more flexibility and freedom. The problem as we see it is that in practice the relaxation has been in the interest of concentrating on the core subjects. Since 1988. the publication of school league tables. The original engine of change was the introduction of the National Curriculum. Our argument for greater flexibility is not to reduce provision in arts and humanities.
so rigid that there is no time. b. There would be four benefits from this change in relation to creative and cultural education. It would raise the morale of teachers by affirming confidence in their professional competence. 3rd December 1998 · Breadth The National Curriculum for each pupil should be broad as a whole and in its various parts. will import renewed enthusiasm and vigour back to the class. It would allow all schools to develop their own particular strengths and profiles within any given area of the statutory curriculum: sciences. then we are in for a very sorry future society. This balance need not be the same throughout the 5 to 16 years age range. humanities. 150. It could also be argued that the teachers themselves would benefit from a broader view. a. literally. c. and learnt a new angle on a subject. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 95 . It would allow schools greater flexibility in developing programmes which meet the needs of their own pupils and which take account of the local and regional circumstances in which they work. physical education or technology. In our view the revised National Curriculum should be based on six principles: We are throwing out the baby with the bathwater in this country if. in an attempt to have a standardised and demanding curriculum. If they are so focused on a fixed curriculum. Independent. but should not squeeze out other essential areas. we leave no room for teachers to exercise a little judgement and imagination in an excursion of the academic piste. Surely a teacher who has become excited. arts. d. for anything as important as the human mind. · Balance Each area of the curriculum should have the time and resources to enable it to make its specific contribution.5. 149. It would allow more time and opportunity for schools to develop imaginative forms of teaching and learning.
· Parity There should be parity of esteem between the different components of the National Curriculum. Schools of many different kinds.5. Professor Tim Brighouse. at different stages of a pupilÕs development. challenge and opportunity. some components might be more important than others. to the requirements of the next phase of education and to the health and wealth of the nation. 151. But the principles of provision may have wider application. Chief Education Officer. which addresses fully and appropriately the declarations of the National Curriculum. There are many examples of innovative curriculum models and of timetables that promote creative and cultural education. Birmingham City Council Redefining the School Day 152. There is no one best way of planning the curriculum or organising timetables. Often what works in one school does not directly transfer to another. not only do they open the mind of the learner. This entitlement should not be contingent on geographical or social factors. in very different circumstances have found their own solution. · Entitlement All children are entitled to an education in schools. the Millennium Commission has awarded £41. The QCA should promote good practice and disseminate a wide range of approaches and models for schools to draw on in planning their own curriculum. it should not be necessary for any area to be dropped from the curriculum or become optional for individuals or groups of pupils. Schools of the future will have to provide for the curriculum in very different ways.3 million to Bristol 2000 and a further £27 million to the NACCCE report 96 . The arts are quite simply a magic key for some children and within the hands of gifted committed teachers of the arts they are a key to all children. people and resources necessary to realise their potential in education. · Access All children should have access to the experiences. they then reveal a cast cornucopia of endless delight. · Relevance The programmes of study should be clearly related to the individual pupilÕs current needs. While. There is considerable evidence that the present day and term structures adopted by most schools in the maintained sector do not support sustained learning Developing the Curriculum In the United Kingdom.
the Government. Professor Edgar Jenkins 154. successful models have four or five terms with breaks between which prevent the huge discontinuity of a five and a half week summer break. for the arts and for schemes like BirminghamÕs University of the First Age. the time for learning would be considerably extended and could lead to greater enjoyment and achievement. International Centre for Life in Newcastle and. is making a significant investment in after school clubs. and quality teaching. Nor do they ensure achievement for important groups such as disaffected boys. Redefining the School Year 155. These need to be addressed and the disadvantages weighed against the benefits of new patterns of education. ensuring that the large group of students who find it impossible to do homework because of lack of key skills or parental support. for example. would allow teaching and learning to be concentrated during the mornings when students and teachers are most alert. team meetings and links with industry and commerce. can be added the grant of £23m from the Heritage Lottery Fund to the National Museum of Science and Industry and countless other and recurrent sums spent by industry. government and by radio and television companies in an attempt to engage the public with scientific ideas. Staff INSET. especially the physical sciences. This would open up afternoon and twilight sessions for supporting independent study. 153. as subjects for study beyond the age of 16. ÔfairsÕ. to these figures. We have become used to the pattern of three school terms and three long holidays of different length. Internationally. ÔOlympiadsÕ and competitions are now commonplace and the boundaries between education and entertainment have become sufficiently blurred to sustain ÔedutainmentÕ as a neologism. This is a particular problem between Key Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 97 . offering more opportunities for creative and cultural activities. This opens up huge opportunities for extension and creativity.5. can catch up on those who have every advantage. For the students. Science and technology ÔweeksÕ. particularly for the use of ICT. There is ample evidence that many young people and many adults are interested in science but on selective and critical basis. Clearly there would be implications and possible difficulties for working parents. with all the disruption this can cause. This interest needs to be set alongside the relative unpopularity of the sciences. There can also be greater flexibility at this time and more use of adults other than teachers. This has some inherent difficulties for education. An earlier start. their days would be far more varied. they would have completed homework or independent and extended work assignments and their access to more creative activities assured. can also take place during the afternoon and twilight sessions without removing teachers from their teaching of the National Curriculum. for developments such as competitive sports between schools. These initiatives could open the way for an extended school day. Through the New Opportunities Fund and the DfEEÕs Study Support Programme. By making such a structure an entitlement.
Summer Schools 156. In the next chapter we look at the implications for teaching and learning and for school policies. as children are not being taught at the same pace after SATs in May until September Ñ a break of three months. 1998. We say more about such partnership initiatives in Chapter Eight. Within each curriculum area. structure and organisation of the National Curriculum are essential to creating the circumstances in which the creative and cultural education of young people can flourish. we believe that the changes we propose here to the priorities. These opportunities could be hosted in collaboration with cultural organisations and businesses. The changes we propose to the curriculum are intended to create the conditions in which creative abilities and cultural understanding can be formed more effectively. Changes to the curriculum in themselves will not do this. Currently. The exhaustion of keeping up quality teaching and learning through the very long fifteen/sixteen week Autumn term would also be removed. Valerie Bayliss. East Sussex LEA is embarking on a five-term year model and some other authorities are currently discussing similar possibilities. Nonetheless. · offer practical support and guidance in the processes of creativity. let alone poverty of aspiration.5. teachers will need to: · require young people to think creatively by setting appropriate assignments. the long summer holidays are filled by a wide range of summer schools. There are always risks in changing. There would be value in extending the range and type of summer schools to include opportunities for creative and cultural development. but the risk of failing to change is much greater. We want to urge for a thorough evaluation of these initiatives to help inform the debate on a possible redefinition of the school year. Conclusion 157. We cannot afford poverty of vision. Stages 2 and 3. RSA Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 98 . · promote the four roles of cultural education we identified in Chapter Three. Redefining Schooling. Many of these focus on the improvement of literacy and numeracy skills.
the principles of organisation of the National Curriculum to facilitate these outcomes. The DfEE should put in place a more fundamental review of the structure and balance of the National Curriculum beyond 2000. b. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 99 . · science education. the existing distinction between core and foundation subjects should be removed. c. Within this review full consideration should be given to achieving parity between the following discipline areas throughout key stages 1-4 as a matter of entitlement: · language and literacy. the principles of teaching and learning through which they will be realised. The curriculum of Key Stage 4 should iv. In order to achieve parity. skills and values which young people should acquire. the knowledge. v. in particular through provision for the arts. · technological education. The structure of Key Stages 3 and 4 should be reviewed. · physical education. Provision for creative and cultural education in early years education should be further developed. We recommend that: The rationale for the revised National Curriculum from 2000 should make explicit reference to the necessity of promoting the creative and cultural education of all young people.5. In relation to creative and cultural education it should specify: a. i. · mathematics and numeracy. Reducing Key Stage 3 to two years (11-13) and increasing Key Stage 4 to three (13-16) would increase the vitality of Key Stage 3 and the opportunities for depth of study and choice in Key Stage 4. · arts education. · humanities education. Recommendations 158. iii. ii.
the revised National Curriculum should be based on six principles: breadth. balance. vii. relevance. The QCA should disseminate successful models of curriculum organisation and timetabling that promote creative and cultural development within and between the main subject areas. be designed to specialisation. Schools should have increased freedom to devise patterns of curriculum provision to meet these requirements. These materials should be made available on the National Grid for Learning and through other media. The statutory requirements should specify the entitlement of young people in each of the subject areas. A thorough investigation should be undertaken into possible redefinition of the school day and year. Head teachers should conduct an audit of the quality and nature of opportunities for creative and cultural education for all the pupils in their schools. viii. vi. and the criteria for attainment and assessment. including the balance of the curriculum in all Key Stages. maintain breadth and avoid narrow The pressures on schools should be reduced by ensuring that the National Curriculum programmes of study. parity. and the requirements for assessment and reporting can be accommodated within 80 per cent of the ordinary school timetable. x. The Government should reinstate the requirement to follow the full National Curriculum in the core and foundation subjects in Key Stage 1 and 2. ix.5. Developing the Curriculum NACCCE report 100 . entitlement and access. In its overall structure and in the specific programmes of study and attainment targets.
and by extension the relationships that also develop between learners . 159. Robert Frotz. These methods are often associated with promoting creativity. and in particular about the effectiveness of ÔprogressiveÕ teaching methods. most people have not been taught to create. A creative approach to teaching should improve academic results. there are similarities in the processes of teaching and learning. creative and cultural education are not subjects in the curriculum: they are general functions of education. 1994 161. Teaching and Learning Introduction In this chapter we look at some of the implications of our arguments for teaching and learning and at the processes that are involved. The Path of Least Resistance. We want to make some preliminary points. are not identical with those of the sciences and humanities. not detract from them. Second. There is a further point to emphasise. We believe this is true and in later sections we look at these wider issues. We look first at issues in creative education and go on to relate them to our view of cultural education. They can and should be promoted in all areas of the curriculum and not just through so called Ôcreative subjectsÕ. There is much debate about methods of teaching in schools. Creative and cultural education require and make possible particularly rewarding relationships between all of them. These include methods that encourage exploratory learning activities. Not least. But the heart of education is the relationship between teachers and learners. but ironically. But there is also considerable overlap and potential synergy between different curriculum areas as we implied in discussing the dynamics of intelligence and of culture in Chapters Two and Three. First we began this report by arguing that developing creative and cultural education raised systemic issues: that it involves all aspects of education including styles of teaching and assessment and the ethos and values of individual schools and of more general educational provision. 162. Each of these broad areas contributes in different ways to a balanced education as we suggested in the last Chapter. Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 101 . nor with physical education.6. The opportunities and the focus in the arts. ÔOnly ConnectÕ 160. Dawn French The most important developments in civilisation have come through the creative process.young people themselves. group work and Ôlearning from experienceÕ. for example. Different areas of the curriculum do contribute to creative and cultural education in different ways.
Creative education and cultural education are not the same. We begin with creative education. but they are intimately related. and giving young people the freedom to inquire.has to empower the individual child. It has to be an active engagement. find their own creative/cultural ÔvoiceÕ. In these terms. But the creative act whether it is an arts activity or another creative endeavour . experiment and to express their own thoughts and ideas. freedom and self-expression. In our view. Teachers can be highly creative in developing materials and approaches that fire childrenÕs interests and Creative thinking skills can promote quality and coherence in education and training in the interests of industry. Many teachers see creative teaching in terms of the first (NFER 1998:31). and to see the need for elements of both. disaffection. it is an answer to other problems: social exclusion. But this does not mean that children are taught creativity by direct instruction. These are sometimes taught best through formal instruction. etc. Arts Council of England Teaching Creatively and Teaching For Creativity 164. and with low standards. knowledge and understanding. We want now to look a little closer at some of the principles and processes involved. We define creative teaching in two ways: first. Some critics of progressive education see a link between these and a lack of rigour and authority in schools. Creative processes do draw from knowledge and practical skills. teaching creatively. By teaching creatively we mean teachers using imaginative approaches to make learning more interesting. To me the essence of creative and cultural education is that individuals. there is a balance in all good teaching between formal instruction of content and of skills. It is also the case that there are various techniques to facilitate creative thinking. But formal instruction alone will not encourage creativity and may even stifle it. for example. 163. draws from skills. in this case young people. There is an obvious sense in which children cannot be ÔtaughtÕ creativity in the way that they can be taught the times tables. In creative and cultural education. engage with the creativity and work of others with a view to participating in society. They prefer more ÔtraditionalÕ methods of teaching: those associated with formal instruction of specific skills and content. In thinking about the nature of creative and cultural education in schools we think it is important to move beyond divisive stereotypes of traditional or progressive teaching. exciting and effective. the economy and society. At best it critiques and challenges past and current practice and leads to renewal of the individual and the society. Design Council Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 102 . Pauline TamblingÕ Director of Education and Training. develop skills to service this. question. When it is. and second. Genuine creative achievement. freedom or authority. Our terms of reference imply a primary concern with the second. this balance is a matter of necessity.6. teaching for creativity. the debate on teaching and learning seems to some to involve a choice between creativity or rigour.
teachers cannot develop the creative abilities of their pupils if their own creative abilities are suppressed. To put it another way. However. it was empty and the children gasped. she gave the box a gentle shake. Hastings By teaching for creativity we mean forms of teaching that are intended to develop young peopleÕs own creative thinking or behaviour. Why would my friend say there was something in the box which I needed to be able to live?Ó The children offered ideas until one child made the connection and exclaimed: ÒItÕs air. that living things need air (oxygen). Teaching for creativity involves teaching creatively. but the children couldnÕt hear anything and wondered if there was anything inside. making an activity attractive and exciting. Young peopleÕs creative abilities are most likely to be developed in an atmosphere in which the teacherÕs creative abilities are properly engaged. In this approach the teacher captured the childrenÕs interest and challenged them to think and make sense of the experience. water and food. When the box was opened. There are three related tasks in teaching for creativity: encouraging. doesnÕt it look lovely? She says that it is a very important present and I couldnÕt live without it. Children sat on the carpet area and watched as the teacher brought out a box covered in brightly coloured paper with a big bow on top. identifying and fostering. motivate their learning. takes imagination and creativity on the part of the teacher. it is possible to identify some general principles. ÒThereÕs nothing in the box.6. I wonder what is inside?Ó. The Present Capturing young childrenÕs attention. Encouraging 166. This is a necessary part of all good teaching. The teacher explained: ÒA friend of mine has sent me a present. Some aspects of the curriculum appear difficult to introduce in an imaginative way: for example. and for teacher training. Teaching for Creativity 165. Dudley Infant School. Having a Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 103 . itÕs air in the box!Ó Information provided by Julia Kelly. Highly creative people in any field are often driven by a strong self-belief in their abilities in that field. This too has implications for the curriculum .and in particular for the type and amount of national prescription of what is taught and how. Teaching for creativity is a demanding process which cannot be made routine. ÒOh dear!Ó said the teacher.
for example. Identifying 167. Consequently. but Mr Brooks was sowing seeds. We come back to this idea later. curiosity can be stimulated. Thus the development of many common capacities and sensitivities can help to foster creativity . I think I desperately needed to be told that I was an OK kid. positive self-image as a creative person can be fundamental to developing creative performance1. All young people have different creative capacities. willingness to take risks and be enterprising. It is the responsibility of the people and institutions around each child to find what would ignite that spark. I was a bit lost I think. These attitudes can be encouraged and nourished to varying extents in all young people. to be persistent and to be resilient in the face of adversity and failure. these include high motivation and independence of judgement. teaching for creativity can assist young people in understanding what is involved in being creative and help them become more sensitive to their own creative processes. Howard Gardner I gravitated towards the teachers that encouraged or pushed me Ð that made me laugh. These are the most simple steps but they can be the most important for stimulating creative performance. He didnÕt know it at the time. He let a school friend and myself go into his back lab with a tape recorder and make stupid radio shows for our friends. My science teacher Mr Brooks made us smile with his diagrams and witty remarks. to engage their sense of possibility and to give them the confidence to try2. memory can be trained and awareness can be enhanced. Other attitudes are important for creative achievement. Lenny Henry Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 104 . Fostering 168.6. This too has implications for the range and balance of the curriculum. An essential task for education is to help young people to discover their own creative strengths. Identifying young peopleÕs creative abilities includes helping them to find their creative strengths Ñ to be in their element. for the excitement of a style of work that catches the imagination. A creative musician is not necessarily a creative scientist. Creative achievement is often driven by a personÕs love of a particular instrument. This Ôlearning Each child has a spark in him/her. the first task in teaching for creativity in any field is to encourage young people to believe in their creative potential. a creative writer is not necessarily a creative mathematician. Creativity draws from many ordinary abilities and skills rather than one special gift or talent. Recognising and becoming more knowledgeable about the creative process can also help foster creative development. Many young people and adults do not think of themselves as creative and lack the confidence to take even the first steps. for the feel of the material. particularly if they are linked with the development of self-directed learning. Creative ability is best enhanced in the process of being creative.
curiosity and questioning. · encourage self expression that is oriented towards a given task. but always specifying and explaining the purpose of such activity. but there are a lot that donÕt. I think itÕs a teacherÕs job to spot these kids and give them a nudge in the right direction Ð encourage the smart one to get smarter. Those involved have to feel prepared and secure enough to be willing to take risks and make mistakes in a non threatening atmosphere that challenges but reassures. hope and wonder at the potential for transformative power that is involved. see shows. We come back to this in Chapter Eight. etc.including the ways in which time away from a problem may facilitate its solution. but complement this with critical evaluation in testing out ideas. by doingÕ can be further developed and enriched by working with personal models and mentors who are prepared to share their experience3. It is not just about numeracy and literacyÉ itÕs about vigilance. look at the history of comedy. empathy and creativity. encourage the funny one to read books. organise his thoughts. look at videos.a sense of excitement. write stuff down. encourage the dancer to practice. In teaching for creativity. · assist in the understanding of the room that has to be given to generative thought. kindness. YouÕre the one whoÕs good at problem solving. and the encouragement of the personal attributes that facilitate creativity. free from immediate criticism by the learner or others before ideas are subject to rigorous critical evaluation and further development. so they look to you for a laugh. Such work has to be carefully attuned to the appropriate level of development. A lot of people find themselves being creative despite their social standing. YouÕre the kid whoÕs funny. · encourage and stimulate learners in periods of free play with ideas and conjecture about possibilities. YouÕre the one whoÕs been practising the guitar in your bedroom since you were nine. · emphasise the use of the imagination. 169. teachers aim to: · allow for both broad and narrowly focused experimental activity. so all your mates listen to your counsel. YouÕre the kid whoÕs smart. I know there are some schools that do this. YouÕre the one whoÕs good at building stuff. · convey an appreciation of the phases in creative activity and the importance of time . unconscious mental processes and nondirected thought in creative thinking. accompanied by a sense of delayed scepticism and distance. the offer of choice. YouÕre the great dancer at the local disco.6. Lenny Henry Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 105 . respect. · encourage an appropriate attitude towards imaginative activity . originality. · assist in developing an awareness of the differing contexts in which ideas may occur and of the roles of intuition.
and their growing proficiency in forms of information technology. and the capacity to think for oneself. · authenticity in initiatives and responses. It must be recognised that it will be in the secondary school where self-directed learning is more likely to move in tune with the development of young peopleÕs growing maturity. Teaching for creativity aims to encourage self-confidence.metacognition . independence of mind. In principle. satisfaction.can enhance young peopleÕs control world of continuous change. but again this aspect of teaching for creativity must be sensitive to the appropriate stage of the learnerÕs development. the flow of their need for independence. Encouraging self-monitoring. reflection upon their own The ability to think about your own performance and progress. Such teaching is compatible with a wide range of teaching methods and approaches in all areas of the school curriculum. Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 106 . and the capacity for self-monitoring self-assessment and selfmanagement. deciding for oneself on the basis of oneÕs own judgement. and to a variety of methods and approaches. John Abbott over creative activity and the development of their best 4 practice . involvement and enjoyment of the creative relationship. Teaching for creativity aims at encouraging: · autonomy on both sides: a feeling of ownership and control over the ideas that are being offered (Woods 1995:3). Teaching for creativity encourages a sense of responsibility for learning. In these ways the aim is to encourage the development of the self-directed learner. and to encourage openness and reflexivity as creative learners. and thinking about their own thinking (metacognition) is essential in a thinking . Self-directed Learning 171. the better. 170. · fulfilment: from each a feeling of anticipation. · respect for each other and for the ideas that emerge. the earlier self-directed learning is internalised. It aims at a growing autonomy involving goal-setting and planning. to deepen and broaden awareness of the self as well as the world. · openness to new and unusual ideas. Above all there has to be a relationship of trust.6. The aim is to enable young people to be more effective in handling future problems and objectives.
172. Creativity is itself a mode of learning. It is distinctive in the combination of three features: a. It involves a thoughtful playfulness Ñ learning through experimental ÔplayÕ. It is serious play conjuring up, exploring and developing possibilities and then critically evaluating and testing them. b. It involves a special flexibility in which there may be a conscious attempt to challenge the assumptions and preconceptions of the self Ñ an unusual activity in which there is an active effort to unlearn in order to learn afresh. a. This process is driven by the need to find, introduce, construct or reconstruct something new. It seeks actively to expand the possibilities of any situation. In this sense the learning of creative thought is not neutral; it has a bias towards the innovative. For these reasons creative activity can itself be regarded as a form of learning particularly suited to the testing and complex conditions and which will face us all in the twenty-first century and which we outlined in Chapter One. A Creative and Visionary Teacher
A north Leeds comprehensive, Harehills Middle School, and its accompanying youth group Harehills Youth Dance, produced virtually a whole generation of UK contemporary dancers in the 1970s and 80s. In 1972, Nadine Senior became the physical education teacher at the school, situated in a vibrant but run-down multi-ethnic area in north Leeds. Gurmit Hukam, now Artistic Director of the Northern School of Contemporary Dance says, ÒWe began to explore different movements, usually based on imaginative themes given to us by Nadine Ñ simple ideas, involving partner and group work. I guess it first dawned on us that it was ÔdanceÕ when we had our first performance, and Nadine asked us whether we wanted to wear tights and a T-shirt or tights and a leotard Ñ we decided on the tights and a T-shirt as the lesser of two evils!Ó Nadine Senior always demanded the highest standards of artistic integrity, but the criteria were as much decided by the children. There was no external imposition of artistic ideas or ideals; this was rather developed from the childÕs own imaginative responses. Allowed to express themselves, NadineÕs pupils became ÔartistsÕ in the deepest sense, and carried this quality into their later work and careers. Information obtained from animated Learning involves going beyond simply acquiring new information and adding it to our existing knowledge. It involves us in making sense of new information by using our existing knowledge and modifying, updating and rethinking our own ideas in the light of this new information. Scottish Consultative Council on the Curriculum, Teaching for Effective Learning
Teaching and Learning
NACCCE report
Lifelong Learning
173. Increasingly, teaching has to promote the skills and attitudes appropriate to the encouragement of lifelong learning. But the encouragement to ÔlearningÕ in itself tells us nothing about the capacity for, or orientation towards, change or action. We believe that the habit of learning has to be complemented by the disposition to be creative. Vital as it is in economic, social and personal terms, regular task-oriented retraining will often not be enough. Adult learning will in future take place in a world where flexibility and adaptability are required in the face of new, strange, complex, risky and changing situations; where there are diminishing numbers of precedents and models to follow; where we have to work on the possibilities as we go along. In this changing world, old assumptions and old directions as to the routes forward can be a useful asset but they can also become an encumbrance. We will often find ourselves seeking entrances after emerging through unexpected exits. This is where creativity is of special importance and where the attitudes and abilities it entails come into their own. In various ways there are important links between lifelong learning and creativity. Learning and creativity are enhanced and sustained by a range of abilities, attributes and activities common to both Ñ including intrinsic motivation, enterprise, persistence and resilience, curiosity, questioning and reflecting, assessing and testing, moving from problems to solutions and back to new problems Ñunderstanding and using failures on the road to success. In our view a prerequisite for effective lifelong learning is sustained motivation towards selfimprovement. This motivation is at its most powerful when it involves both love of learning and the desire for personal growth, realising the potential of the individual in some form of creative activity.
The world of reality has its limits. The world of imagination is boundless. Jean-Jacques Rousseau
Creativity and Information Technology
175. Teaching for creativity must take account of the new opportunities presented by information technology. Information technologies provide for new forms of creative practice, through, for example, computer graphics, animation,
Teaching and Learning
NACCCE report
and sound production. They are also making available new ways of working within traditional forms of creative practice: in design, choreography and musical composition, for example. Information technology can also revolutionise forms of teaching and learning through providing easier and fuller access to information, ideas and people. Information technology is one of the easiest ways of encouraging the urge to learn in a child. It offers them some control over their learning and it lets them interact with the ÒtoolsÓ in such a way that they can make a difference through their own actions. It is not only important to consider when and when not to use information and communication technology in the classroom, but also how best to use them to stimulate learning. Art and IT in practice
Art departments in schools are beginning to develop their use of IT alongside traditional art room practice in order to provide opportunities for the exploration of new forms of visual communication.. Artists have always used new tools and materials to express their ideas and feelings about the world around them. Pupils today have an ever-increasing range of environments and possibilities in which to create art. As a visual medium the computer has a rightful place within the art curriculum, both as a tool and a means of expression. As part of a Year 7 project designed to give them experience in using a variety of materials, processes and techniques, pupils looked at stimulus material on Indian art and culture so they could design their own T-shirt motifs. Starting with their own drawings, these were scanned and students then experimented with different colourways and repeat patterns. Their chosen design was then printed on transfer paper and applied to a white T-shirt. As part of a study of colour mixing, Year 8 students had been asked to examine the work of Lionel Feininger and create a painting in which they divided the pictureÕs surface into different colour ranges. In this part of the work, they were able to use a computer package to recreate the same image but this time using flood-fill. This introduced a project looking at Seurat and the Pointillists. Information obtained from BECTA (formerly NCET) Technology is only ever going to be as effective as the quality of the teacher controlling its use. More than ever itÕs the quality of that teacher as the leader of classroom practice and the deliverer of change thatÕs vital. Highly motivated and highly skilled teachers are the key that can unlock the potential of every child in Britain. Lord Puttnam of Queensgate
Creative Teachers
176. Teaching with creativity and teaching for creativity include all the characteristics of good teaching. These include strong motivation, high expectations, the ability to communicate and listen and the ability to interest and to inspire. Creative teachers need expertise in their particular fields. Creative teaching in mathematics involves a command of mathematical ideas and principles: creative teaching in music involves a knowledge of musical forms and possibilities. But creative Teaching and Learning
Teaching is not to be regarded as a static accomplishment like riding a bicycle or keeping a ledger: it is, like all arts of high ambition, a strategy in the face of an impossible task. Lawrence Stenhouse, Authority, Education and Emancipation
NACCCE report
teachers need more than this. They need techniques that stimulate curiosity and raise self-esteem and confidence. They must recognise when encouragement is needed and confidence threatened. They must balance structured learning with opportunities for self-direction; and the management of groups with attention to individuals. They must judge the kinds of questions appropriate to different purposes and the kinds of solutions it is appropriate to expect. 177. There is a distinction for example between closed questions where there is one generally agreed solution, and open questions where there can be more than one. Both may be taught creatively but the open questions offer greater opportunity for creative activity on the part of the learner. Creative activity often involves both open and closed questions. The evidence is that too often our education activities are focused on closed questions with their reliance on linear processes and logical reasoning. What If?
One of the most powerful prompts to creative thinking is the asking of open-ended questions. Some answers will be better than others, but none is likely to be ÔwrongÕ. Set out an odd number of counters on a table. Explain that you will need four volunteers, forming two teams of two: the rest of the group choose to support one or other team. Ask the teams and their supporters to gather at either side of the table. Stand between the two teams and explain that youÕll ask a What If? question. Immediately the two teams will begin having answers. The team to your right may speak at normal volume into your right ear; the team to your left at normal volume into your left ear, simultaneously. Team supporters must not speak to you directly, but can relay their answers by whispering them to their team members. For each reasonable answer you receive, that team will get a point in the form of a counter. When all the counters have been distributed, the game has thirty seconds left to run. During that time, good answers will win points from the opposing teamÕs store of counters. After thirty seconds blow a whistle to signal the end of the round. Take care to explain that although one of the teams has accumulated more points than the other, theyÕve all won because: YouÕve proved that everyone can have lots of ideas if the circumstances are right (and you need to have lots of ideas in order to have good ideas). You now have lots of ideas, and therefore some good ones you can look at in more detail. From Imagine That by Stephen Bowkett
Teaching for creativity is not an easy option, but it can be enjoyable and deeply fulfilling. It can involve more time and planning to generate and develop ideas and to evaluate Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 110
Marjorie Scardino Cultural Education 180. to pick up unexpected opportunities for learning. It involves confidence to improvise and take detours. It can involve a wide range of methods and approaches. First. We come back to this later. 179. But there is also much that schools can do to review their own approaches to teaching and learning and the balance of the whole curriculum. Different areas of the curriculum lead young people into different forms of enquiry and provide different opportunities to develop their cultural knowledge and understanding. But there are also issues of opportunity. second. Creative teachers are always willing to experiment but they recognise the need to learn from experience.6. There are many highly creative teachers in our schools and many schools where creative approaches to teaching and learning are encouraged. human culture is the outcome of human creativity in all of its forms. There are risks here of de-skilling teachers and of encouraging conformity and passivity in some. whether they have worked. But many teachers and schools will want practical support and guidance in developing these approaches. Throughout this report we link together creative and cultural education. not less. Consequently there are important issues of staff development to address and we come to these in more detail in Chapter Ten. not the face in the space. expertise of teachers. Creative teachers need confidence in their disciplines and in themselves. There are now in education unusually high levels of prescription in relation to content and teaching methods. creative processes draw from the cultural contexts in which they take place. At a national level we believe that there are actions that the Government should take to reduce these risks and to promote higher levels of teacher autonomy and of creativity in teaching and learning. All of this requires more. The teacher needs to be the guide on the side. Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 111 . It is possible and we think desirable to teach for creativity in all areas of the curriculum. It is important to reduce or eliminate the factors which inhibit the creative activity of teachers and learners and give priority to those that encourage it. Teaching for creativity is not a single method or technique. to live with uncertainty and to risk admitting that an idea led nowhere.
national policy sets a cultural agenda for education. How we think. they embody and promote particular values and ways of behaving in the kinds of institutions they are.and what counts as a subject . feel and behave is influenced by the cultural environments we live in. They form part of our taken-for-granted view of the way things are. 181. First. explore and understand their own cultural values and assumptions. The ethos of the school and the values it expresses have a direct bearing on the attitudes and values of young people . All education involves a selection. understanding and abilities they need to make their way in the world. Schools are involved in cultural development on two broad fronts. As often. .until we encounter others whose common sense view of the world is strikingly different. Attitudes to the roles of men and women. It is for this reason among the others we have given that we describe the issues facing creative and cultural education as systemic. Sometimes we recognise consciously the values we hold and the ideas we espouse. young people do not develop their ideas and values in isolation. and by our own histories and backgrounds. In those ways. They occur to us as common sense . Schools cannot teach everything. in the methods and criteria of assessment. As we said in Chapter Three.6.to education itself and to each other. the core business of schools is cultural education. Schools add or subtract from this in the choices and emphasis they bring to teaching and learning. The National Curriculum identifies which subjects are to be taught . in the relationships between teachers and learners. we are not conscious of them. Implicitly and explicitly the culture of a school is conveyed to young people every day and in many ways: in the structure and content of the curriculum. To enable young people to recognise. The primary purposes of formal education are to develop in young people the knowledge. in how the school is managed and in its links or lack of them with the wider community. This is true of all of us. These include combating ignorance. extending and deepening cultural knowledge and understanding and encouraging curiosity.and what aspects of those subjects are to be included. Second. This process of selection is inevitable and desirable: but it must be done with care and wisdom if schools are to fulfil the four roles of cultural education identified earlier. questioning and informed critical thought and action. or of the Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 112 182. by the communities we are part of.
and been reinforced by. and how they have been formed. The environment created by the drama workshops was non-threatening and dispelled much of the everyday hostility. Often pupils remain at EBD schools for many years and some are never reintegrated into mainstream schools. often feel under attack and will over-react in a confrontational and sometimes aggressive manner. This encourages our pupils to experiment with different ways of behaving Ñ increasing their repertoire of acceptable responses. Drama Provides Equal Opportunities Equal Voice focuses on new ways of resolving conflicts with special regard to individual self-esteem. Some of the work was undertaken at Crusoe House. The work improves a childÕs ability to be emotionally articulate. place and station of children and young people are good examples of views that vary greatly between cultures . Irene Flynn. the stigma of exclusion and low achievement. There are many others. for example is essentially concerned with exploring social behaviour and the values that underpin it. The drama programme was of real benefit to pupils. 183. This is not necessarily a process of challenging cultural values but of recognising and understanding them. Through improvised drama.but which tend to be taken for granted within them and at the time. The majority of our pupils have low self-esteem. head at Crusoe House said of Equal Voice: ÒDrama provides opportunities to explore and release a variety of emotions in a safe environment.Ó Information provided by Pop-Up Theatre Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 113 . Staff also benefited from observing how their pupils responded to the expertise and techniques used by the Equal Voice leaders. This small change in attitude is often enough for a child to be able to return to mainstream education and modify the behaviour that has caused.6. This process can generate powerful insights into the values and dynamics of groups and communities. Drama.and over time . It encouraged positive interaction and group work. a school for children with emotional and behavioural difficulties (EBD). Teaching and learning should provide opportunities for young people to explore and recognise what their own assumptions and values actually are. and through work on texts young people can investigate a wide range of real and imagined social issues through the safety of assumed roles or situations. gives them a voice and raises their self-esteem so that they can begin to take responsibility for their own behaviour. The arts and humanities provide important opportunities for such exploration and powerful techniques.
as far as possible. Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 114 186. 185. Teachers and school need to create opportunities for children and young people from different cultural backgrounds to work together and to learn to respect each othersÕ ways of living. groups and communities beyond the school. One reason for this is to extend the cultural experience of young people. To achieve this. music and backgrounds.6. exchanges. Where possible this can be done through direct face to face contact: meeting and working with people from many different backgrounds and cultures in the school itself and through outside projects and events. These can be inexpensive and convenient ways to broaden experience and to learn about different cultural values and perspectives. But a variety of other strategies are also available involving visits. 184. . it is important to provide opportunities for pupils to work with and listen to people from other cultural backgrounds: hearing their stories. This is not just a matter of learning factual information about other cultures and times: the real task is to enable young people. To enable young people to embrace and understand cultural diversity by bringing them into contact with the attitudes. seeing the images and designs that move them. and now video conferencing and the Internet. listening to their language. local history projects. to understand other cultures from the inside. Seen from their own cultural perspectives. residential weekends. The second is to ensure that young peopleÕs own cultural experiences and traditions are valued and validated. and through cultural festivals and exchanges. In many areas of the curriculum these purposes can be met through practical projects: for example. reminiscence projects . We see two priorities here for schools. values and traditions of other cultures. the ideas and patterns of behaviour of other cultures can seem strange. This is especially important for young people from minority cultures who may be faced with complex issues of identity at home and at school.talking with older pupils about their lives and times. Young people need to have insight into other ways of living and understand the ideas that give them meaning and significance. In Chapter Eight we looked at the need to establish networks and links with individuals. The first is to develop processes which help young people to understand cultures that are different from their own.
There were multilingual displays around the school.6. statues and masks. technology. 187. Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 115 . interactive nature of culture is a fact. religion and the rest affect each other and the course of development of cultural communities. To encourage an historical perspective by relating contemporary values to the processes and events that have shaped them. with Turkish-English bilingual labels below the pictures. teaching and learning in all disciplines should contribute to a sense of historical perspective and understanding. The humanities and especially history have central roles in helping young people to understand the ideas and values of those removed from themselves in time and culture. which is at the heart of cultural change and evolution. to make connections between disciplines in the curriculum. Wall displays of stories included one labelled ÔWe heard Mr. routine and paralinguistic features. One of the most vivid ways of feeling the sensibility of a cultural community or period is to listen to its music or poetry and to understand the circumstances that helped to form them. followed by a discussion. including Chinese pottery. In our view. examples of Gaelic script and postcards of Ireland. West AfricaÕ. not a theory. another big collage display on the book ÔThe Village of Round and Square HousesÕ was labelled ÔCameroons. But the lived experience and cultures of societies are intricate and overlapping. One assembly began with the head greeting the children in Irish Gaelic. a book of Greek myths. Science. and modes of calculation . and to recognise that the dynamic. The HeadÕs office too. India. A model of a mosque used in a recent assembly had been kept standing in the hall. In these respects it is important as far as possible to encourage young people. geography. South American and Russian dolls. Recently a Muslim staff member had taken an assembly explaining the meaning of Eid and showing the children some of the customs of that festival. on how they had worked out what she had been saying through context. at an appropriate level for their age phase. the Middle East and from Europe.from China. Information from Blair et al 1998. World science has been deeply affected by intellectual innovations in many cultures: in geometry. mathematics. Celebrating Diversity At City Infant School a diversity of cultures is in evidence both in assemblies and in the wall displays around the school. Gumpy in English and TurkishÕ. African batik. It is a world culture with a multicultural history. and teachers. political events. reflected the schoolÕs diversity.
But they also need to know that these are evolutionary.6. technological and others between as well as within cultures. Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 116 . to set puzzles and problems. and the opportunities for. · deepen understanding of the meanings and values that underpin different cultural perspectives and ways of behaving. One way of achieving this is to encourage dialogue and debate rather than passivity and acceptance. innovation. We mean by this that it is important. · convey an understanding of the complex interactions .artistic. that young people learn about the histories. traditions and established ways of thinking in different disciplines and cultures. The driving force of change is human imagination and creativity in our responses to the demands of living and force of circumstances.and can and will be at its leading edges. scientific. for all the reasons that we have given. Young people are part of this process . and to balance closed questions with open ones. In all teaching they need to be enabled to see the importance of. · encourage an understanding of the different ways in which human ingenuity and creativity have shaped and are shaping the nature and diversity of human culture. before providing solutions and answers. to encourage the exchange of ideas from a range of perspectives. 188. 189. and the impelling pressures of curiosity and inquiry. On of the three principles of balance we are proposing is between freedom and tradition. · point to the contribution of different local and national cultures to global culture. and the processes by which they can contribute to it. sometimes revolutionary processes which are prone to rapid and sometimes fundamental change. In teaching for cultural understanding teachers aim to: · promote a sense of inclusion and respect between the different cultural communities and traditions in the school and the classroom. To enable young people to understand the evolutionary nature of culture and the processes and potential for change.
a teacher at the school. I feel I have made an impression with some children. and the Macpherson report recommends it should be amended to stress the value of cultural diversity. if not change their thought processes. language can be used which has been ingrained in the children since they learned to speak.If children respect a teacher. He is a pragmatic man. Indian. wants to ensure that the children who grow up in the tolerant community he has created in a poorer part of Bolton stay tolerant when they leave at the end of each day. music and history. The Guardian. Sunning Hill has to follow the National Curriculum. And we have them for only 25 hours a week. head teacher for 10 years. But the best conditions for creative and cultural education include that: a. Cultural Understanding At playtime at Sunning Hill primary. But sometimes we feel as if we are educating parents as much as their children.. We have to concentrate on what we can do here.. They will go home and perhaps make a difference there. the school culture is characterised by a willingness to question assumptions. and children are free to opt out of RE lessons on religious grounds. Creative and cultural education can flourish in adversity and under growing constraints. an emphasis on mobility of ideas and flexibility of perspective.Ó If problems continue Mr Read will call in a childÕs parents and make them aware of behaviour that will not be tolerated at school. Pakistan and Bangladesh. We cannot change what goes on at home.6. ÔThe process has to start in the home. . Mr ReadÕs deputy. Friday February 26. ÒItÕs mindsets that we have to address. and a constant raising of new possibilities.Ó said Janet Marland. Abeda Manjra. Ms Marland suggests a start might be made with art. Ms Manjra takes the same pragmatic line as the head. Paul Read. There are examples of this happening. with an ethnically diverse staff and an approach to racism based on experience rather than theory. In the classroom there can be petty feuds and name calling.Ó ÒItÕs difficult to change attitudes given to children for more than four years before we see them. and white children too can be on the receiving end of racism. Muslim. She defines herself as a British. grew up in south Manchester and studied at Leicester and Leeds universities. There are assemblies of a broadly Muslim and a broadly Christian character.Õ David Ward. He sees ethnic divisions being blurred by inter-marriage and suggests religion can be more important as a defining factor than colour. Gujerati-speaking woman who on any day can feel any one of those characteristics more strongly than another. Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 117 . ÒWhen there is an argument during a football game. Promoting creative and cultural development should involve a commitment from the whole school. white children yomping round the playground are outnumbered by pupils from families originally from India. you are more likely to be able to check their behaviour. 1999 School Policy 190.
b. the personal attributes significant in creative behaviour are more strongly encouraged; c. there are opportunities for reflective time, mental play and self-development by teachers and that the space and time appropriate to creative activities and personal styles are available to the learner; d. bureaucratic burdens are reduced to increase time for reflective preparation and experimentation; e. there is an inclusive policy towards the different cultural traditions and communities represented in the school and a positive strategy of multicultural education in the content of the curriculum and in methods and values of teaching.
The Roles of the Head Teacher
191. The key figure in every school is the headteacher Headteachers can raise the priority they give to creative and cultural education, engendering an ethos in which they are valued and encouraged. Characteristics of outstanding headteachers include their passionate conviction; their ability and determination to use challenges as opportunities; their drive to seek out resources and links which will allow them to achieve their shared vision for their students and the schools. Such headteachers are creative, risk-takers. They value and use creativity in their own thinking, in management, in teaching and learning and in the curriculum. They hold fast to their conviction that creativity in all its forms must significantly affect the children and teachers in their schools and their futures. They are confident that the important core skills of literacy and numeracy can be developed and enhanced using creative approaches.
A School Action Plan
192. Headteachers always set the tone of their schools. We believe they should give a lead in the development of an action plan for creative and cultural education: a plan which involves teachers, pupils and the wider community. Such a plan might involve the following elements. a. Auditing Provision A necessary first step is to take stock of existing provision and opportunities for creative and cultural Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 118
education. To be effective and comprehensive this audit should involve all partners Ñ teachers, students, parents and the communities. b. Creating Opportunities School policies should aim to encourage creative approaches to teaching and learning; in literacy, numeracy, the arts, sciences, humanities, physical education and technology, equally within the whole curriculum, and establish timetable patterns and flexibility to ensure all areas of the curriculum can be enhanced, both within and outside formal education. c. Valuing Diversity Diversity should be seen and celebrated as being valuable and enriching to the school environment: not as a problem but as a strength or asset. Children need to be comfortable and empowered in their own cultures. This may mean giving young people responsibility for managing how they interact with other cultures - with teachers supporting the process: for how the school operates and to develop anti-racist, anti-bullying strategies, and so on. d. Monitoring Progress The school might establish monitoring systems which identify and encourage studentsÕ creative talents and develop praise systems or a rewards policy to celebrate achievement and which monitor in particular progress and achievement by children from ethnic minorities. Such ethnic monitoring is vital in order to determine whether all ethnic groups have access to the same opportunities; problem areas can be identified and solutions developed based on ethnic monitoring. e. Developing Networks The school could establish networks which bring in expertise and funding for creative and cultural projects and events. It could develop links between schools in different areas - even between countries - to combat parochialism and to widen experience of pupils outside the immediate environment of the school. It is essential in these and other ways to widen childrenÕs experiences to raise achievement
It has often been said that schools Ôcannot go it aloneÕ against the forces of racial inequality, prejudice and social exclusion that are outside their gates but reach into the classroom. While that may be true, and offer some comfort to those schools who feel they are constantly battling against the odds, it must not become an excuse for failure to take action, because if schools do not take a stand, what hope is there for breaking the vicious circle of these corrosive forces which exist in society at large? Indeed, the best schools more often than not combine a drive for high achievement with a strong community programme which both promotes, and benefits from, good race relations. Information from Ofsted 1999
Following an analysis by ethnicity of National Curriculum results in one primary school, concern about black underachievement and low self-esteem led to a focus on the culture of Black African pupils, even though they were few in number in this predominantly British Asian school. African influenced art and craft work was developed as part of a curriculum initiative in history where Benin was chosen as a unit of study. Work of outstanding quality, supported by stimulating and carefully chosen artefacts, was much in evidence in the school. The response of all the pupils was enthusiastic. The progress and behaviour of the black pupils have improved. Information from Ofsted 1999.
Teaching and Learning
NACCCE report
f. Involving Parents It is always important to involve parents in the working life of the school. Children bring an immense amount of cultural baggage with them to school each day - from parents and social circumstances within community. Some parents are suspicious of institutions. others are very involved, competitive and demanding. Regular meetings and events can be vital in enriching the creative and cultural life of the school and in strengthening their support for it. The agenda for teaching and learning we have offered here will require schools to give parents full information and understanding of what is involved Ñ and, perhaps crucially, what is not involved. Parents will need reassurance that the school priorities are right. The more they are involved, the more likely it is that learners will be able to respond fully to this agenda. In Chapter Eight we make a range of suggestions for how this involvement might be further developed. g. The Ethos of the School Multicultural education should be institutionalised into school life as an attitude or value. Values stay with children far longer than items of specific information about different cultures. But both are needed. The starting point for creating a positive multicultural school ethos is to create a safe, friendly and welcoming environment with which all the children can identify, regardless of race, class, gender, language or culture. All young people need to feel secure, safe, respected and allowed to achieve and succeed. Children should feel confident to share their own cultural traditions without fear of being persecuted for them. The school environment can play a critical role, displays of childrenÕs creative work in a range of forms. Giving children responsibility for their environment through school councils and other formal and informal structures can be a vital foundation. Headteachers cannot act alone in this. They must involve all the staff, and they must provide for staff development to enable their plans to be put into practice. We come to these issues in Chapter Ten.
In one of the Black Caribbean schools the curriculum was enriched by a focus on Black History which coincided with a biennial book week. Black African and Caribbean poets and story tellers were invited to work with the pupils. The response of pupils and their parents was very positive. When parentsÕ cultures are recognised by the school, their interest and involvement in the curriculum often increase dramatically. Most curriculum policies in these schools advocate an intercultural approach. In a curriculum policy on humanities for example, staff are encouraged to Òlook at Black peoplesÕ history through positive images and powerful figures rather than as victimsÓ. Information from Ofsted 1999.
Teaching and Learning
NACCCE report
Every Subject a Creative Subject
Malbank School and Sixth Form Centre in Cheshire has been identified as one of a number of vastly improving schools. The headteacher attributes their success to creative and cultural education: ÒVisitors are invariably struck by a range of creative, purposeful activity taking place throughout the school. They see evidence of a lively cultural life, which values creative and cultural education for its own sake, for what it contributes to young peopleÕs achievements and to the success of a school. Virtually everyone gains good GCSE and four good A levels is the norm at the sixth form of some 400. We regard every subject as a creative subject, in which youngsters are encouraged to think creatively and work creatively. They create aesthetically pleasing, useful ÔthingsÕ alongside interesting and stimulating images and ideas; they tackle problems requiring imaginative solutions; they participate in events and celebrations which enhance the schoolÕs Ôlearning cultureÕ and they experience something of the traditions and cultures of people in other times and in other societies. This ÔsortÕ of education, institutionalised through agreed curriculum principles and entitlements, monitoring, review and development, develops studentsÕ key skills and motivates them to participate actively, to take pride in their work, to want to learn more. Creative and cultural education contributes to their having the means and the will to achieve success. OFSTED found that Ôteaching, learning and academic standards are of a very high orderÕ; Ôquality standardsÕ, Ôhigh achievementÕ in a Ôgood school which is determined to become even betterÕ. This is not despite our putting thought, time and energy into the creative and cultural dimensions of the curriculum. It is a product of our doing so.Ó Allan Kettleday, Headteacher, Malbank School
Advice and Materials
193. The QCA is developing non-statutory guidance for schools in a number of National Curriculum subjects. The case we have presented for creative and cultural education, and the approaches to teaching, learning and assessment that are required, call for careful programmes of curriculum and staff development. The QCA should support this process with guidance for all areas of the National Curriculum. Such guidance should be supported by training opportunities provided through the Standards Fund and other sources. We will return to this in Chapter Ten.
The education system should be aware of different ways of thinking and not be restrictive. Professor Sir Harold Kroto, University of Sussex and Nobel Prize-winning chemist
Teaching and Learning
NACCCE report
and that advice. In this chapter we have looked at what is involved in teaching for creativity and cultural development. · Accelerated Learning which uses techniques of association and visualisation to improve memory and make creative connections. Teaching and Learning NACCCE report 122 . It is our job to determine what makes a creative child a creative adult. particularly in raising attainment in mathematics and science. by public institutions as ways of fostering creativity in the workforce. · Thinking Skills which promotes a number of techniques. Chairman. Basic Skills Agency Conclusion 195. · The Synectics method which promotes the use of metaphor and analogy. 194. a technique developed by Dr.6. by individuals and groups. We see considerable potential for their use in education. and for evaluating them critically. Among the best-known of these are: · the work of Edward de Bono in promoting Ôlateral thinkingÕ and his techniques of group creativity through the ÔSix HatsÕ method. Often they are based on ways of distinguishing the different phases and tasks in creative thinking. But we think that this should now be done by the QCA in association with others. Tony Buzan for recording information and seeing patterns in ideas. materials and impartial information should be made available to schools. It has not been within our remit or resources to evaluate the efficacy of particular techniques or programmes. These systems make available specific techniques for generating ideas. increasingly. These and other techniques are being taken up by business. Inappropriate forms of both will have the opposite effects. Appropriate forms of assessment and accountability are essential to raising standards in schools and to sustaining the strategy for improvement that we propose. There are a number of distinctive systems and approaches to creative thinking. to enable teachers and pupils alike to tap into their own process of creative thinking. including problem-solving. Sir Claus Moser. industry and. In the next chapter we look at what is involved in assessing these processes of teaching and training. · Mind Mapping.
Changes to the curriculum must be supported by developments in the national systems of assessment and inspection.
196. i. We recommend that: Head teachers and teachers raise the priority they give to creative and cultural education; to promoting the creative development of pupils and encouraging an ethos in which cultural diversity is valued and supported. The QCA should: a. undertake an evaluation of existing techniques and programmes promoting creative thinking skills and creative problem solving; a. establish pilot projects to develop practical programmes and techniques for promoting creative thinking in primary and secondary schools, and formulate advice to schools; a. develop non-statutory guidance for creative teaching and learning for each subject and attainment target of the National Curriculum; a. collate examples and curricular materials of positive uses of the literacy and numeracy strategies in creative and cultural education in primary schools. These materials should be made available on the National Grid for Learning and through other media. iii. School plans for staff development should include specific provision to improve teachersÕ expertise in creative and cultural education.
Teaching and Learning
NACCCE report
Raising Standards
Assessment and inspection have vital roles in raising and maintaining standards of achievement in schools. Methods of assessment must be appropriate to different types of learning if they are to encourage and not inhibit the creative and cultural development of young people. In this section we discuss the need for assessment and identify a number of difficulties in current approaches. We argue that there is a need to restore a proper balance between different types of attainment target, and between the different forms of assessment that are needed. On this basis we make proposals for the development of assessment methods, and for related development in the national framework for school inspection.
The Need for Assessment
198. Our consultations have revealed many concerns about the effects of current processes of national assessment on creative and cultural education. Assessment is the process of judging pupilsÕ progress and attainment. Reliable and systematic assessment is essential in all areas of the curriculum, to improve the quality of teaching and learning and to raise standards of achievement. This is as true of childrenÕs creative and cultural education as for all other areas of education. But how assessment is done must take account of what is being assessed. For many people, this is where the problem lies. As they see it, education is increasingly dominated by methods and criteria of assessment which, at best, take little account of creative teaching and learning, and which, at worst, militate directly against them. The problem for creative and cultural education is not the need for assessment, but the nature of it. In principle, assessment should support children's learning and report on their achievements. In practice, the process of assessment itself can determine the priorities of education in general. Our consultations suggest four related problems: first, a growing emphasis on summative assessment; second, the related emphasis on measurable outcomes; third, the difficulties of assessing creativity; fourth, the growing pressures of national assessment on teachers and schools. Each of these need to be addressed if national assessment is to support rather than inhibit creative and cultural education.
The present assessment arrangements need to be scrutinised to determine the extent to which they support the teaching of science as a creative and imaginative activity. There is a growing body of evidence, for example, that the teacher-conducted assessment of Ôscientific investigationsÕ at Key Stage 4 reduces science to little more than an algorithmic variable-handling exercise. Professor Edgar Jenkins
Raising Standards
NACCCE report
Methods and Functions of Assessment
200. Methods of assessment can take many forms: from informal judgements in the classroom, to written or practical assignments, to formal public examinations. They can draw on many forms of evidence: from childrenÕs attitudes and participation in class, to portfolios of course work, to formal assignments in writing or other media, to conventional essays and examination scripts. All of the work that children do can provide evidence for three distinct but related functions of assessment. · Diagnostic To analyse pupilsÕ capabilities and aptitudes as a basis for planning. · Formative To gather evidence about the pupilsÕ progress to influence teaching methods and priorities. · Summative To judge pupilsÕ achievements at the end of a programme of work. All three functions of assessment are important in schools. In practice, national assessment puts the strongest emphasis on summative assessment.
High Stakes Assessment
201. Summative assessment has two distinct purposes. The first is certification: summative assessments are the basis of school leaving certificates and of the judgements about pupils which are passed from one stage of schooling to the next. These are so called Ôhigh stakesÕ assessments. The second is accountability: summative assessments are used to judge how well the school itself is doing overall and how the performances of different schools compare. The outcomes of these assessments are linked to the public status of schools, to their funding and, ultimately, to their survival. Since 1992, the DfEE has published data on school performance and rate of pupil absence. This information is used by the national press to compile league tables to rank schools publicly. The DfEE publishes a whole range of performance measures; the
Because behaviourist objectives had to be observable, attainment had become the only educational yardstick, thereby excluding concepts like creativity and understanding. Professor John MacBeath, Director of the Quality in Education Centre, University of Strathclyde
Raising Standards
NACCCE report
press tends to use the information selectively: for example, by putting emphasis on the number of students attaining five or more GCSE grades A*-C. The DfEE aims to publish more information on achievement to steer public attention away from crude league tables, and is moving towards the publication of value-added performance tables. As it is, poor performance in these Ôhigh stakesÕ assessments can affect the recruitment of pupils, associated funding, and the longterm viability of a school. As a result, summative assessments have a powerful influence on the ethos and priorities of schools.
Measurable Outcomes
202. The comparative use of summative assessments to rank pupils, schools and local education authorities, puts considerable emphasis on ÔobjectiveÕ testing and on Ômeasurable outcomesÕ. Such testing tends to concentrate on testing pupilsÕ recall of factual knowledge and skills which can be measured comparatively. It generally takes little account of experimentation, original thinking and innovation: processes which are essential to creative and cultural development. A QCA report recently found that national testing of 11-year olds has changed the way nearly eight out of ten primary schools teach. Out of 400 primary schools surveyed, the majority reported that national testing had changed their focus of curriculum delivery and that quality of teaching was being lost as they were forced to cover more curriculum content in less depth. Almost one in four primary schools said they Ôtaught to the testsÕ while fewer than half said it was possible to cover the curriculum satisfactorily in the teaching time allowed. Only 47 per cent of schools said they had time to teach outside the National Curriculum. Three out of five schools said geography had lost the most teaching time, while 60 per cent of teachers said five to sevenyear-olds were losing out on time for art. A survey of 370 secondary schools revealed that Key Stage 3 tests had had a similar impact on teaching strategies. The programmes of study and attainment targets of the National Curriculum are broad and balanced. But some subjects, some attainment targets, and some types of learning outcome are now self-evidently more important than others. Some areas of achievement are tested objectively and validated externally: others are left to teacher assessment. Raising Standards NACCCE report 126
Although assessment on its own cannot change approaches to learning, we know that assessment is a powerful device to help gear teaching and curriculum. In order to encourage the teaching and development of higher-order skills, thinking processes and problem-solving, we must use assessment which directly reflects these processes. Professor Caroline Gipps, Kingston University
. especially arts and humanities. Some areas of the curriculum. judging childrenÕs creative development does require expert judgement and teachers do need help and advice on how this should be done. This forces them to take the safe option. In these ways. but many schools and teachers see it as the practical effect. The focus of teaching narrows. Second. Assessing Creative Development 204. much of the value of creative work in education is in this inherent process. Harlen and James 1997 205. judging value depends on a sense of clear and relevant criteria. and of childrenÕs training and achievement through it as well as of the inherent qualities of the public products that result. We noted earlier that creative outcomes have to be both original and of value. and so does childrenÕs learning and achievement. A further problem is that assessing creative and cultural development is more difficult than testing factual knowledge. we have also argued that creative practises often depend and build on ÔfailureÕ and successive attempts to reach a solution. Moreover. Only the former are used in judging the effectiveness of schools. avoiding experimentation and never learning how to find and correct their mistakes. conventional assessment tends to focus on products or outcomes. The understandable tendency among pupils. and some aspects of particular subjects are neglected. and only these are monitored. as well as not only. exploring and debating. Insensitive assessment can damage childrenÕs creativity. Torrance has found that children are monitored so much that they hardly make the leap in their thinking for fear of criticism. in the final product. But there are different types and degrees of originality. In Project 1000 (a project outlined in Fryer 1996) a geography teacher described how insensitive Raising Standards NACCCE report 127 Active learning does not mean that learners have to ÔdiscoverÕ things for themselves but that they must be actively thinking for themselves. parents and teachers is to respond to what the assessment system values most: and for education as a whole to fulfil MacNamaraÕs Fallacy: Ôthe tendency to make the measurable important rather than the important measurableÕ.7. some forms of teaching and learning. Teachers are often unclear about the criterion to apply to childrenÕs creative work and lack confidence in their own judgement. including questioning. In the first place. Assessing creative development in education has to take account of the value of the process. Marilyn Fryer (1996) notes that formally assessing all the work children produce can be inhibiting. This is not the intention of the National Curriculum.
Children need periods where they can experiment. Raising Standards NACCCE report 128 . experience and expertise to draw from. For these and the other reasons we have indicated. A deputy head who took part in Project 1000 described how he worked hard to build childrenÕs self confidence but he feared that this would be completely undone by an excessive emphasis on testing. There are also issues of comparability. marking encouraged children to play safe. Immediate assessment can overlook aspects of creative development which only become visible in the longer term. Another teacher described how some children felt unable to make a mark on the paper because of distressing past experiences of assessment. maintaining that excessive emphasis on accuracy is counter productive Ñ it discourages experimentation and risk-taking by pupils. 206. The net effect is to increase the emphasis on some forms of learning and to lower the status of others.7. Renfrow (1984) shares this view. the emphasis in national assessment remains on factual knowledge and on ÔobjectiveÕ testing of skills. make mistakes and test various approaches without fear of failure. The problem is that tackling these issues is not yet a priority nationally. How should young peopleÕs creative work be compared between schools or regions? The difficulties of assessing creative development can be overcome and there is much research. nor in schools. writing only what they know to be correct1.
Everybody can be somebody. from every wall. But the strong sense we have from our consultations is that the present levels of administration have become counter productive. We want standards to rise. They have to record and report in detail the basis of their assessments and subject them to time consuming processes of national checks and balances. Greenwich Education Directorate Secretariat The Pressures of Assessment 207. Steven Andrews. Everybody can be somebody I have yet to meet a young person who does not want to do well. Teachers and schools now spend considerable time on the administration of assessment. They canÕt stimulate creativity if they feel powerless themselves. And it is a degree of relative excellence that motivates. We strongly support the need for reliable forms of assessment. They want to feel they are somebody. Clearly. we believe they should. They want to be recognised for their achievements. The same is true of music. and as a vehicle capable of driving higher standards in other areas of learning. Some schools greatly value expressive subjects in their own right. There is a further problem. They want to show that they too have something to offer. All it takes is a self-belief and the motivation to make it work. Phoenix High School Raising Standards NACCCE report 129 . to make way for more important subjects. music. What actions are needed? More responsibility should be given back to teachers. release talent in their learning. framed art work proudly displayed shouts out. William Atkinson. This is desirable in general terms. dance and drama. how good individual student work can be. Head. All can succeed. The fact that this framed work survives undamaged makes a powerful comment about pride and personal discipline.7. teaching materials and strategies. there must be national moderation of pupil assessment to ensure fairness to individuals and comparability between schools. It is essential to have pressure on schools through inspection. Not many subjects can boast this. In these schools. Teachers complain that their own judgements are neither trusted nor valued. It is not uncommon for parents to make it clear that they would prefer their child to drop art. and act as a lightening conductor for achievement in other subjects. But the methods and styles of assessment must be appropriate to the tasks in hand. but it should go hand-inhand with support. if need be. With appropriate support and training. analysing and submitting information for national testing and spending proportionately less time in developing courses. collecting. Teachers are willing to accept greater responsibility for assessment as part of their professional duties. It is also necessary to enable teachers to create the conditions for creative and cultural education which we have set out. dance. drama and. but sideline that very area of learning where many students can excel. These learners can demonstrate ability greater than that of the teachers. The arts can build confidence in the student.
As part of its role in supporting curriculum development. they must be assessed and assessed appropriately. There is a considerable literature. the QCA is well placed to provide guidance to schools based on an independent review of international experience in the assessment of creativity. In some subjects there are specific attainment targets that relate to exploratory and creative work. in the assessment of creative capacities and achievement. Art Attainment Target 1: Investigating and Making. to describe or accredit individual performance. If schools are to make serious attempts to develop and assess creative development. they will need guidance in developing appropriate methods and criteria. The findings of those varied assessments should be used to influence teaching and learning. Assessing all desired outcomes in the National Curriculum will involve external testing and internal teacher assessments. which is set not by statute but by the practical pressures of assessment. The programmes of study and assessment targets of the National Curriculum emphasise the need for breadth and balance. Science Attainment Target 1: Experimental and Investigative Science. pencil and paper and practical tasks. demonstrations and coursework assessments. Some of this research is focused on particular disciplines.7. and for school and system accountability. 209. as the National Curriculum Orders proclaim. Raising Standards NACCCE report 130 . Proposals for Development 208. and a good deal of research expertise. For example: Mathematics Attainment Target 1: Using and Applying Mathematics. If these areas of learning matter. The alternative is a drift from the official National Curriculum to a de facto National Curriculum. some on more general processes.
in improving the quality of achievement. give a clear message: that initiatives designed to enhance the effectiveness of the way assessment is used in the classroom to promote learning can raise student achievement by the equivalent of between one or two grades at GCSE for an individual Ñ and. Formative assessment is particularly important in supporting creative teaching and learning. the education system downgrades the importance of formative assessment. 210. formative assessment must conform to four principles: · it must be built into the design of the teaching programme as an integral element rather than added on to it. Achieving a greater role for formative assessment. Derbyshire LEA Raising Standards NACCCE report 131 . Yet formative assessment. all of which are necessary to creative and cultural education..for both individual teachers and for schools . without compromising rigour. has been shown to promote higher standards of achievement. The findings from a review of over 250 separate studies of the link between assessment and learning. To be effective. Chief Education Officer. and to reinstate the proper importance of areas of the curriculum such as the arts and humanities. It would There are now tremendously high stakes involved . and encourages teachers to play safe. they would have raised the countryÕs position in the recent Third International Mathematics and Science Study from the middle of the 41 countries involved to the top five. · pupils should be actively involved in the processes of assessment and contribute to them.7. especially in the core subjects. it must be criterion referenced rather than norm referenced. carried out by teachers with proper moderation. This context militates against innovation.e. which was conducted by Professor Paul Black and Dr. Dylan William of KingÕs College London. By trying to use summative forms of assessment for all purposes. · the evidence it provides must be acted on if teaching is to be tuned to the range of pupilsÕ individual developments. · it must be focused on the development of each individual: i. The gain for lower-achieving students is likely to be even more substantial. Valerie Hannon. would do much to increase curricular and subject flexibility. Summative and formative assessment both have essential roles in encouraging a wide range of teaching and learning. We need an assessment framework which supports creativity. and in ensuring a healthy balance between factual knowledge and more openended styles of learning.in the current system of assessment. for England as a whole. properly done. 211.
Chief Education Officer. teacher judgements should be trusted without having to show every detail of their workings. questioning and experimentation in all areas of the curriculum. Carol Adams. This happens as a result of what and how it inspects. emphasise the necessity of inquiry. The amount of compulsory recording currently required of teachers is considerable. In a very short time. 212. TeachersÕ own diligence makes the recording of assessment data an even heavier load to bear. its strengths and weaknesses and what needs to be done to improve shortcomings and promote good practice. rather than the structure of the National Curriculum. It would reduce curricular prescription and overload. and enhance the professionalism and accountability of teachers. pupils and students. The national system of school inspection is an essential element of national educational provision. local communities and the nation at large know the state of the education service. head teachers and governors. · Transparency: to ensure that politicians and administrators. without adding to the burden of other teachers. It would encourage and enable teachers to devise their own routes to agreed goals and call them to account on the basis of how effectively they achieve them. on what and to whom it reports. parents and guardians. OFSTED has established an effective national system of school inspection that has Raising Standards NACCCE report 132 . Teachers are caught up in a culture of diligence. It makes fundamental contributions to the processes of: · Public Accountability: to ensure that the enormous national investment in education is effective and gives value for money. rather than on the fine detail of their methodology. Shropshire County Education Office School Inspection 213. The teaching profession feels that it is sometimes the amount of assessment and recording that causes subjects to crystallise as separate entities. Confident teachers should then be allowed to take creative risks. The DfEE has started to address this issue in the report ÔReducing BureaucracyÕ and asked the QCA to produce guidance to schools on the recording of assessment information. In our view. The inspection system influences what schools do and how they do it. teachers.7. The recording of assessment data has become a burden because teachers do it so well. and what happens as a result.
That might mean pre-inspection work. special characteristics of a school should be reflected in the make-up of the inspection team. Specialist inspectors are essential to ensure the reliability of inspection findings. OFSTEDÕs inspections are now delegated to teams of independent inspectors. but in our view they must ease up somewhat to allow inspections to reflect particular strengths and characteristics. Nonspecialist inspectors always comment positively on dance classes where they are found. OFSTED inspectors do not always report on everything happening in schools (eg. John Bangs. the framework is better than average. Without flexibility. only three primary schools and no secondary school reports mention dance. The reduction in the number of Raising Standards In Nottinghamshire. It is the nature of this kind of inspection that teachers will overprepare because the outcome has such high stakes. OFSTED inspection has to do more than work to an a priori inspection framework. This is because they do not NACCCE report 133 . out of 170 OFSTED reports in 1996. Against the background of these achievements. Flexibility 214. These teams necessarily have varied experience in different areas of the school curriculum. identifying what. Given the inspectorate it has available. In consequence it is difficult to gauge the soundness of the judgements that are put forward. Secretary. even if it is bad teaching. National Union of Teachers Specialist Knowledge 215. achieved a great deal and has much to commend it. Inspection teams do not necessarily include inspectors who are specialists in all the subjects taught in the school. there are limitations on the flexibility that OFSTED can allow them if reliability and credibility are not to suffer. we have been made aware repeatedly of a number of specific concerns about the effects of the inspection system on opportunities for creative and cultural education.7. inspection teams can become insensitive to the qualities and nuances of work in individual schools. dance activities). and about particular aspects of educational provision. such as the arts. and to contribute in expert ways to raising standards in all areas of the curriculum. if any. As a check list for all that the school should consider about itself. A framework which is too rigid. and to pick up early signs of promising developments or concerns. We have heard many concerns about the ability of inspection teams to provide authoritative judgements about specialist subjects. But it has significant shortcomings in relation to our concerns. To ensure comparability and reliability in the findings of its many inspection teams. OFSTED has had to develop a framework for inspection that can be applied in all circumstances. or which is applied too rigidly will not allow the unique characteristics of individual schools to emerge. School inspections need to be nationally comparable.
7. A particular case is the effect of the current emphasis on the core curriculum on provision for non-core subjects. HMI have essential roles as expert judges of standards and quality. The practical effect is to discourage and inhibit creativity in teachers and in students. suspending the programmes of study for art. it does mean that what is inspected can be unrepresentative. Inspection should be able to inform policy-makers. For example. PE and humanities in Key Stages 1 Raising Standards NACCCE report 134 . The effects of this are not neutral. Dance specialists should inspect dance lessons. following the Secretary of StateÕs announcement in February 1998. That requires more iterative inspections. and in relation not only to school inspection. While in many ways this is wholly defensible. Nottinghamshire Local Education Authority Policy Inspection 216. has removed the national teams of specialist HMI which were so well-informed about standards in their fields and able to carry out national inspections of particular activities with a high degree of authority. HMI. The problems as we see them now derive from the fact that assessment and inspection are not primarily focused on the kinds of development we are advocating. and the impact on the broader curriculum of the literacy and numeracy hours. We see them as of special importance in raising standards in creative and cultural education and in making these functions of education as effective and accountable as the rest. but in the broader processes of policy inspection. Effective and appropriate systems of pupil assessment and of school inspection are vital to the quality of education and to raising standards. The result is a limited development of dance as an art form. The absence of such advice can create an information vacuum for policy-makers. schools and teachers about the state of the education service so as to point to what needs to be done by whom to speed good practice and minimise shortcomings.. The Whole Curriculum 217. Inspectors can only comment on what is going on in the school at the time of their visit. know how to assess them. and the kind of work that they now do within OFSTED. carried out by expert inspectors in relation to specific themes and issues. Yet the national programme of school inspection is not now designed to provide a broad base of evidence on how particular policy initiatives are working out in practice. music. OFSTED has come to have an important influence on national educational policy.
7. Pupil assessment and school inspection have essential roles in raising standards throughout the school curriculum. and 2. Doing so will help to create a virtuous circle in which the benefits of creative and cultural education will be more effectively realised by being more publicly recognised. We recommend that: All of the desired outcomes of the National Curriculum should be assessed in appropriate ways. Raising Standards NACCCE report 135 . i. The DfEE should arrange to ease present pressures of assessment by: ii. methods and criteria now need to be sophisticated to take account of the nature and roles of creative and cultural education in raising standards. These effects need to be addressed if the GovernmentÕs ambitions for creative and cultural education are to be realised. OFSTED wrote to primary schools to say that inspections would no longer take account of the extent to which schools followed the National Curriculum in these subjects. Recommendations 219. assessment that is intended to improve the day-to-day quality of teaching and learning. Yet these processes are of vital importance from the earliest years of education if the GovernmentÕs intention to promote the creative abilities of all young people are to be realised at any stage of education. iii. the tendency now is Ôto keep your head above water and just below the parapetÕ. if any. time on these subjects. As one primary head has put it to us. The general danger we see is that an inflexible inspection framework and a prescriptive system of assessment can combine to encourage schools to play safe. There should be a greater emphasis in schools on formative assessment: ie. Some primary schools seem to have concluded that they need no longer spend much. including those that relate to creative and cultural education. The results should all contribute to the profile of young peopleÕs achievements and of the schoolÕs performance. Conclusion 218. Current priorities.
a. learning and assessment it involves. such as the arts. a. iv. are inspected by specialists. collate existing knowledge and expertise in assessing childrenÕs creative development in each of the main areas of the curriculum. reducing the detail required of schools in support of assessment. The OFSTED framework for school inspection should be further developed to take fuller account of creative and cultural education and of the processes of teaching. develop a system of national moderation of formative assessment based on appropriate methods of sampling. OFSTED should provide the Government with the inspection-based information and professional advice it needs to develop and carry out its policies for education. OFSTED should develop its capacity to ensure that specialist areas of the curriculum. The QCA should: a. to know how those policies are working out in practice and ensure a constructive link between school and policy-related inspections. provision and standards. viii. training teachers to conduct formative and summative assessments supported by a national sampling scheme. OFSTED should reaffirm its commitment to inspect all areas of the curriculum. develop advice to teachers on approaches to formative assessment. vi. there should be a greater number of specialist HMI in OFSTED to offer expert advice on specialist teaching. v.7. including the arts and humanities throughout compulsory education. a. In particular. particularly in relation to creative teaching and learning. vii. On the basis of wide-ranging inspection. a. Raising Standards NACCCE report 136 . and issue practical guidance to schools.
Part Three Beyond the School NACCCE report 137 .
By Ôcultural organisationsÕ we mean museums of all kinds (for the arts. It is crucial to build on existing good practice to develop a national strategy of partnerships to support schools. There is room for a huge range of partnerships and joint projects with such organisations. The National Curriculum was built on the assumption of what schools can achieve with the help of outside providers. In this chapter we identify the benefits of partnerships and the conditions for successful development. including LEA support. Lindsey Fryer. Bristol Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 138 . They are not additional luxuries. selfsustaining communities. education liaison programmes of major cultural organisations and community-led projects which are based in the arts and cultural activities. This sector includes artist-inresidence schemes. Arnolfini Gallery. In both ways they can help directly to raise standards of achievement. and cultural organisations. Every child should have a basic entitlement to a range of partnership activities in school. Good schools alone will never be good enough Ñ we need communities that think differently. sciences and humanities). childrenÕs theatre. Developing Partnerships Introduction Partnerships between schools and outside organisations and individuals are essential to the kinds of educational development we are advocating. The UK has a leading international reputation for such work and its significance is now 222. There is a second area of development which in our view is of equal significance. At the beginning of this report. business. more exciting world in which living. This is the work of artists and of other creative organisations in education and the community. This should not depend only on geographical location or the personal enthusiasms of individual teachers. theatre in education. John Abbott. artists and galleries give access to and act as a catalyst for creative learning for young people in their transition from school to further and higher education and into independent life. I would love to live in such a world. Such partnerships enrich and extend the experiences of young people and support teaching and training. we noted the rapid growth in the UK of the creative industries. Schools cannot achieve the required standards on their own. Over the last twenty years there has been an extraordinary expansion in education work by cultural organisations. others provide long-term projects or residencies. Such communities would make for a better. and learning come together again and recreate vibrant. sports organisations and other subject-based or youth organisations. To be Intelligent The Opportunity 221. working. It is important that partnerships between schools. performing arts organisations. Some offer one-off events to schools. work differently and are even designed and built differently.8. galleries. including community groups. The work of schools can be supported by a wide network of other partners and providers. 220. industry.
Between 1998 and 2000 it will work with pupils in Year 8 and Year 9 in ninety schools. sports halls and performing arts facilities. Creative partnerships between school. The return on this investment is less than it might be because many schools are closed more than they are open. The roles of schools in partnerships are twofold. including laboratories. business and the wider community are already taking place in many areas. Possibly as many as 18. experiences of real art and artists outside of school and. We need to identify and build on existing good practice to develop a national strategy of creative partnerships. The project hopes to generate special. promote art as a valuable life option for young teenagers. increasingly recognised though research and policy. Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 139 . the National Association for Gallery Education. This broader field of community education and outreach work is evidence of its social significance. Significant sums of public money are invested in schools.8. Life Options Opt for Art is the flagship project of Engage. First. The creative industries are often quoted in support of the economic case of the arts. but is now being extended to England. Schools have much to offer in terms of the experience and expertise of staff and their own specialist facilities and resources. Creative schools can contribute significantly to the social and economic development of the whole community. We attach great importance to these programmes and initiatives and see vital roles for them in achieving the objectives set out in this report.000 pupils will benefit directly from Opt for Art in the current phase of work. A pilot scheme was organised in eight schools in 1995 that aimed to give pupils in Year 9 an inspirational experience of art to coincide with discussions they would be having with parents and teachers about their option choices at Key Stage 4 and GCSE. The project has thus far been developed in Wales. The experience of art was to include a visit to an art gallery and work with an artist. the ethos of the school itself can be enormously enriched through the involvement of the wider community. Second. schoolsÕ own resources can be of tremendous benefit to the community at large. hopefully inspirational. in doing so. very few pupils at Key Stage 3 were visiting galleries as an organised part of the curriculum in secondary schools. Information provided by Opt for Art 223. Whereas art galleries had succeeded in attracting large numbers of primary schools to visit exhibitions.
Brixton for 5. Partnerships offer different. giant sculpture to physical theatre. teamwork. Other benefited from new working patterns. food science. but now I believe it forces the person to try to understand by using their imagination. The project had particular benefits for the school and staff. visual arts and music. At the same time it brought home the challenges and potential of teamwork. whilst for the first time the benefits of crossdepartmental work have been embraced and promoted. This is an inner city school which has been under threat of closure on three occasions. Some discovered creative talents which they intend to develop further. Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 140 I used to think that todayÕs art was just an excuse not to do any serious work. but along the way there were opportunities to develop listening skills. an appreciation for individual talent. · promote and develop innovative working methods. and enhanced pupilsÕ communication skills.000 people. based around the dreams and aspirations of 120 14-year-olds. For many pupils The Factory of Dreams was a personal journey.8. but mutual benefits to schools. The Factory of Dreams French fire artist and pyrotechnician Christophe Berthonneay collaborated with Stockwell Park School and five London artists to create a pyrotechnical theatre piece in Brockwell Park. textiles. The Factory of Dreams encouraged individuals to explore their own imaginations and aspirations. promoting collaboration in curriculum development. planning and organisational skills. Information supplied by the London International Festival of Theatre (LIFT) The Benefits of Partnerships 224. Work was integrated into Key Stage 3 of the National Curriculum. Effective partnerships can: · raise school morale by bringing staff together to work to shared goals. It was a five-month arts education project involving all of Year 9 and crossing five disciplines: design and technology. and to everyone they work with. including staff and pupils. The children also benefited tremendously from the project. communication skills and the opportunity to experience major success in their young lives. Activities included ranged from carnival design to music technology. Headteacher Tony La Mothe described the outcome of the project as follows: ÒCreativity was an outcome. Benefits to Schools Curriculum Development 225. The profiles of individual departments were increased. · provide an opportunity for cross-curricular links throughout the school which demonstrate that each specialism can affect the development of others. Pupil after Opt for Art project .
gender. London Staff Development 227. Blue Gate Fields Junior School The National SchoolÕs Playwright Commissioning Group consists of twenty schools around the country pulling resources together to commission a leading playwright and composer to write a play suitable for these schools to perform with music. students and the writer and composer. The play is published. parents and governors. through a series of cluster workshops with teachers. · strengthen the relationships between schools in the same area through cross-phase or cross-disciplinary projects. and bring a different focus. Headteacher. · develop professional relationships with a wide variety of other skilled adults beyond the school. · develop the school itself as a community by building strong and supportive relationships between students. who are practising in their own right. the schools have exclusive rights to a play and the music that they have commissioned themselves. Local and regional theatres give support in kind. Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 141 . Kathy Halpenny. and cultural diversity. The School in the Community 226. Effective partnerships can: · strengthen the schoolÕs relationship with its community through sharing skills. · raise the profile of the school and the part it plays in the social. This scheme could be easily replicated by others and in other disciplines. adaptable to different musical talents and the different circumstances of the schools. and contributed to. · provide opportunities for issue-based work which offers a broader perspective on current affairs and on cultural development. cultural and economic life within the community. staff.8. for example equal opportunities. expertise and resources. Information provided by Hampstead School. The ÔpoorÕ schoolÕs residence scheme creative professionals in School life is enriched by working with these artists. Expectations are raised and they bring tremendous energy to the work. Effective partnerships can help teachers to: · learn new skills and techniques for use in the classroom. By collaborating and contributing £1000 a year for two years.
including imaginative thought. Thank you for showing me I can play a xylophone. try on the fire brigadeÕs full protective clothing or have a go at particle physics with Leicester University. research. and their roles within it. As if all that wasnÕt enough. After seeing it in the paper. · deepen their understanding of. a teacher at the school and one of the prime movers for the fairs writes: ÒWhat a week! You could buy minerals or a gyroscope in the science shop. companies that did not take part at the first fair immediately asked to sign up for the next one in 1998! Judith Green. problem-solving. This was sponsored by advertising from a number of local companies.8. I was rubbish. Tracy at All SoulsÕ School Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 142 . The project was very productive and I have been trying to work in a similar way Ñ giving short bursts of quality teaching time. · develop their understanding of the key skills and how they apply to Ôreal-lifeÕ situations. my very first one. · deepen their understanding of different disciplines and their practical application. how about a visit to the Science Museum. you could make slime or a hot air balloon. Science Fair Robert Smyth School. · develop skills and techniques for creative work through contact with skilled adults. · develop and promote a wider understanding of their subject from different social and cultural perspectives. Rhyl School. The fair was described in the local paper. · deepen their understanding of pupils in different social and cultural situations. · develop their understanding of different disciplines and how they can interact with each other. Ruth Aplin. Camden For Pupils 228. but I got a lot better. held a Science Fair in 1997 Ñ it developed into a large event. · try out new teaching strategies. many with a scientific basis to their operations. at Market Harborough. visit the science road show. which carried a four-page supplement. Effective partnerships can help pupils to: · develop their understanding of the wider community. an in-house lecture on Light and Luminosity full of spectacular demonstrations Ñ and the double-page pull-out in the local paper?Ó Information obtained from the August 1997 issue of Prism. and practical experience in the creative process. you might bump into Marie Curie or Isaac Newton. When I first had a try.
· build self-confidence and self-esteem in learning new skills. Orchestra of the Age of Enlightenment Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 143 . · finding stimulation for their own creative work through partnerships with other professionals and young people. parents and community into works that engage the school but can also be enjoyed by the general public. · developing communication and teaching skills with young people and adults. Each artwork is the result of the skill of an artist in incorporating ideas of children. · developing their own knowledge and skills. The Very Young at Art A team of artists and twenty-six Birmingham Nursery Schools have collaborated to produce original works of public art. but works can also be viewed individually. · working collaboratively with professionals in other disciplines.8. for the organisations and individuals who work with schools in these ways. sharing ideas. Information provided by Birmingham City Council Education Department The players have found this work not only immensely stimulating. editing. teachers. This has created an exciting trail of interactive artwork around the city. · increase confidence and expertise in making judgements and evaluating experience with a wider range of people. An annual open day will be held on the second Friday in July each year to view these artworks. There are benefits. meeting new people. Benefits for Partners 229. General Manager. · developing and reflecting on their own work and methods in new contexts. technical skills. · experience working as part of a team. too. risk-taking. presentation and dialogue. David Pickard. These include: · sharing skills and expertise with young people and adults in a variety of new contexts. reflection. but also beneficial to their playing in general concert work.
In our view. · quality assurance. all children are entitled to access to the opportunities provided by working with external professionals during each year of formal schooling. · 80 per cent had not been to a museum. According to a MORI survey in secondary schools in 1995. · information and liaison. We look at resources in Chapter Nine and training in Chapter Ten.8. Schools could also try to ensure that a member of the governing body is responsible for policies relating to creative and cultural education. We discuss the first three of these here. Improving Partnerships 230. Successful partnerships are often the result of the personal enthusiasms of particular staff. in the five months prior to the survey: · 50 per cent of the students had not been to a play. There are five factors that affect the quality of partnerships: · status and priorities. Developing creative partnerships does not yet have high enough priority in many schools. One way of raising status is to give this work public recognition. and for ensuring that all children have such opportunities. · fewer than one in ten had been to a dance or opera performance. Schools should be required to make explicit provision for such opportunities in their development plans. Status and Priorities 231. gallery or concert. · training and development. DCMS and others are developing criteria for a possible Artsmark scheme for schools and for arts Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 144 The year 2000 is ÔThe Year of the ArtistÕ. The QCA. Why not use it as an opportunity to focus on the importance of creative and cultural education through partnership with other school departments and other organisations in the community? . Some have many contacts with outside organisations: others have little or none. and to allocate appropriate resources. 97 per cent enjoyed it. · of those who had the opportunity to go. Arts Council. · resources. RSA.
but at a level with which it can cope. Schools or cultural organisations would be awarded the Artsmark for arts education work that is of high importance and integral to the rest of their work. A Year 5 pupil will receive a badge and certificate as a member of the Zone. celebrate and spread success. The interests of the various partners are mutual but not always identical. and through after-school clubs. · research and development to promote and extend good practice. evaluation and dissemination. Each partner has different contributions to make and each will gain differently in terms of skills. This scheme has a lot to recommend it and should be taken forward. · to inspire a programme of extended continuing professional development. organisations as a way of celebrating good practice and raising the status of arts education work. exhibitions and performances. Information provided by Warwickshire Education Arts Action Zone Information and Liaison 232. · to promote capital investment in the arts. The roles of the Zone are: · to co-ordinate.8. A very important part in the process of bringing the inner child out. Warwickshire Education Authority launched the Warwickshire Education Arts Action Zone. additionality and inclusiveness. Consequently. and a programme of p arts activities: Parents will learn about the ZoneÕs work through leaflets. The success of partnerships lies as much in the quality of preparation and follow-up work as in the event itself. understanding and experience. partnership projects must include enough time for research. and other institutions. based on the reading programme agreed between the Education and Library services. · to link with the creative ideas and aspirations of other phases in education. · to promote partnerships in the management of the project. Bryn Davies. county-scale publicised events. · to seek partnership funding for the arts in the authority. planning. and an Arts Action Pack. That is education. defend and enhance the arts in the curriculum in their own right as creative contributors to other areas and subjects. Effective communication is essential to successful partnerships to ensure that the needs and the expertise of different partners are compatible and matched. Secretary of the Powys Association of Primary Schools NACCCE report 145 . Opportunities for All In April 1999. Young people too should be involved in Developing Partnerships TIE is valuable in that it is a process that happens with childrenÉnot for them. · to enhance extra-curricular opportunities in the arts. support and publicise existing good practice. based on the themes of creativity. The experience often creates a sort of tension which takes the child close enough to the precipice so that it catches a glimpse of the reality of the situation. other agencies in public service.
in different areas of the country. This should cover all areas of the curriculum and a variety of schemes. creative and cultural education in schools is needed to provide a clear picture of available opportunities and of specific gaps in provision. but work is underway to establish a more formal training programme. Many schools are simply not aware of the opportunities available. and much to give. Information provided by The Museums Association 234. one of the strengths of the Young Tate programme is the development of peer education. and sustains the awareness of the necessity of meeting the needs and interests of a new audience. 233. They have much to gain through this process. It institutes a more responsive and outward-looking approach. drawing on models of good practice within the voluntary and statutory youth services. The register could be co- Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 146 . A national audit of current standards in. It should be updated on a bi-annual basis to provide a comprehensive and accumulating body of evidence to inform future policy-making.8. in each area of the curriculum. At present. planning and preparation. Young Tate members are paid a fee for leading workshops and projects for other young people in the gallery. In 1993 the Tate Gallery. They are introduced to the display or exhibition at planning meetings and then presented with ideas for the workshop which have been drafted in advance by the artist facilitator and the Young Tate coordinator. including one-off performances and workshops to longer-term projects and residencies. Liverpool Whether a museum sees itself as an agent in social regeneration or as a service provider. Apart from its advisory role. Liverpool formed a consultative group made up of young people. working with young people can pay great dividends. The information should be distributed on the National Grid for Learning. which is available free of charge and stored on a computer database. training for this peer-led work is informal. Young Tate. This audit should identify strengths and weaknesses in current provision. broadens understanding of the contemporary significance of collections and exhibitions. and provision for. Further ideas and suggestions are then explored. and in the existing patterns of partnership between schools and other providers. could provide the basis for a regional register of opportunities to help providers and users in all sectors to make informed judgements and have clear expectations. The organisation AXIS has compiled a national central registry of contemporary visual artists and craftspeople. This group became known as Young Tate and it helps to advise on ways of making the gallery and its exhibitions more accessible to young people.
· The panels would assess the event according to agreed criteria and produce a short report and recommendation. ordinated by the proposed Regional Cultural Agencies or by the Regional Arts Boards. · The panel could be guided in these criteria by a regional co-ordinator. · All schools would be asked to evaluate the project when they have a visit to their school. youth. funding or expertise within arts organisations and schools. The work of creative partnerships is often not thoroughly evaluated because of lack of time. One possible model is as follows: · Outside organisations. · For registration. Quality Assurance and Evaluation 235. The Arts Council of England has commissioned a research study to identify effective approaches to evaluation. These evaluations would be shared with the groups and individuals. The school would receive the performance. Appropriate quality assurance systems for visiting professionals and cultural organisations are essential. project or session free. to be assessed by a panel of the headteachers. individual artists. accessible and flexible evaluation resource for use by arts organisations. project or session to a volunteer host school. · All groups and individuals would be expected to provide preparatory and follow-up materials. The aim is to produce an innovative. · Groups or individuals would be reviewed every two years by a different panel. education and community sectors. each group or individual would put on a performance. students. training courses will be provided on the use of the evaluation Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 147 . individuals or performing groups apply to be put on the register and pay a fee to do so. · Groups or individuals that are accepted would be included on the annual register which is sent to all schools and onto a database on the internet. Once this has been developed. teachers and the local community.8.
It would be possible to include local sub-structures within such partnerships to include. or even lipstick on the collar for a gentÕs outfitters). artists and local businesses. arts agencies. business concerns and other interested parties. these are sewn onto large silk banners. groups of schools and LEAs. Welfare State International have been developing a close relationship with their community and local schools.8. the annual Lantern Festival each September involves scores of families who make elaborate sculptural candlelit lanterns with willow and tissue paper. so that now the creativity of children. Cumbria for over twenty years. and the total activity would contribute to the vitality of education and cultural life in the locality. and informed judgements can be made to improve practice. making Ulverston a joyous patchwork on the celebration scale between Matisse and Beano. Each partner would have something to gain and something to give: continued active involvement with schools for LEAs. For example. local authorities. the involvement of arts and education in community development and good relations for businesses. We welcome this development and the serious commitment to education the DCMS that it illustrates. materials. Working with artists. Each partner could contribute funding and other resources. Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 148 . The Roles of Different Partners 236. This study could make a valuable contribution to improving creative and cultural education through partnerships. Involving the Community Based in Ulverston. artists and townspeople are closely integrated. arts agencies. Agreed quality criteria are needed so that all partners have clear expectations. The Sir John Barrow primary school makes eight gift lanterns for the townÕs unsung heroines and heroes and the art teacher at the Victoria High school can incorporate innovative lanterns into an A level Design and Technology course. They invent unconventional and freely drawn images for town shops (such as sticky cakes for the bakers and wriggling worms for the anglers. The May Flag Festival is designed by primary school children. In its Comprehensive Spending Review the DCMS proposed bringing together regional arts boards. among others. The DCMS has established a new unit to evaluate and monitor educational provision by funded organisations. in regional cultural partnerships.
Here. Since the introduction of local management at schools (LMS) the roles and services provided by LEAs have been greatly Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 149 . Like a contemporary cartoon Bayeaux tapestry. such partnerships might begin to fill the gap that resulted from the decline in the involvement of local authorities in such activities. Lanternhouse is the place. in promoting the creative and cultural development of young people through science activities. Welfare State International 237. cultural organisations and local commerce. in collaboration with the DfEE. sing. Following a £1 million arts lottery award. and an IT and communications studio where the fast forward generation can teach adults how to go electronic. this depicted wild street bands on stilts and even levitating welders. WSI artists have refurbished their Victorian school headquarters to create ÔLanternhouseÕ. Provision has been made for a crŽche and for a storytelling garden. a training centre in Ulverston. The creative and cultural development of young people is of concern to several government departments. More importantly. and a more strategic use of existing resources. The DfEE. primary school children created a 30-metre painted hoarding round the site. The Department for Trade and Industry has a particular role to play. Local Education Authorities 239. for the first time. DCMS. teachers and administrators may escape to recharge. Home Office. Central Government 238. If you want to make a musical weather vane or a sand painting of giant dragon flies. artists. need to involve more than single or groups of schools. the Social Exclusion Unit and other Government departments or agencies all include in their remit cultural activities by young people. higher and further education. Creativity is encouraged in a non-competitive and noninstitutional shelter. Such partnerships would be characterised by a mixture of altruism and selfinterest that could ensure the development of activities that. to be done well. and research lateral solutions. New working partnerships are now needed involving schools. During the building process. People from many disciplines connect over conversation and coffee. local authorities more widely. Children are central to Lanternhouse. local education authorities. play drums or mythologise the quicksands of Morecambe Bay. John Fox. There is a need for greater co-ordination between these departments in order to promote a more coherent pattern of provision.8.
organisations and individuals. Poole and Christchurch could best be met by the councils working together. festivals and visits. We look in more detail at the implications of this in Chapter Nine. The future roles of LEAs will relate to the new settlement of the School Standards and Framework Act. We are arguing for an inclusive definition of high standards to include creative and cultural education. In it. Joint Arts Policy The councils of Bournemouth. The Youth Service 240. both the voluntary and statutory youth service sectors have become increasingly active in promoting and supporting creative and cultural programmes for young people. Inevitably. Poole and Christchurch have joined together to produce the first Arts Policy for the whole conurbation. One of the aims of the policy is to promote the role of the arts in formal and informal education with subsidiary aims such as: Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 150 . But local education authorities still have statutory duties to ensure that schools in their area meet the terms and requirements of the National Curriculum and to improve standards and quality in education. provision is uneven nationally. It grew out of the strong conviction that the cultural needs and aspirations of residents and visitors to Bournemouth. Young people themselves are often closely involved in the planning and organisation of events and initiatives. and to address related issues of training. The need now is to disseminate good practice. LEA advisory services are well-placed to facilitate dissemination of effective practice between schools. They have a key role as catalysts in establishing partnerships and encouraging relationships between schools and outside organisations and individuals.8. The Youth Service reaches out to young people beyond the formal education sector in a wide range of different contexts: through youth clubs. We see great value in the work of the Youth Service and commend the growing variety of initiatives of partnerships that are now developing. reduced. and need to work in partnership with a variety of agencies. We return to this issue in Chapter Ten. LEAs are charged with the new general duty Ôto promote high standardsÕ. Schools can not achieve the required standards on their own. These are important areas of development. In many instances they do this in partnership with a variety of funding and organisational partners. community projects. In recent years.
500 museums in the United Kingdom are a resource for public learning of exceptional educational. As often ÔeducationÕ is seen as important but peripheral to the main business of the organisation. national and regional funding policies in the arts have strongly encouraged this need. they need to find ways to engage people in their work. · to collaborate with education services to provide arts training and resources. October 1995 242. They need one: a co-ordinated and unified Ôcultural policyÕ. not just for our own time and society but for all times and people. to the appointment of a single Ôeducation officerÕ to an established arts organisation. Poole and Christchurch Cultural Organisations 241. Information provided by the councils of Bournemouth. The term ÔeducationÕ itself is sometimes unhelpful in these contexts. such as Theatre in Education. 78 per cent of all publicly funded arts organisations are involved with education work and 63 per cent have a dedicated education officer. social. and to promote the creative response and potential of others. David Anderson. Chemistry in Britain. Head of Education at the Victoria and Albert Museum. In recent years. The fact is that arts organisations do not need two separate policies Ñ an artistic policy and an educational policy. while allowing the councils to work in individual ways where appropriate. The messages behind all of them are Ôscience is funÕ combined with Ôdiscover a principle of science and how it relates to everyday lifeÕ. It can carry with it connotations of worthiness and civic duty which feels at odds for some artists with the excitement that drives them.8. According to a survey by the Arts Council of England. London NACCCE report 151 . There is a wide variety of models of organisation and of types of practice. These are core Developing Partnerships Science centres across the globe aim to mix entertainment and education. · to raise the quality of arts education in the conurbation through recognising and promoting best practice. At best education is fully integrated into the life and work of arts organisations. The aims and objective of the Joint Arts Policy are ambitious but achievable. This is what ÔeducationÕ programmes should be for. The 2. Talking Points. and is seen as a core function. We noted earlier the extraordinary growth of interest in cultural organisations over the past twenty years or so in developing work with education. At worst it is a reluctant add-on: a minimal provision to meet funding requirements. to deepen their understanding of it. This wealth is held in trust by museums for the public good. This is a pity and if the term ÔeducationÕ itself prompts a listless commitment it should be dropped. · to promote education and outreach work as an integral part of programming by all arts deliverers and as an important tool for audience development. economic and spiritual value Ð a common wealth. That is. These range from dedicated arts education organisations. It provides a clear framework for the development of the arts and gives a strong incentive for a collective approach.
whatever the source. arts organisations that are publicly funded should integrate their artistic and educational policies. whatever they are called. LEAs. Professor Edgar Jenkins 244. All organisations in receipt of public funds. 243. and physical prowess as part of their continued development within society. Arts Education Agencies 245. They have been shown to feed the creative imagination and improve cognitive and academic skills. They operate through a range of different types of partnerships between national funding bodies. It is important that the DCMS and DfEE should both monitor and support the development of these agencies through combined funding strategies. formal and informal education work with and for young people. not extras. The diversity and range of physical activity and sport provides pupils with many opportunities to develop a variety of skills. the Labour PartyÕs pre-election cultural manifesto Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 152 . PE and sport are inextricably linked to cultural values and traditions. city council arts development units. artistic programmes. regional arts boards. schools and college courses. As partners in the creative and cultural development of young people. Create the Future. artist and arts organisations. For example. training agencies and funding partners in the locality. a wide range of arts education agencies are working with schools around the country. Across the world traditional science museums are reducing their historic curatorial function and vying for custom with the newer science centres set up to engage paying members of the public in a variety of investigative and Ôhands-onÕ science-based activities. social skills. a number of alternative systems of provision and support for the arts in schools has begun to emerge. With the contraction of local education authorities.8. youth and community agencies. They vary greatly in their requirements for quality assurance and training and in the quality of services they provide themselves. Promoting the Ôpublic understanding of scienceÕ has become big business. quality assurance and evaluation guidelines in order to secure quality work in schools. Sport clubs and organisations can support schools in promoting these particular skills in children and should be regarded as important allies in promoting the creative and cultural development of all young people in schools. creative thinking. should be held accountable to deliver their educational objectives. Sports clubs and organisations too have important roles in the creative and cultural education of young people. The plan should also set targets for developing these relationships and for the development of partnerships with others including schools and colleges. Sport also provides challenging opportunities for pupils to develop their problem-solving abilities. values and beliefs of others and contribute to all aspects of a childÕs development. resource The arts are important in education because they give young people access to the ideas. The policy and development plan should clearly state what the relationships are between artists. functions.
It has now established the Creative Forum for Culture and the Economy. Business and industry are valuable resources to education in a variety of ways. Industry must be encouraged to share this through active engagement in education. This is an initiative which brings together key figures from some of the UKÕs leading businesses to explore ways of unlocking the latent creativity in British business. The organisation Arts and Business (formerly ABSA) has long experience of promoting partnerships between business and the arts in all of their forms. involved in mentoring · members of staff from business could undertake placements in schools. the dissemination of good practice. There is a wealth of experience and expertise within business. 247. project development and the training of practitioners to work in schools.8. This investment will be mutually beneficial. The forum in particular. · business could become programmes at schools. · business could be encouraged to share equipment with schools or to donate old stock. Dame Tamsyn Imison Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 153 . has important roles in It is only through business partnerships that education can keep up with the development of new technologies. Ways of involving business in education include: · experts from business and industry should be encouraged to visit schools and share their experience of the professional world with children and teachers. The firms provide the schools with up-to-date ICT equipment and training for teachers in return for the use of the facilities out of school hours to provide adult courses. Successful partnerships exist between some schools and private ICT firms. · cash donations could be made to support specific creative projects of schools. Business and Industry 246. but on medium and small businesses that could donate an hour a week to link with schools. and Arts and Business more generally. material for schools. The focus here is not only on big businesses. · work experience placements could be provided for pupils and teachers.
The project targets Year 9 students and involves approximately thirty schools in a cross-curricular programme of events. These are important but people from many other areas of work have much to offer too. Information provided by the BBC Philharmonic Orchestra 249. Visiting professionals in all subject areas should be encouraged to visit schools to share their experience of the world of work and to enthuse children about their chosen fields. There are many examples of professional artists visiting schools.000 students each year in a series of inspirational activities with the hope of encouraging them to achieve their full potential. thus contributing to long-term economic regeneration in an area that has suffered from a sharp decline in traditional industry and low staying-on rates in schools. explorer and author Benedict Allen. The scheme provides opportunities for successful sports men and women of all ages to visit schools to enthuse young people about the benefits of physical activity and a healthy Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 154 . called Aiming High. Furthermore. was successfully piloted during 1997-98 and is now being introduced to all the English Sports Council regions. Previous speakers in the project have included Helen Sharman.8. has involved over 5. The raising of personal aspirations is considered to be of major importance in achieving a significant change to the social and cultural environment of North Staffordshire. The project. whatever their abilities. taking forward the arguments and recommendations of this report in developing the roles of business partnerships in creative and cultural education. BritainÕs first astronaut. The joint DCMS/DfEE initiative. Mike Stroud. The aim of these speakers is to enthuse and motivate young people to achieve their ambitions whatever their background or social upbringing. and BritainÕs first woman to climb Mount Everest. centred around talks by inspirational speakers and a combined music and visual arts project in association with the BBC Philharmonic Orchestra. Aiming High In 1995. is aimed towards the restoration of a new pride in the city of Stoke-on-Trent. astronomer Patrick Moore. Visiting Professionals 248. Pupils should be offered the opportunity for work experience placements within the creative industries. Stoke-on-Trent Community Partnership initiated a major project to raise the aspirations and ambitions of young people in North Staffordshire. bringing together local businesses and schools in a major campaign to raise awareness of the potential of young people. the Sporting Ambassadors Scheme. polar explorer Dr. Rebecca Stephens.
In one school sixth formers support pupils recently arrived from overseas needing help with English. made clear to groups of pupils the high but realistic expectations held for them. others have developed specific schemes. behaviour and expectations in life. backed by a programme of interviews with a member of the senior management team or form tutor. technology and the arts to achieve their full potential. Technology and the Arts (NESTA) was established by the Department for Culture. the other using pupils from local secondary schools. helping talented individuals in the fields of science. have developed paired reading schemes. This school. involving mentoring. Clearly the quality of mentoring is important. c. Successful Mentoring While some primary schools see mentoring as the routine responsibility of the class teacher and. In meeting the first objective. b. 100 Black Men is an organisation of black businessmen in the Birmingham area who go into schools to act as mentors to black youths with behavioural problems. technology and the arts. This is particularly effective where pupils share the same first language. In both cases the mentors were trained and there were measurable gains in progress in the pupilsÕ reading skills. as an aspect of pastoral care. contributing to public knowledge and awareness of science.8. helping turn inventions and ideas into products and services which can be effectively exploited. We commend this project and hope that it will be extended to other areas of creative and cultural education. The introduction of co-ordinated mentoring programmes to young people in schools could have tremendous benefits. In one Bangladeshi school the mentoring of Year 11 pupils was particularly successful. It is also considering further research on approaches to mentoring. Information from Ofsted 1999. NESTA is about to introduce a fellowship programme. The opportunity for these children to identify with successful black role models help improve their attitudes. lifestyle. for example. There is great scope to develop a mentoring programme in particular in association with other relevant agencies including the QCA. one using adults from local businesses as part of a business partnership project. quite rightly. The latter was particularly successful because it brought white British teenagers into contact with Pakistani pupils in an area where racial tensions are sometimes high. Media and Sport in 1998. Successful mentoring schemes in secondary schools include those run by education business partnerships and the mentoring of younger pupils by their older peers. 250. The National Endowment for Science. Two schools. where there had been considerable underachievement. It will be involved in three broad activities: a. We strongly endorse NESTAÕs intentions in these fields. Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 155 .
Many good examples of such links already exist. Partnerships should be created with parents by encouraging them to share their different talents. about a third of they would like more about the curriculum curricular activities. to provide teacher training and to enrich opportunities for creative and cultural education. because we donÕt realise how good we are. We support the Governments initiative to identify specialist schools as centres of excellence in the specialities of arts. Sometimes we lack confidence. Specialist schools already have a role to play in sharing their expertise with their local communities. Professional Associations 253. Successful links can be forged between schools and further and higher education to support the work of the National Curriculum. The expertise. knowledge and facilities at these specialist schools should also be made available to other schools in the area. as it is less resource-intensive and less time-consuming than actual visits. the National Society for Education in Art and Design is the largest provider of continuing professional development to teachers. We have so much to be proud of. Virtual links should not replace real visits.8. There is a wealth of experience and expertise in further and higher education in all disciplines. In art and design. We believe that investment should be made into these centres to be balanced across each LEA. Specialist Schools 251. Many professional teacher and subject associations also play key roles in supporting and enriching the school curriculum and teacher training across a range of subjects and disciplines. technology or sport. for example. yet often we simply donÕt know about it. this could be co-ordinated further by LEAs and the DfEE on regional and national level. knowledge and expertise According to a study (1995). languages. We are encouraged by such initiatives. The National Grid for Learning also offers opportunities to increase access to such partnerships. but they can be used as an additional partnership opportunity. Parents 254. by Barber parents said information and extra- Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 156 . so much to build on. Prime Minister Further and Higher Education Sector 252. Professional teacher associations and subject associations also have key roles to play in disseminating this report and in promoting creative and cultural development actively through the partnerships we recommend. Tony Blair.
Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 157 . Parents could also help teachers with pastoral care duties. The resulting video. Schools could hold open weeks for parents to share their experience of the adult world and to help them understand the daily school life of their children. translated into Chinese by the Manchester Translation Service. Lenny Henry. Action Factory conducted interviews at a careers convention at the Manchester GMex centre in October 1997 which were edited to create a resource for use with parents from Asian. Parents were asked talk about what they find difficult. and they often have implications for resources. We see these partnerships in education not as luxuries but as essential to the kind of education all young people now need. 1998 We need to make sure that parents know that they are needed as a vital component to the success of their childÕs education. Schools need no longer be sole traders in education. actor/comedian Conclusion 255. Children need to relate their learning to the adult world in terms of work and leisure opportunities. what support they and their children need and to say something about the difference between their experience of choosing a career and that of their children. Information provided by the Progress Trust NFER Review of Research Literature on the Attitudes and Concerns of Pupils and Parents. Parents as Partners As part of an initiative to promote careers education among people from varying ethnic backgrounds in Manchester. In middle class households this is taken as a given. was shown at an event held for members of the Chinese community. As it is considered that the biggest influence on young peopleÕs career choices comes from their parents. the Careers Service was interested to record the thoughts of parents who are struggling to make sense of the increasing variety of training and education options that are now available to young people. but itÕs a different story elsewhere. Parents can help children to make these links by sharing information and experience in a structured way. A short booklet has also been written to accompany the video. We all have an interest in the quality of education and many people can contribute from different fields of expertise. They do not happen without planning. African-Caribbean and Chinese communities. In the next chapter we look at the different ways in which resources can be found. the Progress Trust publicises career opportunities at public events in a variety of locations. with the school. Children can benefit immensely by involving parents more actively in their education. This also serves to educate parents about the lives of their children and the processes of their education.8. Parents who are involved in the education of their children in a concrete way will also be able to support the creative and artistic activities of their children better and with more understanding.
a. b. vi. Where possible. The DCMS in collaboration with the Arts Council and the QCA should develop: a. Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 158 ii. creative and cultural education in schools.8. Schools should explore practical ways of developing the use of their facilities for creative and cultural education by the wider community. to enrich the experience of pupils and of the wider community. v. co-ordinate the development of a quality assurance system for partnerships between artists. a national arts education award scheme for schools and arts organisations centred on supporting and encouraging schools and cultural organisations to improve and extend their arts education provision. Recommendations 256. We recommend that: The development plans of schools should make explicit reference to provision for creative and cultural education. arts organisations and the formal and informal education sectors. iii. OFSTED and the QCA should collaborate in a national baseline audit of current standards in. guidance on the factors that contribute to successful partnerships between schools and outside organisations or individuals. i. including: the pattern of provision in the formal and informal curriculum. and provision for. undertake an audit of provision for creative and cultural education in publicly funded cultural organisations. and the opportunities for contact with outside specialists. and with the community and cultural organisations. . school governing bodies should designate a member to have responsibility for encouraging links between the school and cultural organisations and to have an overview of the schoolÕs policies and programmes for creative and cultural education. The DCMS should: a. iv.
ix. LEAs should specify support for school improvement in creative and cultural education in their Education Development Plans and consider making creative and cultural education one of the ÔprioritiesÕ.8. but should recognise the need to engage with the wider community as a core objective. Professional teacher associations and subject associations should: a. Such policies should not separate ÔeducationÕ from the main objectives of the organisation. learning and teacher training with their members. b. x. give guidance to their members on how to respond to this report in positive ways by improving creative and cultural education through their teaching and/or particular subject areas. This work should then be disseminated in collaboration with the QCA for adaptation to and widespread implementation in schools. NESTA should undertake research on approaches to mentoring. provide opportunities to discuss the full implications of this report and the ways that it will impact on teaching. viii. vii. Developing Partnerships NACCCE report 159 . All cultural organisations should develop policies and programmes which relate their work to formal and informal education.
According to a survey conducted by the Royal Society of Arts in 1995 one third of arts advisory posts had been abolished since 1990. 260. if any. and provision for a wide range of essential cultural activities has gone. with subject specialists becoming Ôan increasingly rare breedÕ. Co-ordinated action is needed to establish new structures of funding and resources to provide these services in new and imaginative ways. An essential starting point is to create new patterns of partnership between the government departments and funding agencies with an interest in creative and cultural education. Many LEAs have only one. 257. Teachers value these meetings because they provide them with an opportunity to Curriculum work in music. Funding and Resources NACCCE report 160 . PE and art. orchestras and dance companies. dance and drama has been devastated by delegation of monies to schools and is a shadow of its former self. so as to make more effective use of resources in the long term.9. including support for youth theatres. LEA Services 258. Head of Arts in Education Service for Leicestershire and Leicester LEA 259. Advisory services have all but disappeared in many local education authorities. At the time of the survey. peripatetic music and instrumental services have been dismantled. We identify the problems and the opportunities in resourcing the opportunities for children that we are advocating. In the past. nearly a third of LEAs had no specialist advisers for music and a quarter had none for PE or art. The fourth survey of LEA Advisory and Inspection Service by NFER in 1998 showed that the majority of the remaining advisory staff now have a general brief. Funding and Resources Introduction In this section we look at the new patterns of educational funding and resources that are emerging locally and nationally. The provisions of LMS have all but eliminated the key services in these fields that LEAs once provided. Peter Baker. Some LEAs maintain networks for primary and secondary teachers in the various art subjects. specialist providing educational leadership in the arts. about one third indicated that specialist support for arts and performing arts was Ôpoor or barely adequateÕ. Of 87 LEAs responding. While posts were reduced in all curriculum areas. there was a disproportionate loss of advisors in music. local education authorities had wide-ranging roles in the promotion and support of young peopleÕs creative and cultural activities.
It is important to distinguish provision for general music education within the school curriculum from provision for specialist instrumental and vocal teaching. The DfEE should enable LEAs to employ co-ordinators or curriculum advisers for creative and cultural education. Amesbury Young WomenÕs Drama Group. Wiltshire Youth & Community Service. There is considerable concern that this valuable networking could be under threat from the GovernmentÕs proposals for 100 per cent delegated funding of curriculum support services to schools. Southern Arts. Information provided by Artswork and The Journal This partnership with LEAs should see the return to a level of provision where every child has access to the support they need. and co-ordination with other services provided by local government through other departments. social services. liaison with community groups. Salisbury District Community Safety Partnership. education. the probation service and county councillors. they felt the production should be seen by as many schoolchildren as possible. David Blunkett MP Secretary of State for Education and Employment Music Services 262. drug and alcohol abuse. share ideas. health and social services sector: Frontline Theatre. Amesbury produced a stage show. to ensure access to specialist advice. These co-ordinators should be accountable to head teacher boards.9. Communicate. There is currently widespread uncertainty about the exact extent of available services within LEAs. Artswork. They have been given £500 by Wiltshire Crimebeat so they can take their show to a wider audience. Salisbury District CouncilÕs Arts Unit. Every child should have the opportunity to learn to play a musical instrument as a basic entitlement. The success of this project is due to partnerships with a variety of organisations from the arts. Production spokesman Nigel Mansfield said parents who saw the girls perform at the Salisbury Arts Centre were so impressed with the message it put across. The cash will enable them to pay the production costs of the show and a video. Peripatetic music teachers are vital in the Funding and Resources NACCCE report 161 . to highlight issues such as bullying. An audit should be undertaken by OFSTED to address this problem. 261. This provision should enable active participation in creative and cultural activities as well as the opportunity to see performances. racism. Funding through Partnership Twelve schoolgirls at the Stonehenge School. issues and practice with colleagues from other schools. the police. to work with schools. exhibitions and events and support for theatre in education and youth music groups. which can be distributed to schools and other audiences. Crimebeat.
for music.9. If even a small number of schools choose to use their money for subjects other than music. 263. consistency. colleagues and schools. within which teachers can develop their own specific schemes of work. · identifying criteria for assessment. and · providing appropriate information parents. There are currently no quality assurance mechanisms in place to monitor and evaluate the quality of peripatetic instrumental/vocal music provision. to pupils. it has had disastrous results in many parts of the country. then LEA music services collapse. Over the last 30 years. The guiding principle should not be that every child should have to play a musical instrument. the LEAs had built up sophisticated services for music. by their nature. all. but that every child should have the opportunity to do so as a basic entitlement. The devolving of budgets may be a good thing in some areas. This framework aims to complement the requirements of the National Curriculum while ensuring coherence. 264. In order to restore music services. at different levels. The Federation of Music Services and the National Association of Music Educators has estimated that national non-delegated funding for music services over the last ten years has declined from a level of £100 million per annum to less than £40 million per annum. progression and parity of esteem in instrumental and vocal tuition. Based on the National Curriculum model. music education of young people. statements are provided of what pupils should be taught and of what pupils should be able to do. In each programme of study. These statements are helpful in: · planning schemes instruments/voice. The Federation of Music Services and the National Association of Music Educators have developed a national framework to form the basis of an instrumental/vocal curriculum. continuity. it includes five programmes of study. as is their right. linked. instrumental/vocal music teachers should have access to secure and long-term employment with opportunities for development. if Funding and Resources NACCCE report 162 . of work for particular · identifying the focus of teaching and learning for particular lessons.
existing music services are to be protected. The DfEE has made £150 million available and the DCMS has offered £30 million towards the improvement of music services. not completely. but more so to be able to contribute to charity in such a concrete way. Through new arrangements announced in January 1999. It draws attention to how much music there is in this country. The evidence is that the trend is growing for schools to pass on a substantial part of the cost. providing the group was not more than four in number. varied infrastructure of music services provided by Liverpool in the 1960s. The 1988 Education Reform Act ruled that schools could charge parents for individual lessons. in areas where music services have not been financed by local education authorities. The participating children were proud to be part of this record-breaking attempt. organised by Music for Youth. The effects in many areas have included the abolition of peripatetic music posts. Even as a middle-class kid. Sir Simon said afterwards.9. First. I could not have become a musician without the huge. Sir Simon Rattle 266.000 in sponsorship was raised for Marie Curie Cancer Care through the event. 265. it makes us all so proud. We welcome the steps that Government is taking to address this situation. and new music services encouraged by the availability of grants through the Standards Fund. The orchestra performed Sir Malcolm ArnoldÕs Little Suite No 2. This has happened throughout the country. others passed on part of the charge. The arrangements introduced in 1999 have been welcomed with relief by the music education community. The event. Second. The result was that some schools absorbed the full cost and continued to offer instrumental teaching free to all pupils. According to the DfEE (1999). there will remain marked disparities across the country. while a few expected parents to pay the full cost. This acknowledgement of the importance of instrumental music education is very important. ÒIt seemed like Great Britain was heaving with music. then in breadth and expertise. as is the recognition that delegation to schools is not the solution. £25. 88 per 75 per cent of orchestral players would not be playing today if there wasnÕt free instrumental provision. Sir Simon Rattle Funding and Resources NACCCE report 163 . Preston and Middlesborough. with the City of Birmingham Symphony Orchestra sitting alongside them.503 young musicians from as far as London. but itÕs not a fait accompli that this will carry onÓ. Uniting for Charity On Monday 23rd November 1998 Sir Simon Rattle conducted the worldÕs largest orchestra ever in Birmingham. The 1993 Education Act adjusted the situation by allowing schools to charge parents for group instrumental lessons. But some serious problems remain. grants will only be available if the authority can find 50 per cent matched funding. involved 3.
reach or quality of different services. The desire to play an instrument or sing is as strong as ever. coherent system of supported musical education across the country. Music has always been the pride of our nation. from Swansmere Primary School in Surrey played her own composition in front of an audience of 2. using money from the National Lottery. and differing fee structures can be made coherent and fair. An estimated 500. all these strands should be brought together. these two departmental initiatives should be unified to create a co-ordinated. solely charged with the administration and funding of music services. aged six.000 in 1992 to 40. although the terms of the grants under the Standards Fund require improvements in equality of access to music services.000 schoolchildren are actively involved in instrumental and vocal music lessons in schools. The number taking part in Music for Youth activities has gone from 25. Government has at last given the lead by affirming the importance of musical education... The purpose of the Trust is to assist areas where music services do not exist or need to be built up. thanks to Music for Youth. It cannot be deduced that 88 per cent of LEAs across the country sustain significant or adequate music services since there is no complete picture of the extent. In addition to the action taken by the DfEE.. Information provided by Music for Youth Music is a vital part of every childÕs education and plays an important role in this countryÕs culture. and demand continues to grow.000 in 1997. cent of LEAs have applied to the Standards Fund on the basis that they currently run some music provision. the DCMS has established the Youth Music Trust. National Platform for Young Performers Ruth Wilson. Third. We need to establish firm foundations for its growth. David Blunkett MP Secretary of State for Education and Employment Funding and Resources NACCCE report 164 . working closely with all the major music teaching organisations. To ensure the continued survival of music services.9. 267. The Government is determined to reverse that decline. Music for Youth. uneven geographical coverage and standards. This could involve the formation of a national body. We believe that in the longer term.700 people at the Royal Festival Hall in London Ñ twice . no basic principle of entitlement to access has yet been established. provides a national platform for around 10 per cent of this number each year. But Ôsome provisionÕ could mean a notional contribution to supporting ensemble work for example. This is a tremendous step forward. What is now needed is a vision of how disparate funding strands. Years of underfunding have left some children without access to musical instruments or the tuition they desperately need to develop their talents.
Their teachers were enthused with their success. Information provided by the Youth Music Trust Funding Opportunities 269. can help to raise standards and motivation as well. Choral Projects 268. Choral Singing Raises Morale In Tower Hamlets (with an 80 per cent pupil population of Asian origin Ñ predominantly Bangladeshi) the project ended with a singing event in Canary Wharf involving 300 pupils. in expert hands.9. It has also used the lessons of this Animation project to part-fund another singing project which is explicitly linked to the LEA literacy strategy. sometimes unaccompanied. There is a connection between all these achievements. The event was impressive in many ways. and the challenging and mutually supportive debate about standards. They knew what they had achieved. The pupils sang in up to four parts. This was another important contributor to the debates about quality. Not all children have or can play instruments. these opportunities are not coordinated and can cause widespread inequality of access Funding and Resources NACCCE report 165 . perhaps in association with the Youth Music Trust in part-funding and initiating local choral schemes involving schools and the wider community. The DCMS and the DfEE could take an important lead. But the bedrock achievement for those of us privileged to have seen the progress over time lay in the fact that most of these children had effectively been non-singers before they started three years before. The children had an experience that was transparently unforgettable (so did the audience). but they do have voices and they can sing with increasing pleasure and skill Ñ with help and enthusiasm. as a whole choir and in individual school groups. and demanded different vocal effects. The songs were taken from many cultures. There is growing interest in revitalising the tradition in this country of choral music. These schemes have enormous benefits for children and their communities and. This had gradually built up over three years through smaller group performances with the involvement of the Spitalfields Festival (a dynamic local permanent community arts organisation). sometimes with a jazz orchestra. The LEA is taking the singing work forward to higher standards by employing from its own resources a tutor for singing at its Saturday morning music school. Standards and quality of singing are only a part of the overall intentions of singing performance. However. But that is not the end. There is currently a variety of funding opportunities available to support creative and cultural education in schools and other organisations. and were explicit about the overall benefits that had come to the children in their learning more generally.
Schools are often not aware of all the funding opportunities available to them.9. but it is often difficult to find funding for such projects. co-ordination with other services in local government. This directory should be distributed to all schools in printed format and it should be made available and updated regularly on the National Grid for Learning. Youth Theatres and other creative activities play a vital role in the wider community. 270. A further 20 per cent of the companies surveyed had closed by the time the research was published in 1997. Funding and Resources NACCCE report 166 . exchange examples of good practice and offer mutual support. Youth Orchestras. 10 per cent of companies had closed. · industrial sponsorship of increased technical support and access to consumable materials in schools. which militates against parity of esteem. many funding schemes are short term whereas the problems and opportunities are long term. A survey by the National Campaign for the Arts found that the average subsidy for theatre in education companies had fallen by 22 per cent in real terms over the last 10 years. including access to specialist advice. Ex-youth orchestra player Successful Funding Schemes or Strategies 271. The opportunity to visit cultural organisations (like museums. and cultural organisations to raise funds or share resources. visits to or from cultural organisations or merely for the busses to transport children to and from an event. I am sure my parents are thankful too that it was music and the youth orchestra which helped steer us through our teenage years so enthusiastically and safely. This problem could be eased by developing a directory of funding opportunities available to schools. artist or scientist in residence schemes. liaison with community groups. Some of the best examples include: · self-help groups of teachers who share facilities. science centres or galleries) or to bring professional organisations or individuals in to school should be part of the basic entitlement of all children. A strong creative and cultural life is the key to a healthy society. Funding is required for a variety of services. Many successful strategies are currently in place in schools. not just through recent government initiatives. These examples should be collated and disseminated by the DfEE and DCMS. Moreover.
· a Young PersonÕs Performance Pass which offers discounted ticketing to schools for arts events. · trusts who give money to pupils to attend cultural events rather than giving the money to the organisations to put on the events. · corporate membership schemes to loan museum and gallery exhibits to businesses in exchange for funding. Funding and Resources NACCCE report 167 . National Lottery 272. The funding system should ensure that cultural organisations allocate core funds to the development of partnerships with the formal and informal education sectors and that the use of funding allocated for education work is monitored. · arts liaison officers in businesses who link with schools or arts organisations to offer business expertise or funding. These need to be widely disseminated and made accessible to other cultural organisations. There are many examples of successful funding schemes and strategies involving partnerships with education. A lot of time and resources are wasted on repetitive bidding processes. A coherent system that will improve sustainability and development within schools and funded organisations. The Government has secured reform to the National Lottery and put significant amounts of new public money into the arts. There is still scope for further action. We commend these actions. It is still much easier to secure funding for specific projects that for longer-term developmental work. · arts miles schemes where schools or individual pupils get credit for attending arts events.9. · partnership schemes to cover the costs of transport for pupils to visit cultural organisations.
The arts need to grow. without losing more revenue. much of the exciting thinking about children and creativity is being channelled towards study support clubs and out- Funding and Resources NACCCE report 168 . At London Fields Schools in Hackney. Information provided by the Arts Council of England 273. provided on a shoestring out of concern for the long-term health of the arts. An Arts for England (A4E) grant enabled 5-11 year-olds in Richard Atkins Primary School in Lambeth to use photography. a barren playground space has been transformed into a stimulating environment with sculptures and play structures. how can the educational activities supply the necessary vitamins for our children? The New Opportunities Fund is investing £180 million for out-of-school-hours activities and £20 million for combined out-of-school-hours activities/childcare. all made with the childrenÕs help.9. Without exception. It is a great irony that. 75 per cent of the turnover goes on salaries Ñ the only way to make meaningful savings is to sack the musicians. Many arts organisations now only receive their grants in return for added educational components. Lottery Initiatives Children and young people have enjoyed creative activity through Lottery awards from the Arts Council. without a clear line on education and training and clear ideas about how they can deliver. there is a real problem. In an orchestra. and who are also the in-built educational team. The Lottery has generated enthusiasm. encourage creative use of the internet. not merely struggle to survive Ñ the amount of energy spent in simply trying to survive is now the major factor in an arts organisationÕs life. like all Lottery No arts funding system can be complete. Projects that turn scrap materials into art. Whatever funds could be put aside are. The NOF is not able to enter into long-term funding arrangements. Many feel that they are constantly being asked to produce more with less support. or provide much-needed new instruments for school bands are just a few examples. There is a noticeable drift towards safety. Arts Council member 274. the mediocre middle-road which can be a death-knell for arts. If this happens. Professor Christopher Frayling. or even credible. storytelling and multi-media activities on the internet. or the central activities are weakened. for instance. helped inspiration to blossom and given fun to children and young people across the country. these educational components came from idealistic impulses within the companies. For those companies who see education as part of their fundamental purpose. at the moment and from my perspective. But it all still costs money. often the original function of the company can be lost sight of. Now that even the present insufficient grants will be predicated on an increased educational output. create a sculpture trail in the school grounds. badly-prepared or simply shelved. who provide the raison dÕ•tre of the orchestra. They cannot perform fewer concerts.
There are now a number of Education Action Zones in operation and in prospect. The DfEE document ÔExtending Opportunity: A National Framework for Study SupportÕ provides a number of short case studies of projects. The Paul Hamlyn Foundation A school in a deprived area set up an after-school cooking club. distribution bodies. trusts. but extra activities can be resourced through business partners. than Patricia Lankester. . Other partners cannot be expected to fund the basic entitlement of all children. believing that they would never become great chefs without being able to speak French. strengthening of the links between schools and industry Funding and Resources for for the are NACCCE report 169 of-hours activities rather mainstream schooling. to establish local networks that can provide for the sustainability. A couple of boys who had dropped out came. Plural funding could be the answer to ancillary funds. It is possible for local partnerships which satisfy NOF criteria to gain funding for up to three years. including arts education work.9. Education Action Zones are testbeds for innovation. as after school clubs can provide curriculum enrichment and extension opportunities in creative and cultural development. Information provided by Prue Leith 276. could serve to coordinate and regulate all business sponsorship of education initiatives.opportunity to gauge alternative approaches.and rare . and after-school programmes. they are obviously an important . got so enthused that the next thing they asked was to be allowed back into French classes. introduced by the Government. or other sources of funding. We are encouraged by these initiatives and hope that these projects will further focus on the creative and cultural development of young people. A national scheme. as well as the quality of the work. 275. Education Action Zones involve business partners in the education of young people. Arts and encourages business to get involved in sponsoring the arts. The department is also funding a three year longitudinal research project on study support. a key driving force initiating change in education is the requirement appropriately-trained staff for the future. The feasibility of a tax incentive scheme to encourage business to provide expertise and/or direct funds for the development of creative and cultural education should also be examined. These will need to be fully evaluated to identify new patterns of provision and the most effective models for change. From the industrialistsÕ viewpoint. The findings of this initiative should be disseminated and good practice exemplified so that all schools can learn from the experience of these leading after school clubs and holiday facilities. Director. To this end. We welcome these steps. This could be a valuable opportunity for improving creative and cultural education. But it is keen to support local and regional partnerships in establishing its healthy living centres. child care.
to access this new channel and the BBC Learning Channel. In order for teachers to teach technology creatively. The DfEE are about to award a major contract to a broadcaster to deliver around 1. There is a clear gap in understanding between industrialists and teachers over the requirements of industry for our trained technology students. The corporation has said that if it were successful. the fact that these are locally driven and funded dilutes their national effectiveness. Schools have to be in a position to access fully the new interactive television services that will become available this year on all three digital television platforms and the internet. mathematics. resident specialists. In the very near future. science and history within existing plans. In terms of the available resources to drive these initiatives. convergence will offer teachers a genuine opportunity to harness the information revolution to both inform and inspire pupils.9. it could incorporate programmes on English. and in the training of new and established teachers. and so on. ÔTeach the TeacherÕ schemes. television and computer. but also in providing appropriate equipment and teaching aids. We want to encourage all schools to take full advantage of these Funding and Resources NACCCE report 170 . It is critical that the technology syllabus is accurate. These should be locally organised. They could include attachments from schools to industry and vice versa. The BBC has developed the Learning Channel as a broad-based learning service which would embrace life-long learning.000 hours of GCSE-linked programming from September. Partnership Centres. Some industrialists do not understand the scope of what can be achieved in schools. This would take the form of not only financial provision. geography. both government and industry should take additional responsibility. New Technologies 278. While some schools do have excellent links with local industry. Pupils and teachers will need the digital equipment. vital. up to date and relevant to current industry practices. A number of initiatives are needed to bridge the gap. and playing a role in co-ordinating any initiatives nationally. skills training and some schoolsÕ programming. they must keep up-to-date with developments in industrial technology. 277. French. Industry should play a key role in both promoting the opportunities for careers in technology. but centrally funded and directed through government.
All computers will be Year 2000 compatible. our schools must not lag behind. Recommendations 281. We need to build on existing knowledge to make the best use of technology for creative and cultural purposes. in future. We commend the partnership initiative between schools and business recently announced by the Tools for Schools charity and hope that this work will be taken forward. Lord Puttnam of Queensgate 280. but it will not necessarily lead to creative uses of the technology. 279. The implementation of the National Grid for Learning is a step in the right direction. We are therefore encouraged by the Governments enthusiasm and drive to connect all schools to the National Grid for Learning. We recommend that: OFSTED should conduct an audit of LEA provision for creative and cultural development. be delivered by television and the internet. Funding and Resources NACCCE report 171 . both of vital information and of new forms of art and entertainment that will. Organisations like BECTA could play a leading role in this process. including advisory support. The contribution of the creative media industries to creative and cultural education could have many positive implications in schools. This will need to be co-ordinated nationally. but also in creating new ways of learning and working where the technology is a catalyst for innovative thinking as well as a medium for communicating and developing new ideas and artefacts. The potential value of technological advances is not just in using the devices and applications themselves. Lack of basic computer skills will condemn young people to be deprived. i. Computer literacy is vital for anyone now entering the world of work and preparing for individual life. not a destination. materials.9. music services. This new organisation plans to supply thousands of new and refurbished PCs to all state schools at a nominal price. It is important that these technologies are made available and used as a medium of expression and communication in schools. Technology is a bridge to content. youth music groups and theatre in education. Growing numbers of children now have access to a computer at home.
v. The model framework developed by the Federation of Music Services and the National Association of Music Educators should be taken as the basis for a national strategy to ensure coherence. Funding and Resources NACCCE report 172 iii. The DfEE and the DCMS should develop a directory of funding opportunities available to schools. vii. The Government in association with the Youth Music Trust should initiate and part-fund local schemes for choral music involving schools and the wider community. liaison with community groups. a. This information should be printed and made available on the National Grid for Learning. The DfEE and the DCMS should take action to ensure longterm provision of a single national system of music services after the interim arrangements of the Standards Fund. accountable to head teacher boards. provide all schools with dedicated funds for creative and cultural programmes and activities.9. The DfEE should enable LEAs through the Standards Fund to employ co-ordinators /curriculum advisers for creative and cultural education. . vi. iv. and co-ordination with other services provided by local government through other departments. to provide local education authorities with dedicated funds to co-ordinate provision for creative and cultural programmes and activities. consistency and progression in instrumental and vocal music tuition. local services to create and update stores of instruments for loan. b. ii. This system should provide: a. to work with schools. peripatetic music services which are available to all young people on the same payment basis with remission for those on low incomes. The Youth Music Trust should be developed to complement this national system. to ensure access to specialist advice. The DCMS and DfEE should establish a mechanism and formula to: a. and collate and disseminate examples of successful funding strategies.
c. ensure that the use of funding allocated to cultural organisations for education work is monitored. . d. x. xiv. The Government should examine the feasibility of a tax incentive scheme to encourage business to provide expertise and/or direct funds for the development of creative and cultural education. with access to dedicated databases and general information banks. The Government should: a. establish a coherent system for long-term funding for the development of education programmes by cultural organisations. xii. c. b. support traditional libraries with a virtual library in every school. The DCMS should: a. expertise and facilities between specialist schools and other schools in the area. but the provision of a PC to every pupil and teacherÕs desk. set as its goal not just the provision of a computer and an internet/intranet connection in every school. xi. Good practice in after school clubs should be disseminated by LEAs to encourage all schools to consider the opportunities for creative and cultural development of pupils as part of their extended provision. provide hardware and software to ensure that every pupil leaving school has had opportunities to explore the creative possibilities of new technologies. explicitly encourage the creative uses of new technology through The National Grid for Learning. viii. xiii. b. ensure that cultural organisations allocate core funds to the development of partnerships with the formal and informal education sectors.9. The DCMS should extend the funding programmes for the development of the creative industries to support partnerships and joint projects with education. Existing national programmes for the development of computer software to support creative and cultural education should be coordinated in such a way as to support the wider needs of education in all sectors. LEAs should encourage the exchange of knowledge. Funding and Resources NACCCE report 173 ix.
But these new arrangements do present some serious difficulties for the promotion of creative and cultural education of student teachers. by implication. 1998 National Standards 284. teacher Training People NACCCE report 174 . ChildrenÕs abilities are underestimated. These standards relate to new course requirements for teacher training and. In 1997. It is these links which lie at the heart of the GovernmentÕs drive for school improvement. mathematics. the Government introduced national standards for initial teacher training. We strongly support the drive to raise overall standards of teacher training. school-based teaching and the national framework for inspection. and to promote closer relationships between the profession and the training institutions.10. of the children they eventually teach. Teachers affect eternity. the ITT National Curriculum is likely to prove overfull and congested. like teachers in schools. Anon Initial Teacher Training 283. Mildred Dodds. and. The Government has in hand a wide-ranging programme to raise the quality of initial teacher training (ITT). The National Standards bring clarity to the task of teacher education and set out systematic criteria for student development and assessment. in detail. As with the National Curriculum for schools. Training People Introduction 282. We strongly support the need for extensive school-based experience as part of teacher training programmes. to a prescribed National Curriculum for initial teacher training in English. debate and creative work with students. for the first time. it is unlikely that they will be able to promote the creative and cultural development of pupils The key to unlocking the full potential of pupils in our schools lies in the expertise of teachers and headteachers. science and information technology. no-one knows where their influence stops. Research and inspection evidence demonstrate the close correlation between the quality of teaching and the achievement of pupils and between the quality of leadership and the quality of teaching. In this chapter we look at the implications of our arguments for the training of teachers and of other professionals involved in creative and cultural education. Trainee teachers are now required to cover. There are four central elements to the current policy: a national curriculum for initial teacher training. national standards. the Problems exist where teachers are not educated in the cultural and creative arts. Teacher Training Agency. The potential of the child is overlooked. If the creative potential of student teachers is ignored. Teachers are the most important resources in education. Providers of teacher education. are increasingly required to teach to the test and have little room for dialogue. They must be well trained and motivated. and the involvement of classroom teachers as mentors to students in training.
The prospect is that future generations of primary school teachers can qualify to work in schools with only a minimal understanding of the arts and humanities in education. do it well and enable children to reach their potential. As it is the standards make only passing references to promoting childrenÕs creative and cultural development. Until the day comes when I have a staff equally qualified in all ten areas of the curriculum let us teach to our strengths. For the reasons we have given throughout. they create a splash. There is a further problem. Unfortunately I had no training in dance Ñ I donÕt know where to start Ñ my staff is similarly untrained! Primary schools need the resources to employ experts. Primary trainees are also required to identify a specialist subject. the children certainly cannot cope without guidance. We really want to do our best by the children in our charge but we cannot lead children where we have never been ourselves.10. Judith Graydon.500 would do. Extending Teacher Training Some childrenÕs potential is only limited by our own expertise. Too much funding goes on special projects. The new danger is that the National Curriculum for teacher education threatens even the supply of teachers in these disciplines. Unless students choose an arts or humanities subject as their specialist study. mathematics and science should contribute to creative and cultural education and that teachers should be trained accordingly. 4 or 5 on their instruments. it is essential that English. National Curriculum for these subjects. We object to the power of inspectors telling us that our expertise in certain areas of the curriculum is deficient. Let my school teach to its strengths. All of our extra resources support special needs children which has to take priority. As a musician I can encourage/develop childrenÕs potential. In the existing standards there are no detailed requirements relating to the arts and humanities at all. But after theyÕve gone the staff is really none the wiser. What bliss it would be to have sufficient funding to employ an expert for half a day a week for the arts Ñ a mere £4. and the standard of work reverts to type. These disciplines are at risk in schools from all the pressures we have identified. 285. Parish C of E Primary School Training People NACCCE report 175 . We need in-depth staff training not the occasional day here and there. resulting in our school orchestra of over fifty children Ñ of whom most reach grade 3. they need not study the arts and humanities in any detail at all during initial teacher training. Was it my fault that in my own education I was deprived of dance? I hope the committee remembers that teachers are a very willing group of people. This could be one of the existing core subjects. The experts are often drawn in for a short-term project and yes.
On current Government plans.10. over a third do not teach music. Chief Executive. both by region and by discipline. The problems are more acute in primary training than in secondary. b. Ensuring good quality mentoring for students while in schools. only 14 per cent of newly qualified primary teachers will have specialised in an arts subject. Providing teachers with opportunities for in-service training in the arts. e. Any course option which gives a high priority or profile to the arts is likely to run against the grain of the national prescription and will require an act of commitment by the university to see it through. · losing access to vital resources such as facilities. A study published in November 1998 by the Royal Society for Arts on the arts in teacher training says that there is widespread evidence that teacher training institutions are: · abandoning specialisms in arts subjects. According to the RSA study. A declining minority of institutions offer specialist training in one or more of the art subjects Ñ art. 287. c. since secondary training is based more on subject specialisms. music. Nine out of ten surveyed felt that they spend too little time on the arts during training. Anthea Millett. d. Institutions report that they have five major challenges: a. dance and drama. Provision for arts teaching is thus facing severe adversity. Finding suitable placements for students in schools which have good arts provision. Coping with inadequate staffing and other resources. Many newly qualified primary teachers have little confidence in teaching the arts. students on primary teaching courses often receive little or no experience of the arts. Over half the student teachers do not teach dance during their school placements. Teacher Training Agency Training People NACCCE report 176 . Departmental head at HEI We have to think outside the conventional boundaries when we think about arts education Ñ more imaginatively. · cutting back the hours allocated to the arts. especially in drama and music. subject knowledge and confidence in teaching the arts. Avoiding further cuts in time for specialisms in the arts. 286. The national picture is mixed. The majority of students feel the teachers they work with in schools lack experience. equipment and staffing.
if the institutions are judged by OFSTED inspections not to be meeting the standards. it could have perpetuated a musical culture in the schools where the students were placed. but it shows that a little encouragement can go a long way. because of a lack of confidence. Mildred Dodds. and while there. Had this cycle continued. Appropriate modules in these subject areas during teacher training could bolster teachersÕ confidence to teach all areas of the curriculum well. Many generalist teachers shy away from teaching arts subjects like music. as in schools. East Anglia is a rural area.10. teaching the National Curriculum for the core subjects. the standards focus on the core subjects. The University of East AngliaÕs education department brought in outside artists to work with students. Moreover. Eventually she proudly presented results of her class history topic on the Romans in which her class composed sentences. The artists sometimes visited local schools. The PGCE music students brought activities into schools that they had not hitherto experienced. teachers became enthused by these musical influences and started to think about training to be recognised as subject specialists under the TTAÕs new scheme. The specialist PGCE music course for primary school teachers at the University of East Anglia will no longer run after this academic year. It can also not be reasonably expected of newly qualified teachers to teach the arts and humanities with insufficient training in these areas. But they are faced with a complex equation of providing for the existing standards. That cycle is now broken and the cultural impetus is gone. After defining the Key Stage 1 and 2 art and music curriculum to the staff of the primary school. As with the National Curriculum. teacher Training People NACCCE report 177 . which were enjoyed by students of other disciplines. the pressure is to play safe: to do what is required but no more. She still says ÒI canÕt teach musicÓ. teacher training institutions are free to provide more comprehensive programmes in the arts and humanities if they wish. There must be compatibility between the two National Curricula if the one is not to frustrate the other. one of the teachers of 10 year olds said she ÒwasnÕt a bit musicalÓ. they risk being de-accredited. rhythms. Like schools. and preparing the students for school experience in 50 per cent of the course time available. these artists gave open lunchtime performances. 288. chants and rounds. In these circumstances.
Developing TeachersÕ Own Creativity In 1997. We can deliver. inform. but really the only source able to animate and inform with authority and empowering confidence. discovery and renewal. Actual practice of an art is not only a source of infectious excitement. driven by the conviction that the current intense focus on education. All programmes of initial teacher training are now conducted in close partnership with schools and involve classroom teachers as mentors to students in training. we canÕt create. One teacher who attended a Tandem course summarised this project as follows: ÒI saw the mention in the TES and rang immediately to check it really was for me. There are benefits in this process. Almost half of the initial teacher training programme now takes place in school. creative work. working with experienced practitioners.. We anticipate a spiral of decline in arts and humanities teaching. does not adequately consider the creative needs of teachers. But not all schools have the subject expertise nor the skills in enabling creative development that students need if they are to become competent in these areas. performance and league tables. Tandem Project School-Based Work 289.10. Inspection Framework 290.. driven by the combined effects of the current National Curriculum and the new teacher training standards. a teachersÕ and artistsÕ collaborative was established. i.e. means that there is little time or opportunity for them to realise their creative capacity. welcome as it must be. Tandem seeks ways in which teachers. but not teach. and then combines that recognition with the understanding that practitioners are the best people to nourish and develop that creativity. There is no requirement for the higher education institutions to provide courses in arts and humanities: many students will find themselves in schools where mentors feel inexpert in these disciplines. This problem is likely to be compounded under the new arrangements. and not for Ôhow to do itÕ tips [. we canÕt teach.] if as teachers we arenÕt creatively and imaginatively alive/enlivened. with its emphasis on grades. The acute demands made on teachers by the education system. may be afforded space and time for their own self-expressive. police.Ó Information provided by the Extension Trust. The new framework for inspecting standards in teacher training relates closely to the structure of the national standards for Training People NACCCE report 178 . Primary schools in particular often lack subject expertise in arts disciplines. Tandem is the first initiative that IÕve come across that recognises the centrality of teachersÕ creativity to their role in education. imagine and inspire.
Many teachers are not aware of the tremendous benefits of working in partnership with outside cultural organisations and artists. teacher training and the new course requirements. Providers are unable. sciences and technology would provide a focus for resources. There are particular problems of recruitment to secondary teacher training. modern foreign languages. We felt we could achieve and that we had something relevant to contribute to our peers. music and geography. express and devise our own work. According to the RSA report on teacher training. to recruit to target in secondary science. theatres and other professionals. . communicate. community and beyond. humanities. Dance gave us a hook upon which to hang the rest of our learning. Final estimates for 1998/99 show further deterioration: art is under target by 18 per cent. teacher training institutions should be invited to bid for specialist status on the basis of their own major expertise. art under-recruited by 7 per cent. Dance provided a medium for us to use our imaginations. It identifies clear criteria and a system of grades against which the competence of institutions to provide teacher training is judged and to which their funding and allocation of student numbers is related. Education Director. year on year. music and technology. a teacher whose knowledge. At present only primary teaching and secondary history. encouragement and inspiration motivated a whole generation of young people. galleries. mathematics. Student recruitment for arts subjects in secondary schools is worsening.10. Dawn Holgate. without it many of her students would not be here to substantiate this story. A network of national centres of excellence in the arts. in 1997/98. We have discussed these benefits to teachers. Such centres of excellence could provide a focus for the accreditation of continuing professional development for adults other than teachers. for initial training and for continuing professional development. The inspection framework makes little reference to the areas of development with which we are concerned. religious education. Phoenix Dance Company Proposals for Development 292. Nadine Senior. school. art and PE are able to fill their places relatively easy. including my own. sports. Teacher training programmes should include introductory courses on working in partnership with museums. pupils and schools in Chapter Eight. music by 18 per cent and design and technology by 46 per cent. Recruitment 291. music by 18 per cent and design and technology by 41 per cent. Through the teaching of dance she helped shape the lives of many. such as English. In the same way that schools have been encouraged to bid for specialist college status on the basis of expertise in different disciplines. There is a growing professional network of education officers Training People NACCCE report 179 293. There are also signs of a downturn in subjects that have traditionally recruited well.
RSA project coordinator Training of Head Teachers 294. promote their own professional development and networks within education. quality. An inevitable response to such proposals may be a concern about overload. These requirements should be built into the head teacherÕs professional training qualification. Continuing Professional Development 296.10. local education authorities were able to provide extensive programmes of staff development through the advisory and support services. Paul Hamlyn Foundation Training People NACCCE report 180 . We emphasise our overlying argument in this report that creative and cultural education are not additional requirements that should be attached to the work of schools. and in doing so. The RSA have developed an arts audit project in the South West and discovered that schools didnÕt know how to use artists. · timetabling training and resourcing to achieve this. The gap is The reduction of INSET provision Ñ via LEAs and nationally Ñ is one of the great losses of the past few years. The head teacher affects the style. enthusiasm and tone of the whole institution. They represent a fundamental dynamic in raising standards and improving the effectiveness and quality of education throughout the curriculum. The introduction of LMS has effectively removed this source of training. The newly developing qualifications for head teachers will do much to support this process. in cultural organisations and subject associations who could help to provide such courses. Where a head teacher is driven by particular enthusiasms they are reflected in the programmes of work and patterns of achievement in the school as a whole. to the detriment of the pupils. Nevertheless. We see them as an integral part of the process of staff development. Before the introduction of local management of schools. 295. Patricia Lankester. Sue Harries. Director. it may remain locked forever. especially for head teachers. continuing professional development is a vital element in raising overall standards of teaching and achievement in schools. All head teachers should be made aware of the importance of: · creative and cultural education. · methods of curriculum planning. If the doors to these partnership opportunities are not opened for teachers during teacher training. The Government has rightly identified the need to support the professional development of head teachers at every level. The key figure in any school is the head teacher.
The only current priority which is broad enough to encompass these areas is one focused on general school improvement.1 million of funds available for in-service teacher training which is award-bearing. Some areas of the curriculum are subsidised more than others for continuing professional development. and independent providers. 299. Training People NACCCE report 181 . 297. The TTA has £21. humanities or creative teaching or thinking skills in particular. 300. There are currently good examples in existence. The Standards Fund is the biggest provider of money for continuing professional development of teachers. Although not the full amount. These initiatives should be built upon and nationally co-ordinated by the DfEE and TTA. a large proportion of money is allocated to in-service teacher training as this is deemed the best way to improve standards. TeachersÕ professional development is a multi-million pound industry. Thirty priorities have been identified for particular grants in 1999-2000 through the Standards Fund. We have commented elsewhere on the importance of these strategies. Not one of those priorities are focused on creative and cultural development in general or on the arts. The TTA lists ten priorities for its INSET funding. but also that they should not overwhelm all other priorities in schools. Recognition through accreditation for courses completed can improve teacher morale and help to improve standards of creative teaching and learning. The total budget of the Standards Fund was £550 million last year and it has been increased to £900 million for 1999-2000. and through the DfEEÕs Standards Fund to LEAs and schools. four of which are general 298. The credit accumulation transfer scheme enables teachers to accumulate professional qualifications on the basis of stepped programmes of professional development. European Commission grants.10. through the TTA to training providers in the higher education and private sectors. Programmes of continuing professional development are increasingly being provided by higher education institutions. from Training and Enterprise Councils (TECs). being filled for the moment by professional and subject associations and other groups The major proportion of government funding for continuing professional development (CPD) is directed to the National Literacy and Numeracy Strategies and to ICT. This includes funds from central government.
Earmarked funding through the standards fund for training courses in thinking skills. creative thinking and creative teaching in all subjects would ensure that the importance of creative and cultural education will not be overlooked in the continued professional development of teachers. are regularly absent from the categories eligible for grant aid that embraces the professional development of teachers through the Standards Fund and the TTA INSET funds. It seems crucial that initial teacher training for all teachers includes a focus on education in a multi-ethnic society. The training of artists does not usually include any reference to education. Supporting their involvement in education and providing appropriate training is essential. 33 were successful Ñ of which eight intended to run a range of award-bearing INSET or CPD courses of course modules in the arts.10. you have to be an educator too. From a training point of view these programmes are in double jeopardy. We need a teaching force which recognises and promotes creative and cultural education. and for teaching early years children and 14 to 19 year-olds. and that all teachers receive training that equips them to teach in a context of linguistic diversity. for enhanced subject knowledge for primary teachers. Just as schools have a responsibility towards their pupils to provide a broad and balanced school curriculum. able to use basic strategies for developing English as an additional language across the curriculum. and for thousands of young people. headteachers and senior management teams have a responsibility towards their teachers to provide a broad and balanced programme of CPD. 301. It is equally essential that initial training and CPD provides fully for training teachers to address issues of multiculturalism and of antiracism in all disciplines. dance or drama. The training of primary school teachers no longer carries a requirement for sustained work in the arts. The arts. music. Sir Simon Rattle NACCCE report 182 . The training of artists is predominantly focused on particular conceptions of Training People To be a performing artist in Britain in the next century. enough to be used for arts-related training Ñ the priorities for specialist teaching in primary schools. analysis of the funding bids for the three years 1998-1999 to 2000-2001 shows that of the 79 institutions bidding for TTA funds. They therefore have to operate by stealth through other areas. However. in particular. Only about one per cent of the estimated student numbers for all the TTA-funded courses at the 33 institutions are allocated to courses or modules on art. Blair et al 1998 Adults Other than Teachers The Training of Artists 302 Visiting artists and others have enriched the curriculum in hundreds of schools.
such as the one between the Birmingham Royal Ballet and West Hill College could be taken forward into the field of continuing professional development. Good practice in this area should be exemplified and built upon. Training People NACCCE report 183 . how subjects are organised and their teaching and structured evaluation processes. 303. professional practice: the concert platform. These initiatives should be closely monitored and expanded. Artists working. through work in institutional settings and special programmes. It is estimated that 80 per cent of all music conservatoire students are involved in education work within two years of graduating. or wishing to work in education. Artists have many contributions to make to cultural development. This will also serve to raise the profile of education work within the arts sector. Current models of collaboration between cultural organisations and HEIs. through placements in industry. artist 304. Over two years members of the Company can study for the degree of BPhil Ed and can progress to a Masters programme. The degree programme is modular and was developed jointly with West Hill College of the University of Birmingham. the public gallery. Yet in the last twenty-five years. community and social projects of every sort. The Birmingham Royal Ballet provides degreelevel studies for dancers in the Company. need to learn a lot more about the ways that schools work. Participation in such a scheme should be by application and should carry a stipend and exemption from tuition fees for that year. the professional stage. the roles of artists have diversified enormously through work in education. through community programmes. this problem could be addressed. which teaches the course. and there are many ways in which they can make them: in schools. Some successful schemes are currently in place for linking music conservatoires and teacher training institutions. eg.10. New models of training should be developed for artists in education which offer venue-based practical training. Kate Burnett. If a scheme was introduced for artists to spend one year of their training in a variety of educational settings. a mixture of accreditation options and residency planning. yet their training still does not prepare them sufficiently for this challenge. the link between Manchester Metropolitan University and the Royal Northern College of Music and that between the Institute of Education (London) and Trinity College London. involving partnerships with schools and local authorities.
involving cultural organisations and education providers to investigate practical ways of training teachers and other professionals to work in partnership. There is considerable scope to develop a more secure training curriculum for youth workers. introducing them to the roles and benefits of creative and cultural activities. These possibilities need to be further investigated through a number of publicly funded pilot projects. Given the mounting problems of teacher supply and recruitment. 305. at the same time. opening up new fields of professional development and fulfilment for very many highly qualified and trained professionals in other fields. Resources could also be shared. Media and SportÕs Comprehensive Spending Review. Our proposed centres of excellence for providers of initial teacher training could involve links with a wide network of cultural organisations.10. These strategies would provide a valuable resource to education while. However. Creative and cultural activity seldom features in the training of youth workers. our focus would be particularly on assistance in the area of creative and cultural education. Youth Workers 307. Training People NACCCE report 184 . and collaboration with the proposed regional cultural agencies identified in the Department for Culture. It would build on the GovernmentÕs intentions set out in the 1998 green paper on teacher training. by hosting joint training sessions on creative and cultural education for teachers and youth workers. Accredited Teaching Assistants 306. There are many thousands of professional people who could make sustained and expert contributions to the creative and cultural education of young people. It is assumed that those entering training bring with them interests and enthusiasms to which the theory of practice of youth work can then be added. to work with LEAs and the relevant agencies to develop an overall training framework for teaching assistants. partnership strategies need to be developed to provide Accredited Teaching Assistants in the field of creative and cultural education.
The scale of this initiative should be extended.10. There is some training for museum and gallery educators provided through masters courses such as at the University of Leicester. At present. Cornwall LEA is also currently running a pilot scheme where by peripatetic music teachers can train for qualified teacher status. There are. however. they then have to learn about the other dimension of their work. and there is an urgent need for accredited training that gives equal weight to cultural and educational issues. Conclusion 310. Education Officers 309. both in initial and in service training. It is a practical. The work of education managers is multi-dimensional. Such programmes could provide a model for wider development to improve the educational skills of professionals other than teachers. Once in the job. by giving grants for training opportunities in this area. The new provisions in initial teacher training pose serious threats to the future development of creative and cultural education in general. The increasing involvement of cultural organisations in education has given rise to the need for training in education. Urgent action is needed to secure a continuing supply of trained teachers in these fields and to raise the standards of expertise among all teachers. In Chapter Nine we argued that peripatetic music teachers should be recognised as equal partners in the music education of young people. people either come from an arts background or an educational background. We are encouraged by the actions that the DfEE has taken to start addressing this issue. Peripatetic Teachers 308. modular 2-4 year distance learning course. A post-graduate diploma in music teaching in private practice has been introduced by the University of Reading and the Incorporated Society of Musicians to provide musically-qualified instrumental and vocal teachers with a training in teaching methods. but there is currently no undergraduate training for education officers or managers in cultural organisations. and of the arts and humanities in particular. not many accredited training courses available for instrumental/vocal music teachers. New strategies are also needed to draw on the Training People NACCCE report 185 .
The DfEE should take urgent action to assess and remedy the decline in the numbers of teacher training institutions offering specialisms in the arts and humanities in the training of primary school teachers. b. Immediate attention should be given to improving the pool of specialist expertise available to trainee teachers through mentors. i. both through initial training and through new programmes of continuing professional development. New partnerships should be established between higher education and cultural organisations. standards and National Curriculum for initial teacher training: a. to promote the importance of creative and cultural education in all disciplines. iv. We recommend that: The Teacher Training Agency should develop the course requirements. the TTA and OFSTED should establish a mechanism for providers of initial teacher training to bid to become centres of excellence in different specialisms. to promote parity between the arts. vi. higher education institution staff.10. This status should be supported by additional funding and facilities. Action is needed to improve the quality of training for youth workers to promote the creative and cultural development of young people at all levels. The DfEE. and through other professionals to ensure that the training they receive in the arts and humanities is equivalent to that for other National Curriculum disciplines. Training People NACCCE report 186 . v. All primary students should be required to take substantive courses in all subject areas of the National Curriculum. experience and expertise of specialists other than teachers. sciences and humanities in the training of primary school teachers. Recommendations 311. ii. The TTA should ensure that The National Professional Qualification for Head Teachers addresses the importance of iii.
. xi. ix. scientists and other creative professionals to work in partnership with formal and informal education. x. creative thinking skills. teaching for cultural understanding.10. fund a number of pilot projects involving cultural organisations and education providers to investigate practical ways of training artists and teachers to work in partnership. c. and the TTA through its funds should ensure earmarked funding for continued professional development in the following areas by identifying them as priorities for support: a. and methods of curriculum development and evaluation. d. Training programmes for professional artists should include courses and placements to prepare students for work in education and community projects. establish a national scheme to allow arts students to take an intercalated year in schools as part of their first degree programme. Practicebased research should be encouraged by enabling teachers to enrol on postgraduate and masters degree courses devised for this purpose. b. The DfEE through the Standards Fund. b. creative and cultural education. xii. The DfEE should establish a new category of Accredited Teaching Assistant to supplement expertise in schools in the Training People NACCCE report 187 viii. creative teaching and learning. the arts and humanities. We recommend that continuing professional development offered by higher education institutions should be further developed in collaboration with partner schools. c. vii. Higher education institutions and cultural organisations should develop partnerships to provide accredited programmes of continuing professional development for artists and other specialists working in education. The DCMS and the DfEE should: a. establish a national programme of advanced inservice training for artists.
The TTA and the QCA should develop accredited professional qualifications for instrumental/vocal music teachers. giving equal weight to cultural and to educational issues. Further training opportunities need to be developed for arts educators in the museum. gallery and performing arts sector.10. xiii. xiv. Qualifications should be provided through consortia of higher education institutions and cultural organisations. field of creative and cultural education. Training People NACCCE report 188 . xv. The training of youth workers should include courses on development and management of creative and cultural programmes.
Part Four A National Strategy NACCCE report 189 .
The best we can do is to develop the capacities of young people as fully as possible. We began this report by welcoming the GovernmentÕs commitment to the creative and cultural development of all young people. In the future. We have emphasised throughout the need for balance in national policy. Clearly. and many others must lend their resources and expertise. far more than in the past. The Government has a pivotal role in creating a vision for education and in setting a course. but will be continuous and open-ended. or 18 or 21. many of our recommendations are addressed directly to the Government. by artists. But we believe that the case for change is strong. in the structure of the curriculum. in teaching methods. . purposes and ethos of education at many levels. we have to look at it face on. education will be a shared enterprise. as it has done for the majority. these proposals cannot all be implemented at once. For this reason. It will involve a gradual review of the styles. If we are serious in our intentions to prepare young people to move confidently in this world. It will not stop at 16. We have defined our understanding of the roles of creative and cultural education. commercial organisations. other professionals and the community at large. But education is a collaborative enterprise. We have argued that these are essential priorities if education is to meet the many challenges it now faces. new technologies. Overall. Promoting creative and cultural education is not a simple matter. scientists. 314. In relation to the National Curriculum we have indicated those that call for immediate action and those to be implemented in the medium term. so they will be equipped for whatever futures they do meet. but by businesses. in the relationships between schools and other agencies and in training of people. We have analysed the opportunities and problems in current provision as we see them as they have been presented to us through our research and consultations. our recommendations are addressed to many other agencies and organisations. in assessment. The world of the twenty-first will be unlike any we have known.Looking Ahead 312. It will be provided not only by schools and colleges. We believe that this is not an option but a necessity. we have attempted to think through the implications in principle and practice of a genuine national commitment to realising the creative potential of young people and of developing their cultural knowledge and understanding. and the need for Looking Ahead NACCCE report 190 313. For that reason.
Looking Ahead NACCCE report 191 . We began by identifying three general priorities.action is urgent. Our detailed recommendations for each of these are as follows.
Head teachers should conduct an audit of the quality and nature of opportunities for creative and cultural education for all the pupils in their schools. and the opportunities for contact with outside specialists. The development plans of schools should make explicit reference to provision for creative and cultural education. to promoting the creative development of pupils and encouraging an ethos in which cultural diversity is valued and supported. School plans for staff development should include specific provision to improve teachersÕ expertise in creative and cultural education. Head teachers and teachers raise the priority they give to creative and cultural education.Detailed Recommendations Objective One: The School Curriculum and Assessment To ensure that the importance of creative and cultural education is explicitly recognised and provided for in schoolsÕ policies for the whole curriculum. assessment that is intended to improve the day-to-day quality of teaching and learning. 5. 6. including the balance of the curriculum in all Key Stages. The Whole Curriculum Action by Schools 1. and in government policy for the National Curriculum. Detailed Recommendations NACCCE report 192 . 3. There should be a greater emphasis in schools on formative assessment: ie. including: the pattern of provision in the formal and informal curriculum. and with the community and cultural organisations. 2. 4. Option systems at Key Stage 4 should be designed to maintain breadth and to avoid narrow specialisation.
Flexibility 9. Schools should have increased freedom to devise patterns of curriculum provision to meet these requirements. balance. All of the desired outcomes of the National Curriculum should be assessed in appropriate ways. c. the revised National Curriculum should be based on six principles: breadth. The pressures on schools should be reduced by ensuring that the National Curriculum programmes of study. Detailed Recommendations NACCCE report 193 . the knowledge. In relation to creative and cultural education it should specify: a. parity. and the requirements for assessment and reporting can be accommodated within 80 per cent of the ordinary school timetable. skills and values which young people should acquire. Assessment 10. the principles of organisation of the National Curriculum to facilitate these outcomes. The statutory requirements should specify the entitlement of young people in each of the subject areas. The rationale for the revised National Curriculum from 2000 should make explicit reference to the necessity of promoting the creative and cultural education of all young people. the principles of teaching and learning through which they will be realised. 8. relevance. In its overall structure and in the specific programmes of study and attainment targets. entitlement and access. including those that relate to creative and cultural education. b.Revising the National September 2000 Action by the DfEE Rationale Curriculum for 7. The Government should reinstate the requirement to follow the full National Curriculum in the core and foundation subjects in Key Stage 1 and 2. and the criteria for attainment and assessment. The results should all contribute to the profile of young peopleÕs achievements and of the schoolÕs performance.
b. These materials should be made available on the National Grid for Learning and through other media. reducing the detail required of schools in support of assessment. Action by the QCA Curriculum Development 12. develop non-statutory guidance for creative teaching and learning for each subject and attainment target of the National Curriculum. The DfEE should arrange to ease the present pressures of assessment by: a. Assessment 13. c. Detailed Recommendations NACCCE report 194 . and issue practical guidance to schools. b. The QCA should: a. develop a system of national moderation of formative assessment based on appropriate methods of sampling. particularly in relation to creative teaching and learning.11. b. c. The QCA should: a. disseminate successful models of curriculum organisation and timetabling that promote creative and cultural development within and between the main subject areas. training teachers to conduct formative and summative assessments supported by a national sampling scheme. develop advice to teachers on approaches to formative assessment. collate examples and curricular materials of positive uses of the literacy and numeracy strategies in creative and cultural education in primary schools. collate existing knowledge and expertise in assessing childrenÕs creative development in each of the main areas of the curriculum.
OFSTED should develop its capacity to ensure that specialist areas of the curriculum. 17. learning and assessment it involves. The OFSTED framework for school inspection should be further developed to take fuller account of creative and cultural education and of the processes of teaching. b. establish pilot projects to develop practical programmes and techniques for promoting creative thinking in primary and secondary schools. Detailed Recommendations NACCCE report 195 . OFSTED should provide the Government with the inspection-based information and professional advice it needs to develop and carry out its policies for education. Action by OFSTED 15. OFSTED should reaffirm its commitment to inspect all areas of the curriculum. such as the arts. OFSTED and the QCA should collaborate in a national baseline audit of current standards in.Creative Thinking 14. creative and cultural education in schools. and formulate advice to schools. 16. and provision for. The QCA should: a. On the basis of wide-ranging inspection. there should be a greater number of specialist HMI in OFSTED to offer expert advice on specialist teaching and provision and standards. In particular. are inspected by specialists. undertake an evaluation of existing techniques and programmes promoting creative thinking skills and creative problem solving. 18. to know how those policies are working out in practice and ensure a constructive link between school and policy-related inspections. including the arts and humanities throughout compulsory education. 19.
23. · arts education. · mathematics and numeracy. 21. The curriculum of Key Stage 4 should be designed to maintain breadth and avoid narrow specialisation. Objective Two: Teaching and Training To ensure that teachers and other professionals are encouraged and trained to use methods and materials Detailed Recommendations NACCCE report 196 . · science education. The structure of Key Stages 3 and 4 should be reviewed. the existing distinction between core and foundation subjects should be removed.Revising the National Curriculum beyond September 2000 Action by the DfEE Structure and Balance 20. Within this review full consideration should be given to achieving parity between the following discipline areas throughout key stages 1-4 as a matter of entitlement: · language and literacy. · humanities education. Reducing Key Stage 3 to two years (11-13) and increasing Key Stage 4 to three (13-16) would increase the vitality of Key Stage 3 and the opportunities for depth of study and choice in Key Stage 4. 22. · physical education. The DfEE should put in place a more fundamental review of the structure and balance of the National Curriculum beyond 2000. in particular through provision for the arts. A thorough investigation should be undertaken into possible redefinition of the school day and year. Provision for creative and cultural education in early years education should be further developed. · technological education. In order to achieve parity.
fund a number of pilot projects involving cultural organisations and education providers to investigate practical ways of training artists and teachers to work in partnership. The Teacher Training Agency should develop the course requirements. to promote the importance of creative and cultural education in all disciplines. Action by the TTA 26. establish a national scheme to allow arts students to take an intercalated year in schools as part of their first degree programme. standards and National Curriculum for initial teacher training: a. b. The TTA should ensure that The National Professional Qualification for Head Teachers addresses the importance of Detailed Recommendations NACCCE report 197 . b. c. Action by Government 24.that facilitate the development of young peopleÕs creative abilities and cultural understanding. to promote parity between the arts. establish a national programme of advanced inservice training for artists. sciences and humanities in the training of primary school teachers. 25. b. take urgent action to assess and remedy the decline in the numbers of teacher training institutions offering specialisms in the arts and humanities in the training of primary school teachers. Qualifications should be provided through consortia of higher education institutions and cultural organisations. 27. establish a new category of Accredited Teaching Assistant to supplement expertise in schools in the field of creative and cultural education. The DfEE should: a. The DCMS and the DfEE should: a. scientists and other creative professionals to work in partnership with formal and informal education.
and methods of curriculum development and evaluation. Action by Higher Education Institutions 29. The training of youth workers should include courses on development and management of creative and cultural programmes. Detailed Recommendations NACCCE report 198 .creative and cultural education. 32. and through other professionals to ensure that the training they receive in the arts and humanities is equivalent to that for other National Curriculum disciplines. Joint Action 35. Immediate attention should be given to improving the pool of specialist expertise available to trainee teachers through mentors. All primary students should be required to take substantive courses in all subject areas of the National Curriculum. 30. higher education institution staff. This status should be supported by additional funding and facilities. 34. gallery and performing arts sector. 28. Further training opportunities need to be developed for arts educators in the museum. Practice-based research should be encouraged by enabling teachers to enrol on postgraduate and masters degree courses devised for this purpose. the TTA and OFSTED should establish a mechanism for providers of initial teacher training to bid to become centres of excellence in different specialisms. Continuing professional development offered by higher education institutions should be further developed in collaboration with partner schools. Training programmes for professional artists should include courses and placements to prepare students for work in education and community projects. 33. giving equal weight to cultural and to educational issues. 31. Higher education institutions and cultural organisations should develop partnerships to provide accredited programmes of continuing professional development for artists and other specialists working in education. The DfEE.
d. accountable to head teacher boards. The DfEE through the Standards Fund. The DCMS and DfEE should establish a mechanism and formula to: a. 40. creative thinking skills. The TTA and the QCA should develop accredited professional qualifications for instrumental/vocal music teachers. The DfEE and the DCMS should develop a directory of funding opportunities available to schools. . liaison with community groups. and collate and Detailed Recommendations NACCCE report 199 39. and the TTA through its funds should ensure earmarked funding for continued professional development in the following areas by identifying them as priorities for support: a. provide all schools with dedicated funds for creative and cultural programmes and activities.36. to ensure access to specialist advice. and co-ordination with other services provided by local government through other departments. b. teaching for cultural understanding. The DfEE should enable LEAs through the Standards Fund to employ co-ordinators /curriculum advisers for creative and cultural education. the arts and humanities. Objective Resources Three: Partnerships and To promote the development of partnerships between schools and outside agencies which are now essential to provide the kinds of creative and cultural education that young people need and deserve. creative teaching and learning. c. Funding and Resources Action by Government 38. b. 37. to provide local education authorities with dedicated funds to co-ordinate provision for creative and cultural programmes and activities. to work with schools.
The Government in association with the Youth Music Trust should initiate and part-fund local schemes for choral music involving schools and the wider community. The Youth Music Trust should be developed to complement this national system. The Government should examine the feasibility of a tax incentive scheme to encourage business to provide expertise and/or direct funds for the development of creative and cultural education. b. 44. This system should provide: a. b. consistency and progression in instrumental and vocal music tuition. 41. The DfEE and the DCMS should take action to ensure longterm provision of a single national system of music services after the interim arrangements of the Standards Fund.disseminate examples of successful funding strategies. 42. establish a coherent system for long-term funding for the development of education programmes by cultural organisations. 43. 45. peripatetic music services which are available to all young people on the same payment basis with remission for those on low incomes. local services to create and update stores of instruments for loan. ensure that the use of funding allocated to cultural organisations for education work is monitored. c. This information should be printed and made available on the National Grid for Learning. ensure that cultural organisations allocate core funds to the development of partnerships with the formal and informal education sectors. The model framework developed by the Federation of Music Services and the National Association of Music Educators should be taken as the basis for a national strategy to ensure coherence. Detailed Recommendations NACCCE report 200 . The DCMS should: a.
guidance on the factors that contribute to successful partnerships between schools and outside organisations or individuals. 47. undertake an audit of provision for creative and cultural education in publicly funded cultural organisations. expertise and facilities between specialist schools and other schools in the area. OFSTED should conduct an audit of LEA provision for creative and cultural development. b. LEAs should specify support for school improvement in creative and cultural education in their Education Development Plans and consider making creative and cultural education one of the ÔprioritiesÕ. co-ordinate the development of a quality assurance system for partnerships between artists. Good practice in after school clubs should be disseminated to encourage all schools to consider the opportunities for creative and cultural development of pupils as part of their extended provision. youth music groups and theatre in education. The DCMS in collaboration with the Arts Council and the QCA should develop: a. including advisory support. LEAs should encourage the exchange of knowledge. arts organisations and the formal and informal education sectors. 51. b. music services.Action by Local Education Authorities 46. The DCMS should: a. 48. Developing Partnerships Action by Government 50. a national arts education award scheme for schools and arts organisations centred on supporting and Detailed Recommendations NACCCE report 201 . Action by OFSTED 49.
Professional Teacher Associations and Subject Associations 57. school governing bodies should designate a member to have responsibility for encouraging links between the school and cultural organisations and to have an overview of the schoolÕs policies and programmes for creative and cultural education. Professional teacher associations and subject associations should: a. give guidance to their members on how to respond to this report in positive ways by improving creative 53. provide opportunities to discuss the full implications of this report and the ways that it will impact on teaching. This work should then be disseminated in collaboration with the QCA for adaptation to and widespread implementation in schools. 55. to enrich the experience of pupils and of the wider community. 52. NESTA should undertake research on approaches to mentoring. learning and teacher training with their members. Such policies should not separate ÔeducationÕ from the main objectives of the organisation.encouraging schools and cultural organisations to improve and extend their arts education provision. Where possible. The DCMS should extend the funding programmes for the development of the creative industries to support partnerships and joint projects with education. Detailed Recommendations NACCCE report 202 . b. Schools should explore practical ways of developing the use of their facilities for creative and cultural education by the wider community. but should recognise the need to engage with the wider community as a core objective. Action by Cultural Organisations 56. All cultural organisations should develop policies and programmes which relate their work to formal and informal education. Action by Schools 54.
set as its goal not just the provision of a computer and an internet/intranet connection in every school. The Government should: a. provide hardware and software to ensure that every pupil leaving school has had opportunities to explore the creative possibilities of new technologies. explicitly encourage the creative uses of new technology through The National Grid for Learning. b. but the provision of a PC to every pupil and teacherÕs desk. Existing national programmes for the development of computer software to support creative and cultural education should be co-ordinated in such a way as to support the wider needs of education in all sectors. c. support traditional libraries with a virtual library in every school. 59. Detailed Recommendations NACCCE report 203 . New Technologies Action by Government 58.and cultural education through their teaching and/or particular subject areas. with access to dedicated databases and general information banks. d.
Appendices NACCCE report 204 .
Patterns of Provision a. This is not a comprehensive list of issues in each area. but such references as there are confirm its importance. b. increased student-staff ratios and timetabling constraints are placing a strain on art and design teachers. c. Art is a statutory subject to all pupils in Key Stages 1-3. b. In secondary schools. Drama receives little attention in primary school inspection reports. although from September 1998 the details of the Programmes of Study are not statutory and could be locally determined. and design and technology a strong manufacturing one. Visual arts specialists generally argue that the subject should be named art and design. Currently. a. c. progress improves through Key Stage 3 and 4. but subsumed within the English curriculum. The curriculum focuses predominantly on drawing and painting. art teaching has a strong fine art emphasis. Drama is not a separate subject.2. a. progress in art is good or very good in one third of primary schools. b. which is compulsory for all pupils in Key Stages 1-4. and only a small proportion of schools use the end of key stage descriptors.1. the statutory provision for each subject or area. issues that have been raised through our consultation process by subject specialists in each area. In art. However. and post-16 pupils make better progress in art than in any other subject. the OFSTED view based on inspection data. Cutbacks in specialist trained staff. The following information has been compiled using three different sources. The National Curriculum has imposed a prescriptive model of art education which emphasises technical skill at the expense of creative and conceptual innovation. but it includes some of the subject specific issues that are not dealt with elsewhere in the report. Art a. especially at Key Stages 3 and 4. The Arts a. and include craft activities. According to OFSTED. a. assessment is weak in art compared with most other subjects. There are concerns about the definition of the subject. Drama a. there is very little craft and design.3.A. The School Curriculum Our research and consultations provide evidence of significant concerns about the provision for creative and cultural education in many areas of the curriculum. In Key Stages 1-3 provision for drama is poor Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 205 . OFSTED inspections suggest that too few schools teach drama.
Education is not drawing enough on that wider culture. a. Music a. but long-term lack of teachers and too little emphasis on the artistic nature of dance.4. and is already Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 206 . progress improves slightly at Key Stage 3. Drama is the fastest growing GCSE subject. Most dance specialists would prefer to see dance as an entitlement within an arts curriculum. The place of drama in the curriculum is an area of much discussion among specialists. The QCA has changed the name of the post responsible for this subject accordingly. and then considerably at Key Stage 4. According to OFSTED. the potential of drama in social education is not adequately harnessed by schools. The 1996-97 OFSTED report acknowledges that Ògood teaching ensures that pupils have a clear understanding of drama as a separate art formÓ. Dance is provided for the majority of girls at Key Stage 3. they agree that it belongs in an arts curriculum. Overall. Music is compulsory in Key Stages 1-3. with consequent lack of progression in attainment. Dance is subsumed within physical education. Dance has an important place within youth culture. Drama is a powerful way of addressing social issues with young people. Many secondary reports make no reference to drama. a. b. b. the title of physical education (PE) should be changed to physical education and dance.5. and practice varies between classes in the same school. because of its low status and low levels of funding. primarily through its popularity as a GCSE course. In primary and secondary schools continuity is often broken. Objectives are unclear. teachers lack confidence in teaching it. but is less frequently available for boys. apart from business studies. dance is taught in most primary schools. c. PE is compulsory throughout Key Stages 1-4.A. Where it is seen. and of developing powers of communication and of working in groups. c. In general. The relaxed requirements for Key Stage 1 and 2 make dance optional throughout compulsory education. There are concerns that too little drama is done for its own sake. rather than in English. Alternatively. but dance is optional after Key Stage 2. Its inclusion in the programme of activities is often highly dependent on the confidence and knowledge of individual teachers. OFSTED inspections show that for several years. Dance a. The quality of teaching in Key Stage 3 is improving. The National Curriculum has resulted in a considerable increase in the amount of music being taught in primary schools. music has been one of the best taught subjects in primary schools. but achievement varies. The position of dance within PE has provided short-term security for the discipline. as an art form in its own right.
OFSTED data indicates that. b. It is under-resourced and there is a lack of formal training for teachers of media education. There are concerns that the standard of singing is poor in relation to performance and composition. There is often a mismatch between the predominantly classical music culture of schools and young peopleÕs own musical preferences. understanding and skills. overall achievement remains lower than for other subjects with the exception of information technology. both amateur and professional. Design and Technology a. According to the British Film Institute. Technology a. for example. media education is clearly identified as one of five subject strands. Media education is subsumed in English. There are problems of equality of access: geographically. Current provision for media education is based on the minimal National Curriculum requirement. The United Kingdom offers an unparalleled range of musical activities. Certain trends need to be reversed and some services need to be reinstated if a crisis in music education is to be prevented. Not inspected by OFSTED. where the arts is one of eight areas of learning. Low attainment and slow progress are often associated with teachersÕ lack of subject Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 207 . This compares poorly with international models. and within the arts. not a discrete area in the National Curriculum. c. Early identification of gifted children or specific talents should be encouraged and supported. c. economically and in relation to gender and ethnic minorities. This range is the envy of our European colleagues. Media Education a. especially in the practical aspect of media work. despite a continual diminution of resources and a historical lack of attention by successive governments to music education. a. Music provision now depends more and more on the enthusiasms of individual teachers than on any principle of entitlement.7.A. very high in Key Stage 4. This is primarily due to the cost and complexity of media production technology. There is often a lack of continuity in pupilsÕ experience of music.3 per cent of time in GCSE English is devoted to this area. there is a wide split between analytical study (critical work) and the development of creative skills through practical work in media education. Design and technology is a compulsory subject from Key Stages 1-4. Australia. which means that they do not consolidate their knowledge. although achievement continues to improve slowly (particularly in Key Stage 3). b. PupilsÕ skills in making things are often better than their ability to design. Only 3.6.
A. According to OFSTED. and this should be exploited with industry contributing to the information available. The opportunities for Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 208 .8. This approach to problem solving is not given sufficient weight at primary or secondary level. who will use it and where it could be sold. It may be that due to the specialised nature of information technology it should be resourced regionally. One in three schools in Key Stage 1 and half of all schools in Key Stages 2-4 fail to comply with statutory requirements. The introduction of projectbased work at this stage would ensure that the basic grounding in information technology learnt at primary level is built on. due to pressures of generating assessment evidence. There are opportunities for a broad creative response in which they decide on the overall nature of their design. However. Work at secondary school often duplicates that at primary level. OFSTED recognises the continuing need for in-service training. This relatively new subject continues to present the greatest challenge to primary schools. Centrally co-ordinated funding is required to ensure that teachers continue to be prepared to teach the subject. the spread of attainment and differing rates of progress. At present. the design and technology National Curriculum requires an unrealistic breadth and depth of teacher knowledge. Assessment methods must be developed which better reflect the creative element of the studentsÕ work. b. a. too few teachers are qualified to teach this subject and are expected to teach a wider range of technologies than those in which they are adequately qualified. They are expected to teach to an inappropriately large class for such a Ôhands onÕ. but these are only infrequently grasped. Within the creative activity of designing and making there are many opportunities for cultural activities. Achievement in information technology continues to lag behind that of other subjects. practical based topic. the development of team working skills is seen as invaluable by future employees. knowledge and expertise in the subject. Information Technology a. In January 1998 the subject became de facto part of the core curriculum as the only foundation subject with compulsory programmes of study to teach. StudentsÕ work is usually assessed individually. c. The current Orders do not specifically mention creativity. particularly with older students. c. nor creative activity. both within and between schools. Design and technology is intended to provide young people with the opportunities to respond creatively to the challenge of designing and making products. with highly qualified teachers covering more than one school for a given technology. The Crafts Council emphasises that for many schools. Information technology is a statutory subject from Key Stage 1-4. Students are increasingly familiar with the use of the Internet. are wider in information technology than in any other subject. and on what it will be used for.
Students who combine science and arts subjects are still the exception rather than the norm. PupilsÕ progress in geography does not compare well with other subjects. a. in more than one quarter of schools pupilsÕ progress is good or very good and the proportion of schools where pupils underachieve is lower for history than for almost all other subjects. c. Science is a statutory subject for Key Stages 1-4 with compulsory testing at the end of Key Stages 1-3. Science a. Where children and young people are offered opportunities to link science with the creative arts the results can be very positive and offer pupils the opportunity to view science from different and often unique perspectives. but in history. c. There are grave concerns about the impact of the relaxation of the National Curriculum on humanities subjects at GCSE and A Level. poetry and role-play. often helping to make difficult scientific concepts more accessible to them. The National Curriculum does not support approaches which see science as a creative and imaginative activity. through painting. and into colleges and schools. even with restricted school budgets. a. Yet. but too few think of them as creative. It does not sufficiently acknowledge the approaches. b. In the past students were either arts or science. Progression between Key Stage 1 and 2 and between Key Stage 3 and 4 is often not well co-ordinated: tasks set for children often fail to build on previous learning and little new knowledge is encountered. Humanities a. OFSTED reports show that pupilsÕ achievement in science is better than in most other subjects. children have an opportunity to watch theatre groups introduce science through drama. The contribution of the humanities to creative and cultural development is not sufficiently recognised. neither does it provide sufficient opportunities for children to develop an understanding of the history of science and the role of different cultures. Science based theatre is an approach which teachers know about and are willing to use.9. although there is evidence that these barriers are being broken down. Science is sometimes recorded creatively. b. At secondary level. for all the strictness of the Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 209 .A. Primary schools have few problems in linking the arts and science in spite of the National Curriculum. The curriculum is content based and does not encourage creativity. Both history and geography are statutory foundation subjects from Key Stages 1-3. or roles of different cultures in science.10. the divide between science and the arts still remains. careers in information technology must be actively promoted from Government through industry. For example. Most people can see how the humanities can link with creativity.
Physical Education is a statutory requirement for all children in Key Stages 14. The humanities offers an understanding and an interpretation of human behaviour. b. social skills. In dance and gymnastics there is a close association with the notion of creativity and ¾sthetic appreciation. disciplines. are sporting conventions which make for law abiding and committed citizens.A. but syllabuses are locally determined. together with a strategic overview of how national governing bodies of sport can work more effectively and cohesively. and applaud a good performance. These skills can help young people to make sense of their environment and past. The contribution of physical education to creative and cultural education needs to be more clearly defined. PE and sport are inextricably linked to cultural values and traditions. safe environment. The diversity and range of physical activity and sport provides pupils with many opportunities to experience different forms of physical. Religious Education a. both together and with the PE professions. a. Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 210 . c. and physical prowess as part of their continued development within society. schools. There is a deeply-rooted sense in which people identify ÔtheirÕ culture in terms of the past and/or their surroundings.12. emotional and social expression. PE and sport help to reinforce the concept of self-worth within an individual through improved personal performance linked to an increase in knowledge and understanding of oneÕs own quality of performance. A minimum entitlement to physical education should be guaranteed for all pupils in all schools. co-operate with others. While concentrating on the physical development of children. along with appropriate training for teachers. Schools are required to teach religious education (RE) at Key Stages 1-4. teachers and parents. creative thinking. that essentially is what the humanities are. A more co-ordinated approach to the accreditation of sports coaching in all activities should be sought. although the programmes of study are currently suspended. An ability to abide by the rules. play fairly. A national strategy for sport is lacking. The creative process allows for imaginative activity in making and interpreting connections.11. Physical Education a. a. whilst in games the competitive team approach provides opportunities for individuals to share success or failure in a controlled. OFSTED reports that progress in physical education is generally satisfactory or good in primary schools and GCSE courses have a positive effect on levels of attainment at Key Stage 4. The varied nature of PE and sport provides challenging opportunities for pupils to develop their problem-solving abilities.
The proportion of courses with serious weaknesses (3. Art b. of whom about 70-80 per cent go into fulltime employment as teachers. ranging from performance or other forms of artistic practice as a means to spiritual or religious expression to a study of artistic works within religious traditions as a means to understand religious language and feeling. b b. that the introduction of new fields. There are 30 providers of the Postgraduate Certificate in Education in art in England. Teacher Education The information in this section mainly represents the official OFSTED and TTA views on teacher training. Comments from the RSA report on teacher training in the arts is also included. Strengths in the training are the Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 211 b. as well as some additional information from the consultation. including a number who have previously worked professionally as designers and in various capacities as community artists. Most courses recruit a high calibre of trainee. It is therefore important and helpful to know what this current provision entails in each subject area. should acknowledge the importance of the contribution of RE. social and cultural development should fully involve Religious Education. . including citizenship. experiences of the subject. achievement in religious education has shown an improvement in recent years.2. Training in art is predominantly of good or very low quality. moral. however.A. There are several concerns within the RE community in relation to creative and cultural education: that policies on cultural education and development. good standards are less common than in most other subjects.3. There are currently about 1000 trainees. and that work on spiritual. many are mature students who have engaged in a range of different. to a concern to a concern with religious and cultural diversity. According to OFSTED reports. Completion rates are good but statistical monitoring is of variable quality. should take a wide view of ÔcultureÕ. progress in many schools is limited by the lack of time available for the subject and the lack of expertise of many non-specialist teachers. The subject has increasingly been concerned with issues of multi-culture and has shifted from a single religion and rather textual focus. Religious Education in schools has been gradually changing over the past quarter century or so to accommodate religious and secular pluralism. the concentration on literacy and numeracy at Key Stage 1&2 could inhibit creative developments in RE. As indicated in Chapter Ten. c.7%) is very low. There are now fewer schools where pupils underachieve. In Key Stage 4 in particular. but relevant. The shift from a primarily textual approach has generated a variety of approaches to using the arts as a means to enhance religious education. current provision in teacher training can have far-reaching effects on creative and cultural education. b.1.
The circle of deprived physical literacy is thus reinforced. Although the PE link b. display. Many students are not allowed to do PGCE courses with dance. the majority of the art trainees at one course in four are very good and very few courses have a significant minority of only adequate trainees. Standards are also unusually high in monitoring. They also provide a very good lead for trainees in demonstrating how to plan. find difficulty in achieving control and subtlety. They find the control of tension and relaxation. discuss and assess the work of pupils in the secondary age-range. teaching and class management. Subject tutors are very good at drawing on the range of talent and experience which the trainees bring with them and challenge individuals to extend their own range of skills and understanding. The dance education sector should not miss the opportunity to establish a place in the National Grid for Learning. in the movement of others. Dance b. Time and physical resources are managed well. It is often difficult for dance PGCE students to find jobs. Trainees show imagination in recognising the needs of individual pupils. The opportunity of providing INSET training through ICT should be pursued. cause and effect. confident and challenging. and consequently too many of those entering the teaching profession. Planning for progression is a particular strength. No significant weaknesses were found in the subject knowledge and understanding of the trainees. difficult. are nervous of teaching of dance. There is an acute lack of teacher training in dance education and a great need for trained specialist teachers in primary schools. A high proportion of art courses have good or very good grades in this area of the standards. A-level and in vocational courses. exploiting and understanding the dynamic quality of the movement itself. The teaching is very often sensitive. as there is currently funding available for ICT development. exploring. have a good understanding of reporting procedures. Many PE teachers.4. Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 212 . so they have to do PE courses with a total of 6 hours dance training. Too many pupils. monitor. and understand the external standards used to judge pupilsÕ work at GCSE. Physical illiteracy is a problem in both schools and teacher education. A small minority of courses have some weaknesses in co-ordination across the partnership.A. The short-term focus should be on INSET training for dance and the funding to resource it.6. assessment. though in a few courses progression from Key Stage 2 could be better understood. The trainees know how to assess pupilsÕ work against the National Curriculum and how to help pupils build up personal portfolios.5. clarity and precision in movement. b. Too many prospective teachers have limited ability to observe and report intention and meaning. In planning. because schools prefer PE specialists. especially male. reporting and accountability. distinctive quality of many of the subject mentors in schools and the model which they provide of good studio and classroom practice. recording. but trainees have limited access to ICT facilities for art in partner schools. moving with sensitivity. PE should not be the only training route to dance education. They provide comment and feedback to individuals.
drama courses include some training in the teaching of English (reflecting the statutory place of drama within the National Curriculum Orders for English) there is anxiety amongst providers at the prospect of delivering the full ITT National Curriculum for English as well as providing specialist training in drama.9. there are other courses where music is staffed by a part-time tutor who is only responsible for the secondary PGCE and where staffing seems vulnerable and isolated from the institutionÕs overall provision. committed and strong candidates for teaching. There are relatively few students from conservatoires on PGCE courses. London and South East). undergraduate courses are variable Ñ too variable Ñ in their ability to provide a secure foundation for a career in music education. All are being inspected by OFSTED. Their concern is that this could lead to the demise of specialist drama courses. b. can be positive for boys. Overall. Most students have done GCSE themselves. Evidence from inspections conducted 4 or 5 years ago suggests that good provision is being offered in at least some of them. There has been under-recruitment on almost all courses. There are eight conservatoires nationally. vocal work. and also higher degrees in their institutions. many have had little or no training in music technologies.8. Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 213 . some male PE teachers are patronising towards dance. Manchester and Birmingham PGCE courses are attracting conservatoire graduates. sometimes teams of tutors who provide ITT. Where students do have strengths in these. The TTA is considering whether it should require PGCE drama courses to cover the ITT NC (Initial Teacher Training National Curriculum) for English as well as drama. perpetuated this year. Graduates show an overemphasis on solo performance study. composition or world music repertoire. Music became a shortage subject in 1998-99. While most. From a training point of view. Furthermore. However. There is a number of well-established. good courses with full-time tutors. East Anglia). and deserts (eg. and only London.A. There are 7 secondary PGCE courses offering specialist training in drama. if not all. evidence suggests that newly qualified teachers (NQTs) are getting jobs and there are sufficient specialist posts available to absorb the number of NQTs available. There are 25 providers of PGCE secondary music training in England.7. but so far only one inspection has been completed. in-service teacher training courses (INSET). These latter are essential as we approach the millennium. with a lack of versatility. However. but the newer elements have not yet penetrated A level or degree courses. Drama b. Proper training could remedy this situation. The geographical spread of provision leads to clusters (eg. the picture is quite encouraging. students are well qualified. and consequently have a major impact on the delivery of the subject in schools Music b. they adapt well and quickly to the demands of the National Curriculum. In particular. particularly in Key Stage 3.
There are 42 providers of D&T courses in England.14.10. but also provide opportunities to extend and apply it during the course tend to provide training of good quality. Partnership between HEI and school music departments relies often very heavily on very small numbers or even single members of staff in schools. Mentors bring many strengths to courses. HEIs have difficulty in finding sufficient departments of quality for training placements. teaching and managing the music curriculum. including those involving visiting tutors and mentors. b. Over a third of providers are only adequate in their admissions policy and selection procedures. the proportion of very good training courses is comparatively low. the majority of the trainees were very good in these respects. Central training sessions. and in one course.11. which places a heavy burden on mentors. and a lack of training in traineesÕ specialist D&T fields. On about two-thirds of courses. Those providers which audit musical knowledge. In a third of the courses. Three-quarters of courses equip their trainees to plan. particularly in their teaching in Key Stage 3 when pupils are organised in groups and participating in complex practical workshops. Many recruit trainees from a broad range of degree backgrounds. However. a significant minority of trainees need to improve. particularly in food and textile technology. few trainees are outstanding. significant improvements are required to bring them up to a good standard. some weaknesses in the training are found where staff have not kept up with current developments in the subject. often poorly matched to the requirements of the National Curriculum in D&T. teach and manage the D&T curriculum to a good standard. Two-thirds of courses provide good or very good quality training. traineesÕ planning and teaching are good or very good. the majority of the trainees were very good. In a minority of providers. lack of sufficient subject enhancement.12. In some regions. in one case. b. but most need to have a clearer understanding of the standards as they relate specifically to planning. Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 214 . Training in music is good or very good in over four-fifths of courses.A. TraineesÕ knowledge and understanding are good in just under three-quarters of providers. The quality of D&T training is improving. just over a quarter of courses have a significant minority of trainees with only adequate subject knowledge. However. in one course in three. b.13. are almost always better than subject training which takes place in schools. Design & Technology b. However. b. and. Most courses do not attract high numbers of applicants and are unable to meet their target set by the TTA. and a quarter of providers produce trainees a significant minority of whom have only adequate planning and teaching skills. but a few courses have significant or serious weaknesses. or lack rigour and challenge in their teaching. However. Significant weaknesses include low-quality training in the school-based elements of courses.
20. assessment. knowledge and concepts. Further improvements are required. There are also some tutor partnerships where excellent co- b. Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 215 . in a minority of partnerships. geography is now a shortage subject and not all courses met their target numbers for 1997-98. Most courses successfully meet the recruitment targets set for English by the TTA and recruit high calibre trainees. a higher proportion than in most subjects. in the rigour of selection tasks. English b. more consistency is required in the assessment and recording of pupilsÕ performance in speaking. The training provided by schools and tutors is good or very good in 80 per cent of courses.19. There are 42 geography teacher training courses across the country. assessment.15. However. in two courses. A distinctive strength in the training is the outstanding quality of much of the teaching by geography tutors. b. recording. There are currently 73 training courses for secondary English teachers across the country. as do arrangements for meeting the diverse range of training needs of trainees. However. Strengths exist in the range of approaches covered and training for classroom management. one important area in which a significant minority of trainees have shortcomings is the clarity and precision of their planning for pupilsÕ progress in relevant skills. However. High calibre trainees are recruited and there is a very high level of completion and award of teacher status. Admissions policies and selection procedures for geography courses are generally of very high quality and a good number have several outstanding features. but none had sufficient numbers of very good trainees to be graded very good. listening and reading. However. b. Insufficient time is given to preparation for teaching basic literacy skills on a significant number of courses.A. Trainees in most partnerships achieve good or very good standards in the subject knowledge required to support effective English teaching. Geography b.17. There are significant weaknesses in the standards achieved in this area in just over half of the D&T courses inspected. reporting and accountability are at least good in most courses. teaching and class management are at least good in almost all courses. Selection procedures are mostly good or very good. Just under half the providers were graded good on their traineesÕ monitoring. both training and assessment were poor. training in planning needs sharpening in a significant number of courses. with assessment better used to inform planning and evaluation. The quality of training and assessment of trees is good or very good in seven out of ten geography courses. recording and reporting of pupilsÕ progress and achievement.18. TraineesÕ standards in monitoring. particularly to assess the quality and accuracy of applicantsÕ use of English. TraineesÕ planning. However. b.16.
A.23. On admissions policy. Few use assessment information systematically to adjust their teaching. traineesÕ subject knowledge is good and in more than a quarter it is outstanding. and a very much lower proportion of history courses have only adequate standards in this b. Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 216 . teaching and class management are good. or the lack of resources or opportunities. Almost all are familiar with examination syllabuses and broader assessment requirements. In nine out of ten geography courses. history trainees are mainly good. Weaknesses mainly arise from variations in the quality of school departments. traineesÕ planning. effective questioning and a wide range of teaching strategies and resources. and in one course in three the majority of the trainees are very good in their grasp of the concepts and content they are teaching. The best courses audit. but the degree of understanding of post-16 history and of ICT as applied in history classrooms varies a good deal between courses.24. for example for trainees to use ICT in geography lessons. operation between mentors and the geography tutor provides challenge and rigorous training. In nine out of ten geography courses. History trainees are predominantly good in subject knowledge.21.25. insufficient understanding of the QTS standards. with clear exposition. teaching and class management. and is taught effectively. but in practice rely too much on written tests and miss opportunities to assess pupilsÕ progress through observation and intervention. Few providers have any difficulty in meeting the TTAÕs recruitment targets. They understand progression through the Programme of Study. Some wellqualified trainees are not able to find a post because the demand for history specialists is declining.22. b. history has a comparatively high proportion of very good grades and a relatively low proportion of adequate grades. b. Weaker trainees are not clear enough in identifying geographical learning outcomes and do not plan sound assessment opportunities as part of their lessons. extend traineesÕ subject knowledge. with a high proportion which is very good. and their appreciation of the role that geography plays in vocational courses. Significant weaknesses were identified in just over a quarter of the providers. and where necessary. b. Centrally-provided training has good content. Geography trainees often know the principles of assessment. TraineesÕ standards in assessment are good in about seven courses out of ten. They teach lively lessons. feedback from tutors and mentors on class management and teaching methods is often of high quality. There are 28 teacher training courses in history in England. In planning. Areas of weakness in a minority of courses are the traineesÕ understanding of progression from Key Stage 2 to Key Stage 3. Completion rates rarely fall below 90 per cent. History b. The quality of training in history is almost always good or very good.
The recruitment of suitably qualified mathematicians to train as secondary teachers remains a major problem. There is some excellent teaching by talented trainees. Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 217 . The weaknesses relate mainly to the links between assessment and planning and to the lack of range and depth in the traineesÕ experience across the agerange. There are strengths in marking. for developing pupilsÕ social. present material clearly and with enthusiasm.A. Few mathematics courses achieve very good or good grades for planning. but need significant improvement. but even so this is the weakest area of the standards in the subject. In a third of the courses. b. A fifth of the training courses are very good. b. Four-fifths of the centrally-provided training sessions were good and over a third of these were outstanding. but a large minority rely excessively for their planning on schoolsÕ schemes of work. a quarter are adequate. recording.30. Trainees plan effectively for teaching National Curriculum history. and are sensitive to individual abilities and needs. b.29. teaching and class management.27. there is also a lack of rigour in assessing and making good deficiencies in traineesÕ own mathematical understanding. 26 per cent of the trainees recruited failed to gain qualified teacher status. Trainees work in schools with good mathematics mentors were also of good quality. moral and cultural understanding through history. In England there are currently 75 training courses for mathematics teachers. There is also a less wellrecognised problem in retaining trainees until the end of the course. Some trainees in a minority of courses have minor shortcomings in planning for progression. the rest are good.28. and are not b. In monitoring. have high expectations. There were two courses where standards of mathematical knowledge and understanding were poor and a small minority of courses where very few of the trainees reached a good standard. area. Mathematics b. Around seven per cent were encouraged to leave during the course because they were failing to meet the required standards. assessing. Common weaknesses are a lack of clarity and specificity in feedback to trainees on their teaching and insufficient guidance on how to assess and record pupilsÕ progress. history trainees perform better than those in most other subjects. In 1997-98. feedback and recordkeeping and in the traineesÕ sound knowledge of the level descriptions and of GCSE assessment. most trainees in most courses had a secure understanding of the concepts and skills necessary to teach mathematics across the 1118 age-range. and in linking assessment information to planning. Despite strenuous efforts.26. reporting and accountability. However. The main weaknesses were a shaky understanding of progression from Key Stage 2 and of the level descriptions for mathematics. the PGCE courses inspected in 1997-98 only recruited to just of 20 per cent of their TTA target.
In assessment and recording. the majority of the modern language trainees are good or very good in their subject knowledge. too many physical education teachers in partner schools have yet to Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 218 . The level of applications is buoyant. There are 70 HEIs who offer teacher training courses in modern foreign languages in England.34. most applicants have first degrees whose content is not closely related to the PE National Curriculum. However. In four out of five courses. b. One course in four has significant weaknesses in showing trainees how to plan for progression. over the two years 1996-97 and 1997-98 there was a national shortfall of 27 per cent against the TTA target. in one course in three.31. The main shortcoming tend to be located in the school-based elements of the training. The calibre of modern language trainees is predominantly good and on average 85 per cent gain qualified teacher status. trainees are significantly weaker in this aspect than in others. This compares reasonably well with other shortage subjects such as mathematics. In nine out of ten courses. content and delivery of the training. There are 32 teacher training courses in PE across the country. for some trainees. one course in three needs to make significant improvements in assessing. Physical education training sessions in the HEIs are consistently of good or very good quality. Most partnerships are good at training their modern linguists in classroom management and whole-class teaching. Trainees are selected who are suitable for teaching. monitoring and enhancing traineesÕ own command of the languages they teach. Many providers try to widen their recruitment base by targeting final-year degree students. The range of materials and approaches which trainees are encouraged to try out is unduly narrow in some schools. b. precise or methodical enough in defining learning objectives for lessons. Opportunities to use ICT in mathematics lessons very considerably. Modern Foreign Languages b. These weaker courses are predominantly small ones. local residents and graduate foreign nationals. and in applying the new standards consistently to the assessment of trainees. very high standards are rare and.32.A. and many are enthusiastic and committed games players. The proportion of foreign nationals recruited is rising steadily. and almost half are new providers. access to ICT in schools is limited because of timetable pressure on computer rooms. However. in the one course in five where trainees are only adequate in this area of the standards. Physical Education b. planning for progression constitutes the most common significant weakness. However.33. However. in training them to assess and record pupilsÕ progress in the foreign language. the majority of the trainees reach good levels of classroom management and subject teaching skill. This almost always relates to defects in the timing. However. There is some training of outstanding quality.
at 28 per cent. but in more than half the courses inspected. Only in a quarter of the courses are standards predominantly good.38. RE trainees invest much time in developing appropriate subject knowledge for teaching their subject. b. skills and content to be taught. just under 90 per cent. The majority of trainees plan their work effectively to meet the Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 219 b. One factor which impedes trainees in achieving the standards for QTS is the weakness of statutory RE in some of the placement schools. a substantial minority of the trainees have significant weaknesses. Take-up of teaching posts is high. Their understanding of examination courses and broader assessment requirements is dependent largely upon the provision for RE in their placement schools. teaching and classroom management. Nearly half of providers fall short of the TTA target because of shortages of suitable candidates. The quality of trainees varies widely. There are 42 RE teacher training courses offered by HEIs.A. record and report on pupilsÕ progress and achievement. TraineesÕ planning is conscientious in many aspects. As a consequence.36. the majority of trainees are very good in their understanding of the key concepts. Good quality provision is characterised by partners having shared aims and school-based tasks being jointly planned and integrated into school-based and HEIbased provision. or. All trainees understand the statutory requirements for teaching the subject to the 11-18 age-range according to a variety of agreed syllabuses. as a result of weaknesses in initial planning. The great majority of the training in RE is good or very good but.39.37. insufficient good quality RE school placements. they are good overall in subject knowledge. Class management. recognise and fully implement the stronger training role assigned to them by current government circulars. organisation and control of pupils are predominantly good but effective learning is not promoted consistently. Half of the teaching is good and half adequate in quality. In the other courses. In one course out of four. Weaknesses in subject knowledge are generally addressed well. . b. the proportion of only adequate training is comparatively high.35. on average. This profile is below all other subjects and is a cause for concern. The weakest standards are in traineesÕ ability to assess. b. b. The majority of training sessions in the HEI providers are of good quality. Completion rates are variable but. In planning. RE trainees are good in two out of three courses. recording and reporting in schools undermine their ability to develop effective judgements of pupilsÕ progress and achievement.40. Religious Education b. insecurity in defining what is to be learned and the generally weak quality of assessment. TraineesÕ subject knowledge and understanding are good in four out of ten providers. but lacks precision in defining what is to be learned. in some case.
However. Standards in planning. In monitoring. The best have marked ability in challenging pupils to think. assessment. In about one course in three. question and respond. Nevertheless. b. The main shortfall is in physics and. There are 74 providers of science teacher training courses across the country. the standards are met adequately and few courses achieve the highest grade. chemistry. Failure to reach the target number set by the TTA is widespread. feedback and record-keeping. Courses do not attract science graduates of the highest calibre. to a lesser extent. reporting and accountability. These findings reflect the higherorder assessment skills needed by science trainees and the lack of well-planned opportunities in school science departments that many trainees experience during the PGCE course. In two courses out of five. In four out of five science courses. Training is good or very good in just under three-quarters of providers. Science b. the majority of courses are good. The breadth of knowledge and expertise required in teaching both National Curriculum science and a science specialism may contribute to this. teaching and class management are markedly less good. with slightly more than two-fifths of courses graded adequate against this set of standards. Mentors make an increasingly systematic contribution to the training and four-fifths of school-based sessions are of good quality.44. Key areas for improvement are the monitoring and extension of traineesÕ subject knowledge and the consistency of support from science mentors in schools. recording. though some providers meet or come close to the target through intensive recruitment efforts. b. imprecision with teaching and learning objectives results in the choice of less appropriate learning activities. Science remains a shortage subject. Almost half of the centrally-provided training sessions are outstanding. with a clear focus on the understanding of beliefs and values.A. leaving a quarter with a need for significant improvement. For a minority of trainees. a significant minority of trainees do not understand fully the interrelatedness of planning and assessment. which leads to science groups in which biologists predominate.42. requirements of local agreed syllabuses. standards in subject knowledge and understanding are good.43. the science grades are significantly worse than in other areas. they are very good. many have developed particular strengths in marking. and in a small minority. b. Patterns of Provision NACCCE report 220 .41.
The work of these companies and individuals has given the UK an international reputation as having Òrecognised indigenous talent for creative ideas and cultural innovationÓ. Digital media. according to a study commissioned by the Digital Media Alliance. Abreviations. such as CD-ROMs. The Challenge for Education 1.B. Media and Sport Department for Education and Employment Gross domestic product Higher education institutions Her MajestyÕs Inspectorate Information and Communication Technology In-service training Information Technology Initial teacher training Local education authority Local management of schools National Endowment for Science. Technology and the Arts National professional qualification for head teachers Newly-qualified teacher Office for Standards in Education Physical education Personal.750 digital media companies in the UK with combined annual revenue of £687.5m. work in the digital media sector. The study estimates that 500 specialist digital subsidiaries of traditional media groups produce annual turnover of about £187. It could then employ 100. The UKÕs digital media industry has the potential to grow by at least 20 per cent per year over the next decade. a sector that barely existed a decade ago. The education system needs to be Abreviations. There are 2. health and cultural education (as defined by Stoke Newington School) Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Royal Society of the Arts Teacher Training Agency Notes 1. Some 20.000 freelances. mustering combined annual income of £50m.750 people in the UK are employed in digital media. more than double the rate of traditional creative sectors. a consortium of companies involved with the industry. social.000 jobs over the next eight years. the industry responsible for designing and creating content for the internet and other digital formats.5m. Notes and References NACCCE report 221 .000 people and generate annual revenues of £5bn by 2007. Notes and References Abbreviations AOT BECTA CPD DCMS DfEE GDP HEI HMI ICT INSET IT ITT LEA LMS NESTA NPQHT NQT OFSTED PE PSHCE QCA RSA TTA Adults other than teachers British Educational Communications and Technology Agency Continuing professional development Department of Culture. Roughly 2. such as film and advertising. could create up to 80.
see Nickerson. MacKinnon (1970). p111-118. The description of these stages has a long history but is primarily associated with Wallas (1926:80). Torrance & Dorothy (1997). London. Bergum (1973). Jay & Tishman 1993). Creative Teaching and Learning. 6. We are grateful to Marilyn Fryer for helpful advice on the assessment of creativity. Pesut (1990:105-110). These categories develop a distinction between psychological originality and historical originality made by Boden 1990:32). Fryer (1996:79). 7. Teaching and Learning 1. Disposition has been judged to be very important in creative behaviour (Craft et al 1997:79 citing Perkins. Abreviations. Also Welsh (1975:117). Guilford (1975:33-46). 2. For a full description of Project 1000 see Fryer. 3. A survey of teachers and lectures found that there was Òa pervasive view that creativity is only relevant to the artsÓ. 3. Armbruster (1989: 177-182). Craft (1997:28). 5. Raising Standards 1. Ford & Harris III 1992.B. What a person does in terms of creativity Òwill grow out of his or her conception of personal actualities and potentialitiesÓ (Perkins 1981:272). On the beneficial effect of the directive to Òbe creativeÓ see Datta (1963). Calvin Taylor and associates have traced Òsome 50 or 60 definitionsÓ of creativity. 4. 1996. Also Minkin (1997:117-118). Perkins cited in Kirby & Kuykendall (1991:16). Hubbard (1996:47-64). Notes and References NACCCE report 222 . Taylor 1988: 118-119. Hinton & Bobdel (1975) and Fontenot (1993) cited in Ford & Gioia (1995:35). Torrance (1984). 4. Cummings. Fryer (1996:124). restructured to train the type of skilled employees that the industry needs and eradicate its present skill shortages. 5. 2. Paul. Chapman. For the role of self-image in adult expectations which facilitate creative acts. 2. Bergum (1975) and Kirton (1989) all cited in Ford (1995:24). Perkins & Smith (1985:294-302). For evidence to suggest that metacognitive behaviour is modifiable and metacognitive skills teachable. Creative Development 1. see MacKinnon (1962). Perkins (1994:138).
RR59. Can You Teach Creativity? Nottingham: Education Now Publishing Co-operative.-9. B. D. 1997. Making the Difference: Teaching and Learning Strategies in Successful Multi-ethnic Schools. 1990. London: Royal Society for the encouragement of Arts. 1996.. M. 1998. CRAFTS COUNCIL. BARBER. March 1998. London: DfEE. 1994. London: Crafts Council. A Case for the Humanities. 635-639. V. 1998. M. CXXXVIII.B. BAYLISS. The Creative Mind: Myths and Mechanisms. Inside the black box: Raising standards through classroom assessment. Keele: Keele University. References ABBOTT. 1998. R. B. A. 78. J. Self-perceptions of creativity among academic inventors and noninventors.-8. 2-16.O. in RSA Journal. vol.. London: Kings College London. 40. BULLOCK. Reynolds (eds. BLAIR. BERGUM. B. vol. P. pp. 1997.B. 1975. December 1997. Learning through Making: A national enquiry into the value of creative practical education in Britain. BLACK. vol. R. S. 1973.A. Manufactures and Commerce (RSA). J. 1998. Handbook of Creativity. R. London: Weidenfeld and Nicholson. J. Education 2000.). Ronning and C. 1989. Trowbridge: Redwood Books.O. pp. 33. To Be Intelligent. BOSTON. The 21st Century Learning Initiative. pp. Centre for Successful Schools. Selection of specialized creators. ABBOTT. pp. pp.. M. New York: Plenum Press. Glover. ARMBRUSTER. in Psychological Reports. 1998.O. 1996 issue. 5410. A. School of Education. in Perceptual and Motor Skills. B. Keele University. A Handbook for Creative Learning Activities for the Classroom. & WILLIAM. Edited by John Eggleston. BOURNE. The changing workplace is changing our view of education in Business Week October 28. p. Notes and References NACCCE report 223 . BERGUM. BODEN. CRAFT. Young People and Their Attitudes to School: an Interim Report of a Research Project in the Centre for Successful Schools. Redefining Schooling: A challenge to a closed society. 1997. no. 1990. Metacognition in Creativity in J. 664-676. ET AL. Why Good Schools Alone Will Never Be Enough in The Journal. BOWKETT. Abreviations. et al. Imagine That.
A. The arts and raising achievement. 1998d. DEPARTMENT FOR EDUCATION AND EMPLOYMENT. FRYER. L. in The Journal of Social Psychology. Vol. & GARDINER.A. London: Sage. London: HMSO DEPARTMENT FOR EDUCATION AND EMPLOYMENT.J. D.E. 1993. Third Quarter.Y. CUMMINGS. Education: Schools in England 1997. vol. 1975. London: Chapman. FONTENOT. C... 26. M. D. 1998a. & GIOIA.B. Notes and References NACCCE report 224 . London: DfEE. FORD. 24-25 February. 11-22. 1998c. 1992. London: DfEE FARMER. DATTA. 1995.L. P. 1997. 495-500. in Academy of Management Journal. 133. Excellence in Schools. in Psychological Reports. 13. London: The Stationary Office. No. 1997. Statistics of DEPARTMENT FOR EDUCATION AND EMPLOYMENT. 1995. FORD. Abreviations. pp. vol. & GOBDEL. London: David Fulton Publishers. Paper presented to the Arts in the Curriculum Conference organised by the Department for National Heritage and the School Curriculum and Assessment Authority. HINTON. A Common Approach: A framework for an instrumental/vocal curriculum. FEDERATION OF MUSIC SERVICES & NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MUSIC TEACHERS. Opportunity: a national framework for study support. DEPARTMENT FOR EDUCATION AND SCIENCE. Creative Action in Organisations: Ivory Tower Visions and Real World Voices. B. pp. DEPARTMENT FOR EDUCATION AND EMPLOYMENT. Effects of training in creativity and creative problem finding upon business people. Teachers: meeting the challenge of change. vol. Lancaster House. The National Literacy Strategy: Framework for Teaching. FOX. & HARRIS. Test instructions and the identification of creative scientific talent. Creative Teaching and Learning. A. London: The Stationary Office. III. Active History in Key Stages 3 and 4. DEPARTMENT FOR EDUCATION AND EMPLOYMENT. Creative behaviour as a function of task environment: Impact of objectives. London. L. pp. M. 1998.C. The Elusive Definition of Creativity in The Journal of Creative Behaviour. 1985. London: HMSO. J. Better Schools. B. 18.M. N. London: Faber Music Ltd. A. Extending 1998b. 1996. & KNIGHT. 3. procedures and controls.L. 1963. 489-499.F.
HARRIS. London: Falmer Press. Kirton (ed. 1996. K.V. 1995. Abreviations. M. D. C.E. The Relevance of Creative Teaching: Pupils. London: Bloomsbury. W.D. D. GARDNER. Mind Matters: Teaching for Thinking. K. KIRBY. Filer (eds. 1975. in M. The Stephen Lawrence Inquiry: Report of an enquiry by Sir William Macpherson of Cluny. MACPHERSON. London: The Falmer Press. P. Adaptors and innovators at work.W.J. Views in A. New York: Penguin Books. Children and their Curriculum: Perspectives of Primary and Elementary School Children.. nations and communities in the 21st century. Second Edition.I. KIRTON. Arts Organisations and their Education Programmes. London: Fontana Press. in P. JEFFREY. MACKINNON. Portsmouth NH: Boynton/Cook Heinemann. S. Beyond Testing: Towards a Theory of Educational Assessment.B. D. Taylor and J.W. HOGARTH. & HARLAND. R. Pollard. LONGWORTH. London: The Arts Council of England. London: Mental Health Foundation. 1997. 1993. New York: Routledge. The personality correlates of creativity: A study of American architects.. & FERNANDES.) Creativity: Selected readings.) Adaptors and innovators: Styles of creativity and problem-solving. MACKINNON. C. S. 484-495. in American Psychologist. 1999. The nature and nurture of creative talent. W. & KUYKENDALL. GIPPS. 17. The Big Picture. B. Lifelong learning :new vision. Frames of Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences. HUBBARD. London: HMSO. Maine: Stenhouse York. J. 1970. Attitudes to School of Top Primary and First-year Secondary Pupils. Emotional Intelligence: Why it can matter more than IQ. MENTAL HEALTH FOUNDATION. KEYS. pp. 1991. J. new implications. N. Notes and References NACCCE report 225 . 1996. 1996.& WOODS.W. London: Kogan Page. KINDER.J.S. D. GUILFORD.P. Vernon (ed.). C. Getzels. 1999. organizations. H. 1962. new roles for people. A Workshop of the Possible: Nurturing ChildrenÕs Creative Development. 1997. Chicago: Aldine. Thieson and A. 1994. vol. D.. GOLEMAN. Creativity: A Quarter Century of Progress in Perspectives in Creativity by I. Slough: NFER. 1989. & DAVIES.
Exits and Entrances: Political Research as a Creative Art. 1-21. R. & CASTLE. & ABBOTT. Training and Further Research in The Journal of Creative Behaviour.B. P. POLLARD. D. Raising the attainment of minority ethnic pupils: Schools and LEA responses. Beyond Abilities: A Dispositional Theory of Thinking in Merril-Palmer Quarterly January 1993. The MindÕs Best Work. London: Cassell. Essex: Oliver & Boyd.. E. 1999a. S. OSBORN. JAY.) Dimensions of Creativity.. 1990. Exclusions from Secondary Schools: 1995/6. OFFICE FOR STANDARDS IN EDUCATION. 1999b. C. CAPE UK: Stage One Evaluation Report. PERKINS. OFFICE FOR STANDARDS IN EDUCATION. PESUT. The Arts 5-16: A Curriculum Framework. Trends in exclusions from school . Cambridge Massachusetts: Harvard University Press.B. D. 1981.. 39 no 1 pp. Towards a Thinking Curriculum: Current Cognitive Research. K. Creativity: Beyond the Darwinian Paradigm in M.new Labour.N. M. PERKINS. Changing English Primary Schools? The Impact of the Education Reform Act at Key Stage One. F. 1993. D. Creative Thinking as a Self-Regulatory Metacognitive Process Ñ A Model for Education. Assessing Students: How shall we know them. ROGERS. RESNICK. E. PERKINS. 1994. London: MIT Press. & KLOPFER.N.. D. Boden (ed. 1989. D.. & SMITH. 1998. vol. 105-110. 1977.) 1990. 40. D. CROLL. L. NICKERSON. The Teaching of Thinking. R. & TISHMAN. L. Guaranteeing an Entitlement to the Arts in Schools. 1. (ed. 1998. Notes and References NACCCE report 226 . vol. vol. 1996. London: Royal Society for the Encouragement of Arts.J. 1990. pp 11-14. A. London: OFSTED. 1994. no. OFFICE FOR STANDARDS IN EDUCATION. 1997. L. ROWNTREE. 24 no.E. London: OFSTED. London: Harper & Row. PARSONS. Abreviations. BROADFOOT. London: OFSTED. MINKIN.E. PERKINS. ROBINSON. N. Manufactures and Commerce (RSA). Alexandria VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. NATIONAL FOUNDATION FOR EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH (NFER). pp. D. P.S. Sheffield: SHU Press. 2. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum. 1985. new approaches? In Forum. 1995. Standards and Quality in Education 1997/98: The Annual Report of Her MajetyÕs Chief Inspector for Schools.
& CATO. WHITE. Buffalo NY: Creative Education Foundation Press. London: Hodder & Stoughton. The Attitudes and Concerns of Pupils and Parents. London: Jonathan Cape. LEBOUTILLIER. Do Howard GardnerÕs Multiple Intelligences add up? London: Institute of Education. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Exercise enhances creativity independently of mood.P. 1926.A. Review of Research Literature for the National Advisory Committee on Creative and Cultural Education. E. STEINBERG. Various approaches to and definitions of creativity. SCOTTISH CONSULTATIVE COUNCIL ON THE CURRICULUM. H. Notes and References NACCCE report 227 . 1995. TORRANCE. Appendix in Sternberg R.. 1975. Slough: NFER. Unpublished Report. & GIPPS.B. 240-245. 1997. E. G. International Review of Curriculum and Assessment Frameworks. 1998.uk. 1997. The Nature of Creativity: Contemporary Psychological Perspectives. Change and Die. 1996. SHARP. LOWERY. Endure. Gifted and Talented Children in the Regular Classroom. TAYLOR. Teaching for Effective Learning. YOUNG. SYKES.. WILLIAMS. Abreviations.Z. (ed. University of North Carolina. D. Chapel Hill: Institute for Research in Social Science. 1988. & SISK. 1997.inca. Slough: NFER. Mentor Relationships: How they aid creative development. T. R. Creativity and Intelligence: A Personality Approach. 31.P. G. University of London. The Effects of the Educational Reform Act. J. & DUST. N. V. SCHOOL CURRICULUM AND ASSESSMENT AUTHORITY & NATIONAL FOUNDATION FOR EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH 1998. E. 1998. WOODS. Assessment: A teacherÕs guide to the issues. K. S. A. 1961. TORRANCE. Buckingham: OUP. 1998. J. Third Edition. 1987.. MOSS. G. Buffalo NY: Bearly. C. The Art of Thought. P. C.S.co.. pp. J. Philosophy and the Brain. Unpublished Report. C. SHARP. Cambridge M assachusetts: CUP. Creative Teachers in Primary Schools.). & DEWEY. WALLAS. The Long Revolution. 1984. vol. STOBART. Review of Research Literature for the National Advisory Committee on Creative and Cultural Education.V. in British Journal of Sports Medicine. London: Penguin Books. Dundee: SCCC. 1988 on Provision for Arts and Cultural Activities in Schools. WELSH. INCA website:www. C.
· commissioned research and advice from: · the National Foundation for Educational Research. · consultative meetings with specialists in key areas. Leeds University). We are also grateful to the following people for commenting on drafts of the text: · Maud Blair (The Open University) · Peter Cotgreave (Save British Science) · Anna Craft (The Open University) · Penny Egan. Acknowledgements NACCCE report 228 . Dr Marilyn Fryer (Leeds Metropolitan University and The Creativity Centre. Anna Craft (Senior Lecturer. including: · written submissions from over 200 groups. · the Qualifications and Curriculum Authority. Marilyn Fryer (Leeds Metropolitan University and The Creativity Centre. Dean Clough) and Professor John White (Institute of Education. · the Office for Standards in Education. · the Teacher Training Agency. Media and Sport. · the Department for Culture. In addition we are grateful to Professor Angela Anning (Department of Education. Acknowledgements Our work has been informed by a broad range of organisations and individuals. Manufactures and Commerce) · Professor Anthony Everitt (Independent) · Dr. University of London) for particular assistance in providing research advice and discussions of the concept of creativity and the processes of creative education. Sheffield Hallam University). organisation and individuals. Professor Peter Ashworth (Learning and Teaching Institute.C. The Open University). Dean Clough) · Rick Rogers (Independent) · Peter Stark (Gateshead Council) · Pauline Tambling (The Arts Council of England) We are grateful to all the schools and organisations that have supplied examples for this report and to everyone who has contributed to our work. (Royal Society for the Encouragement of Arts.
Judith Ackroyd Carol Adams Dr Philip Adey Diane Anderson David Arbuckle William Atkinson John Auty Prof Michael Barber Ken Bartlett Norinne Betjeman Julia Bird Anne Blaber Maude Blair Penni Blythe Jane Boistelle Betina Botcher Steven Bowkett Sonia Boyce Jane Brake Sally Brampton Mike Buchanan Kate Burnett David Bryan Research and Consultations Nene University College Shropshire County Education Office KingÕs College London Longdale Community School Rover Group Phoenix High School Nottinghamshire County Council DfEE The Foundation for Community Dance Arts Council of England Poetry Book Society ChildrenÕs Music Workshop Open University Hamdon Education and Training Marks & Spencer Plc Marks & Spencer Plc Independent African & Asian Visual Artists Association Independent Independent Marks & Spencer Plc Independent Independent NACCCE report 229 B. Creativity and the Economy The following delegates attended these meetings: A. Research and Consultations Consultative Meetings Specialist consultative meetings were held on the following topics: Art. Craft and Design Artists in Education Arts Education Managers Creative Development Dance Education Drama Education Fashion Design Primary Education Science Education Secondary School Curriculum Standards and Effectiveness Technology Education Multicultural Education Work. .D.
Clement Dane School RSA Independent Green Candle Dance Company British Federations of Young Choirs DCMS The Association for Science Education LIFT University of Durham Far Town School CAPITB Trust NACCCE report 230 D. NATE The Crafts Council The Holst Group Avondale Park Primary School Confederation of British Industry Pashley Down Infant School Independent Cape UK University of Exeter MOMA Intake High School Designer Crafts Foundation Arts Council of England The Open University CHEAD RSA 123 Productions Ltd Foundation for Young Musicians Centre for Young Musicians Central St. Paul Bunyan Stephen Burroughs C. E. .D. F. MartinÕs College The Arvon Foundation Goldsmiths College Hampstead School DfEE Phoenix Dance Company Theatre Royal Bury Independent Music Education Council Independent TUC Calouste Gulbenkian Foundation St. Russell Chalmers Patricia Clark Peter Clark Veronica Clark Caroline Coates Pat Cochrane Steve Cockett Ian Cole John Connell Ruth Corman Sarah Coverdale Anna Craft Cecilia Crichton Michaela Crimmin Sue Crockford Chris Crowcroft Stephen Dagg Prof Wendy Dagworthy Amanda Dalton Paul Dash Heather Dauphin Janet Dawson Steven Derrick Helen Dilly Maura Dooley Roger Durston Sangeevini Dutta Maggie Dwyer Si‰n Ede Claire Edis Penny Egan Brian Eno Rachel Elliott Andrew Fairbairn Patrick Fallon Rosemary Feasey Tony Fegan Mike Fleming Helen Fletcher Linda Florance Research and Consultations NIAS.
. Cambridge University Northern Stage Sheffield Hallam University Marks & Spencer Plc Artswork NSEAD Whiteheath Infant School SAMPAD Seagram Europe & Africa Associated Board Tate Gallery of Modern Art The Coombes School Association for Business Sponsorship of the H.D. Dr Lynda Foster Caryn Franklyn Moira Fraser Steele James Friel Kerry Furneaux G. Sue Gibbs Tina Glover Brian Godbold Jackie Goodman Marion Gough Ruth Gould Jacqueline Greaves Joy Gregory Richard Gregory Hilary Gresty Jane Hackett Prof David Hargreaves Tony Harrington Prof Bill Harrison Kim Hasler Virginia Haworth Penny Hay Ann Hewitt Claire Hicks Nick Higgins Michelle Hind Caro Howell Sue Humphries Ruth Ingledaw Arts Irma Inniss J. K. Sarah Jackson Darryl Jaffray Prof Edgar Jenkins Shobana Jeyasingh Veronica Jobbins Pamela Johnson Peter Jones Len Judge Andy Kempe Bob Kelley Colette King Research and Consultations Independent Stoke Park School Royal Opera House University of Leeds Shobana Jeyasingh Dance Company National Dance TeachersÕ Association Independent DCMS Synetics Education Initiative University of Reading The Campaign for Music in the Curriculum Independent NACCCE report 231 Independent Independent Design Council Independent The Crafts Council Theatre de ComplicitŽ Junction Arts Marks & Spencer Plc Arts Plan Independent Full Circle Ludus Dance Company Independent Independent VAGA Birmingham Royal Ballet School of Education. I.
Wandsworth Folkworks Sackville School CCEA National Association of Music Educators Independent London College of Fashion Federation of Music Services Bishopton Primary School Watershed Media Centre Ousedale School ChildrenÕs Music Workshop Marks & Spencer Plc National Drama Independent Holly Hall School Arts Council of England Calouste Gulbenkian Foundation Independent Cleveland Arts NACCCE report 232 N. Cambridge Workers for Freedom Allied Domecq Plc South-East Arts Allfarthing School. Tony Knight L. R.D. . P. M. O. Bill Lind Janet Lovekin Sh‰n MacLennan Libby MacNamara Chris McIntyre Rohini Malik Ken Mannion Gayle Markovitz Michael Marland Sally Millard Maggie Morris Gillian Moore Christopher Naylor Jonothan Neelands Frances Newell Mary Newman Helen Nicholson Richard Nott Ian Oag Margaret OÕBrian Pauline OÕKeefe David Oliver Glynis Packman Bob Paisley Anice Paterson Keyna Paul Roy Peach David Perkins Campbell Perry Cathy Poole Ian Potter Jane Pountney Marcus Powell John Rainer Caroline Redmond Helen Reeves Viv Reiss Simon Richey Damien Robinson Mark Robinson Research and Consultations Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Ifield Community College Marks & Spencer Plc Southbank Association of British Orchestras CHEAD INIVA Sheffield Hallam University RSA North Westminster Community School Hampstead School Laban Centre London London Sinfonietta Engage University of Warwick Newell & Sorrell DCMS Homerton College.
London HallŽ Techniquest DCMS Cheshire County Council Sheffield Hallam University Adzido Pan-African Dance Ensemble Proper Job Theatre Projects T. Research and Consultations NACCCE report 233 . W. Huw Salisbury Pete Sanders Henk Schut Anne Schwegmann-Fielding Jo Shapcott Rebecca Sinker Sally Smith Dr Jacqueline Smith-Autard Patrick Spottiswoode Nick Stanley Dr John Steers Prof Hannah Steinberg Kathy Stonier Graham Storrow Michael Stoten David Sulkin Margaret Talboys Pauline Tambling Helen Teague Ron Tendler Elaine Thomas Michael Thompson Nicola Thorold Alister Tipple Richard Walton Mike Watkins Clare Webster Judith Webster Paul Weiland Prof Dick West Larry Westland Lindsey Wharmby Prof John White Richard Wigley Colin Wilkinson Deborah Williams Julia Williams Mark Windale Hilary Wrack Sheila Young South Camden Community School Lauriston Primary School Independent Independent Independent Independent CV Clothing National Dance TeachersÕ Association International Shakespeare Globe Centre Birmingham Institute of Art and Design NSEAD Middlesex University Stoke Newington School Stadley Primary School The Voices Foundation Independent Qualifications and Curriculum Authority Arts Council of England 1647 Ltd Independent CHEAD Design Connect Independent Theatre Council Marks & Spencer Plc Sheffield Hallam University London Association of Art and Design Education Independent Royal Philharmonic Orchestra Independent Sheffield Hallam University Music for Youth Lawnswood School Institute of Education. Y.D. S.
Action for ChildrenÕs Arts Dr Philip Adey.D. Cultural and Communication Studies Association for Science Education Association of British Orchestras Association of Graphic Design Educators Axis Bangor University Music Department BBC Philharmonic Jo Belloli Benslow Music Trust Big Brum Theatre in Education Birmingham City Council Education Department Birmingham Repertory Theatre Bishopton Primary School Blackpool Borough Council Maude Blair. Camberwell College of Arts Research and Consultations NACCCE report 234 B. Ernest Bevin College Bolton Metro Boomerang Media Bournemouth Borough Council Stephen Bowkett Bradford Metropolitan District Council Roger Breakwell. Written Consultations Written consultations were received from the following organisations and individuals: A. Campaign for Emotional Literacy The Anti-Racist Teacher Education Network Area Museum Council for the South West ARTS Centre for Studies in Science & Mathematics Education The Arts Council Arts in Education Service. Nottinghamshire County Council Adzido Pan African Dance Ensemble African & Asian Visual Artists Archive (AAVAA) Akademi Antidote. Leicestershire County Council Arts in Sandwell Arts Plan Art Shape Ltd ArtsWork The Arvon Foundation at Lumb Bank The Associated Board of the Royal Schools of Music Association for Media. KingÕs College London Advisory & Inspection Services Division. . Open University Naz Bokhari. CAT.
Bridgebuilder British Actors Equity Association British Association of Advisors & Lecturers in Physical Education British Educational Communications and Technology Agency British Federation of Young Choirs British Film Institute Kate Burnett Prof Leone Burton. The Open University The Crafts Council Research and Consultations NACCCE report 235 . Leeds City Council & Leeds Met University Cheltenham & Gloucester College of Higher Education Cheshire County Council Advisory & Inspection Service Cheshire County Council Education Dept Chicken Shed Theatre Company Children 2000 ChildrenÕs Music Workshop Chisenhale Gallery City of Birmingham Symphony Orchestra City of York LEA Cleveland Theatre Company Nick Clough Cloughwood School Caroline Coates Stephen Cockett.D. University of Birmingham C. Dept of Engineering. University of Reading The Central School of Speech & Drama Centre for Race. Lecturer in Drama. Calouste Gulbenkian Foundation David A Calverley CandoCo Dance Company Camden LEA The Campaign for Music in the Curriculum CAPE UK Michael Carden Prof C R Chaplin. Culture & Education. St OsmundÕs Middle School Dorchester Youth Dance & NDTA Coventry City Council Leisure Services Coventry University Performing Arts Professor Brian Cox Anna Craft. University of Exeter Coin Street CBI Contemporary Art Society Aiden Cook Martin Coslett Peter Cotgreave Sue Cottam.
D. Creative Options Sue Crockford. F. London Symphony Orchestra Mildred Dobbs Dorman Museum Dorset County Council. DATA Barrie Day Deafsite Derby City Council Derbyshire County Council Derby Playhouse Design Council Design Museum Discovery. 123 Productions Ltd Croydon LEA The Creativity Centre. Dean Clough Cumbria Arts in Education D. Liverpool John Moores University E. The Publishers Association Penny Egan. Expressive Arts Team Dorset County Council Music Service Dudley LEA Dudley MBC Leisure Services Dudley Music Services Karen Dust The Dyslexia Institute Eastern Arts Board East Sussex County Music Service Eco Distribution Education Extra Educational Publishers Council. Tandem Federation of Music Services Lynda Foster PhD The Foundation for Community Dance Mary Fowler. Research and Consultations NACCCE report 236 . Head of Learning Methods Unit. London Borough of Havering Prof Peter Fowler. Adviser for English. RSA Engage The English Association English National Ballet Enigma Brian Eno Anthony Everitt The Extension Trust.
Institute of Education. University of London Global Innovation Network Glyndebourne Opera Gavin Graveson. Mr Oliver Gill Caroline Gipps. Sheffield Hallam University Mr Olaf Hindmarsh. Teacher Adviser for Art & Design & Co-ordinator for Artists in Education The Historical Association. Education Dept Richard Howlett. West Sussex Inclusive Theatre. Headteacher. University of Leeds. Harrytown RC High School Jiving Lindy Hoppers Research and Consultations NACCCE report 237 H. Interplay Theatre Co Incorporated Association of Preparatory Schools Incorporated Society of Musicians Independent SchoolsÕ Association Independent Theatre Council The Industrial Society Inspection & Advisory Service. Stoke Park School. Centre for Science Education.D. Dept of Museum Studies. Head of Art & Design. Coventry Prof Edgar Jenkins. Institute of Education. Parish C of E Primary School Green Candle Dance Company The Hamblin Foundation Ms Gerda Hanko Harris Museum & Art Gallery Prof Bill Harrison. Liverpool Hope University IATS. J. Mr Sean Lang The Holst Group Dr Eileen Hooper-Greenhill. Academic Policy Committee Jabadao Prof Robert Jackson. Gay Jessop. University of Leicester Hounslow Borough Council. . University of Warwick Sarah Jackson. Choral Animation Projects Judith M Graydon. Marilyn Fryer. I. Dean Clough) G. Norfolk County Council Ifield Community College. Director of Religions & Educational Research Unit. Leeds Metropolitan University and The Creativity Centre. Hampshire Music Service Huddersfield Creative Town Initiative Pat Hughes. Dr. London Borough of Newham Council Institute of International Visual Arts Institute of Welsh Affairs ISA ISAI Executive. Science & Education Policy Unit.
D. Department of Psychology Bruce Kent Barbara Kentish Ruth Kenward. Dept of Sciency & Technology Studies. Educational Analyst & Teacher Kneehigh Theatre Trust Ltd Kokuma Saville Kushner. Bev Joicey HMI Junction Arts. . M. University of East Anglia LEAP Project. Keele University. School of Linguistics. Tower Hamlets Education University of Leeds Conference: Creativity in Schools Leicester City Council. Medway ChildrenÕs University METIER Middlesborough Borough Council. Ottowa Liverpool Dockers & Stevedores Co-Operative & Initiative Factory Local Government Association London Arts Board London International Festival of Theatre (LIFT) LUTCHI Research Centre Lyric Theatre. Bourne County Primary School Steven Keogh Kidbrooke School. Oxford Museums Association Museums & Galleries Commission Research and Consultations NACCCE report 238 L. Business Partnership. Music House Too Millennium Appeal Millennium Challenge Prof Arthur Miller. Hammersmith M6 Theatre Company mac. Arts Development Agency for District of Bolsover K. Trisha Jaffe Marilyn Kinnon. Canada Medway Council. University College of London Margaret Mills Mind the Gap Performing Arts The Museum of Modern Art. Museums Education Leicester City Council. Carleton University. Education Dept Library & Information Commission Linguistics. Birmingham Maharishi School Malbank School & Sixth Form Centre MEC Prof Peter Medway. Arts & Leisure Dept. Music Specialist. Carleton University. Education & Leisure Dept & Dorman Museum The Midi Music Company. Centre for Applied Research in Education.
Education Department Nuffield Design & Technology Oldbury Wells School Dr Susan OÕNeill. Patricia Lenkester Research and Consultations NACCCE report 239 O. P. Department of Psychology Opera North Opt for Art Steering Group Orchard Theatre Company Oxfam Education John Palmer.D. Technology and Arts National Federation of Music Societies National Foundation for Educational Research The National Gallery National Museum of Photography. Music for Youth Musicians Union N. Film & Television National Society for Education in Art & Design National Theatre Education National Youth Agency The New Art Gallery Newham Council. Keele University. National Association for Education of Sick Children National Association for Gifted Children National Association for the Teaching of English National Association of Advisors in English National Association of Advisory Officers for Special Education National Association of Head Teachers National Association of Music Educators National Association of Teachers in Further and Higher Education National Association of Writers in Education National Association of Youth Orchestras National Campaign for the Arts National Centre of Children with High Abilities & Talents National Dance TeachersÕ Association National Drama National Endowment for Science. Inclusive Theatre The Paul Hamlyn Foundation. East London North Cornwall Arts North Warwickshire Borough Council Leisure Services North West Arts Board North Westminster Community School Northern Arts Northern Ballet Theatre Northern Theatre Educational Trust Nottinghamshire County Council. .
University of East Anglia St OsmundÕs Middle School Salongo African & Caribbean Dance & Music Resource Project Sandwell MBC.D. Queen Elizabeth High School. Education & Commercial Services Dept Sassoon Gallery Saxon Court School of Drama & Music. University of Exeter School of Education. University of Wales Institute. Tony Penny Melanie Peter Joan M Pick Pilot Theatre Company Playtrain Poetry Book Society Pop-Up Theatre Ltd. Cardiff Scottish Opera Seagram Europe & Africa Research and Consultations NACCCE report 240 S. Centre for Drawing Research Royal College of Music Royal Institution of Great Britain Royal National Institute for Deaf People Royal National Institute for the Blind Royal National Theatre Royal Opera House Royal School of Church Music Royal Shakespeare Company Royal Society of the Arts Royal West of England Academy Sackville School. Glynis Packman Sainsbury Centre for Visual Arts. R. . Kathy White-Webster Quicksilver Theatre Craig Randolph Reading Borough Council Museum Service Caroline Redmond Religious Education Council of England & Wales Remembering Education Dr Malcolm Rigler Rick Rogers Royal College of Art. Q. Ian Potter Christopher Price Professional Association of Teachers Professional Council for Religious Education Proper Job Theatre Company Ltd.
Unicorn Theatre United Biscuits (UK) Ltd Values Education Council (VECTOR) Victoria & Albert Museum Visual Arts & Galleries Association The Voices Foundation Walker Art Gallery Research and Consultations NACCCE report 241 W. School of Lifelong Learning & Education. Kathy Stonier Stoke Park School. Nick Williams Colin Touchin. Youth Music & Performing Arts T. Sarah Jackson Stratford-upon-Avon High School Surrey County Council. Education Development Service South Bank Centre Southend Youth Arts Partnership Southern Arts Board SPE Special Educational Needs National Advisory Council Staffordshire Education Quality Learning Services Standing Conference of Young PeopleÕs Theatre Peter Stark Prof Hannah Steinberg Stoke Newington School.D. Middlesex University Skillset Snap PeopleÕs Theatre Trust Ltd Society for Storytelling Somerset County Council. SEI Sheffield Galleries & Museums Trust Shrewsbury Borough Council Museums Service Shropshire County Council & Telford & Wrekin Council LEA Rebecca Sinker. University of Warwick Tower Hamlets Education TTA 21st Century Learning U. Pauline Tambling. V. . Arts Council of England Tameside LEA Jane Tarr The Tate Gallery Techniquest Technology Colleges Trust Ron Tendler Thomas Tallis School.
Walsall MBC. Schools Advisory & Support Services Yorkshire & Humberside Arts Board Yvonne Arnaud Theatre & Pied Piper Theatre Company Research and Consultations NACCCE report 242 . Young Writer City of York Council. Dudley Whitechapel Art Gallery Whiteheath Infant & Nursery School Nuala Willis Colin Wilkinson Wilnecote High School Audrey S Wisbey WomenÕs Playhouse Trust The WritersÕ Guild of Great Britain WWF United Kingdom Wyke College Y.D. The New Art Gallery Warwickshire ArtistsÕ Team Donald Watts Weekend Arts College Welfare State International Dr R N Wells. Analytic Psychotherapist West Midlands Arts West Midlands Regional Arts Education Partnership.
This action might not be possible to undo. Are you sure you want to continue?
We've moved you to where you read on your other device.
Get the full title to continue listening from where you left off, or restart the preview.